OpenHAB
/
openhab-docs
mirror of https://github.com/openhab/openhab-docs.git
1
0
Fork 0
Code Issues Projects Releases Wiki Activity

added generated ZWave device docs 

Signed-off-by: Kai Kreuzer <kai@openhab.org>
pull/646/head
Kai Kreuzer 2018-02-12 01:04:50 +01:00
parent bc04c1fc27
commit 747b0e5057
No known key found for this signature in database
GPG Key ID: 5110767B6248D3C0
697 changed files with 132053 additions and 0 deletions
Show Stats Download Patch File Download Diff File Expand all files Collapse all files

203
_addons_bindings/zwave/doc/act_45602_00_000.md Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,203 @@
---
layout: documentation
title: 45602 - ZWave
---
{% include base.html %}
# 45602 Lamp Module with Dimmer Control
This describes the Z-Wave device *45602*, manufactured by *ACT - Advanced Control Technologies* with the thing type UID of ```act_45602_00_000```.
Lamp Module with Dimmer Control
## Channels
The following table summarises the channels available for the 45602 Lamp Module with Dimmer Control.
| Channel | Channel Id | Channel Type UID | Category | Item Type |
|---------|------------|------------------|----------|-----------|
| Dimmer | switch_dimmer | switch_dimmer | DimmableLight | Dimmer |
### Dimmer
#### Restore Last Value
Restore Last Dimming level on ON.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_restoreLastValue |
| Data Type | BOOLEAN || Default Value | true |
| Options | Restore Last Value (true) |
| | Restore Full Brightness (false) |
### Device Configuration
The following table provides a summary of the configuration parameters available in the 45602 Lamp Module with Dimmer Control.
Detailed information on each parameter can be found below.
| Parameter | Description |
|-------------|-------------|
| 5: Ignore Start Level When Receiving Dim Commands | |
| 7: Dim Rate Step Count - ZWave Control | Number of steps the dimmer will change when controlling via ZWave |
| 8: Dim Rate Step Duration - ZWave Control | Timing of each step the dimmer will change when controlling via ZWave |
| 9: Dim Rate Step Count - Manual Control | Number of steps the dimmer will change when controlling manually |
| 10: Dim Rate Step Duration - manual Control | Timing of each step the dimmer will change when controlling manually |
| 11: Dim Rate Step Count - ZWave All on/off | Number of steps the dimmer will change when receiving a ZWave all on/off command |
| 12: Dim Rate Step Duration - ZWave All on/off | Timing of each step the dimmer will change when receiving a ZWave all on/off command |
| 29: Load Sensing | Sense when existing switch is used to turn on the lamp |
#### 5: Ignore Start Level When Receiving Dim Commands
##### Overview
Every “Dim” command from your remote controller includes a start level embedded in it. The 45602 can be set to ignore the start level that is part of the dim command. Setting parameter 5 to a value of 0 will cause the 45602 to dim or brighten from the start level embedded in the command
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_5_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 1 |
| Options | Respect Start Level (0) |
| | Ignore Start Level (default) (1) |
#### 7: Dim Rate Step Count - ZWave Control
Number of steps the dimmer will change when controlling via ZWave
##### Overview
Dim Rate Adjustments: Both the number of steps (or levels) that the dimmer will change and the timing of the steps can be modified to suit personal preferences. The timing of the steps can be adjusted in 10 millisecond intervals. As an example, the default setting for parameter 8 is “3”. This means that the lighting level will change every 30 milliseconds when the Dim Command is received. A value of 255 would mean that the level would change every 2.55 seconds. Combined, the two parameters allow dim rate adjustments from 10 milliseconds to 4.2 minutes to go from maximum-to-minimum or minimum-to-maximum brightness levels
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_7_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 1 to 99 |
| Default Value | 1 |
#### 8: Dim Rate Step Duration - ZWave Control
Timing of each step the dimmer will change when controlling via ZWave
##### Overview
Dim Rate Adjustments: Both the number of steps (or levels) that the dimmer will change and the timing of the steps can be modified to suit personal preferences. The timing of the steps can be adjusted in 10 millisecond intervals. As an example, the default setting for parameter 8 is “3”. This means that the lighting level will change every 30 milliseconds when the Dim Command is received. A value of 255 would mean that the level would change every 2.55 seconds. Combined, the two parameters allow dim rate adjustments from 10 milliseconds to 4.2 minutes to go from maximum-to-minimum or minimum-to-maximum brightness levels
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_8_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 1 to 255 |
| Default Value | 3 |
#### 9: Dim Rate Step Count - Manual Control
Number of steps the dimmer will change when controlling manually
##### Overview
Dim Rate Adjustments: Both the number of steps (or levels) that the dimmer will change and the timing of the steps can be modified to suit personal preferences. The timing of the steps can be adjusted in 10 millisecond intervals. As an example, the default setting for parameter 8 is “3”. This means that the lighting level will change every 30 milliseconds when the Dim Command is received. A value of 255 would mean that the level would change every 2.55 seconds. Combined, the two parameters allow dim rate adjustments from 10 milliseconds to 4.2 minutes to go from maximum-to-minimum or minimum-to-maximum brightness levels
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_9_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 1 to 99 |
| Default Value | 1 |
#### 10: Dim Rate Step Duration - manual Control
Timing of each step the dimmer will change when controlling manually
##### Overview
Dim Rate Adjustments: Both the number of steps (or levels) that the dimmer will change and the timing of the steps can be modified to suit personal preferences. The timing of the steps can be adjusted in 10 millisecond intervals. As an example, the default setting for parameter 8 is “3”. This means that the lighting level will change every 30 milliseconds when the Dim Command is received. A value of 255 would mean that the level would change every 2.55 seconds. Combined, the two parameters allow dim rate adjustments from 10 milliseconds to 4.2 minutes to go from maximum-to-minimum or minimum-to-maximum brightness levels
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_10_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 1 to 255 |
| Default Value | 3 |
#### 11: Dim Rate Step Count - ZWave All on/off
Number of steps the dimmer will change when receiving a ZWave all on/off command
##### Overview
Dim Rate Adjustments: Both the number of steps (or levels) that the dimmer will change and the timing of the steps can be modified to suit personal preferences. The timing of the steps can be adjusted in 10 millisecond intervals. As an example, the default setting for parameter 8 is “3”. This means that the lighting level will change every 30 milliseconds when the Dim Command is received. A value of 255 would mean that the level would change every 2.55 seconds. Combined, the two parameters allow dim rate adjustments from 10 milliseconds to 4.2 minutes to go from maximum-to-minimum or minimum-to-maximum brightness levels
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_11_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 1 to 99 |
| Default Value | 1 |
#### 12: Dim Rate Step Duration - ZWave All on/off
Timing of each step the dimmer will change when receiving a ZWave all on/off command
##### Overview
Dim Rate Adjustments: Both the number of steps (or levels) that the dimmer will change and the timing of the steps can be modified to suit personal preferences. The timing of the steps can be adjusted in 10 millisecond intervals. As an example, the default setting for parameter 8 is “3”. This means that the lighting level will change every 30 milliseconds when the Dim Command is received. A value of 255 would mean that the level would change every 2.55 seconds. Combined, the two parameters allow dim rate adjustments from 10 milliseconds to 4.2 minutes to go from maximum-to-minimum or minimum-to-maximum brightness levels
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_12_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 1 to 255 |
| Default Value | 3 |
#### 29: Load Sensing
Sense when existing switch is used to turn on the lamp
##### Overview
Load sensing allows you to operate the lamp using the existing switch on the lamp by sensing a change in the resistive load of the light plugged in. When it detects the change in resistance it will turn the lamp on to full power.
When replacing a burned-out light bulb, the load sensing feature will automatically turn the light ON when the new bulb is installed even if the Z-wave module was previously turned OFF
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_29_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 0 |
| Options | Disabled (default) (0) |
| | Enabled (1) |
---
Did you spot an error in the above definition or want to improve the content?
You can edit the database [here](http://www.cd-jackson.com/index.php/zwave/zwave-device-database/zwave-device-list/devicesummary/338).

178
_addons_bindings/zwave/doc/act_zdm230_00_000.md Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,178 @@
---
layout: documentation
title: ZDM230 - ZWave
---
{% include base.html %}
# ZDM230 HomePro Wall Dimmer ZDM230
This describes the Z-Wave device *ZDM230*, manufactured by *ACT - Advanced Control Technologies* with the thing type UID of ```act_zdm230_00_000```.
HomePro Wall Dimmer ZDM230
## Overview
Radio Frequency (RF) Controlled, 500W, 230 VAC, European Wall Mounted, 3-Way Dimmer Receiver, Dual Switch, Release 1.1
## Channels
The following table summarises the channels available for the ZDM230 HomePro Wall Dimmer ZDM230.
| Channel | Channel Id | Channel Type UID | Category | Item Type |
|---------|------------|------------------|----------|-----------|
| Dimmer | switch_dimmer | switch_dimmer | DimmableLight | Dimmer |
### Dimmer
#### Restore Last Value
Restore Last Dimming level on ON.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_restoreLastValue |
| Data Type | BOOLEAN || Default Value | true |
| Options | Restore Last Value (true) |
| | Restore Full Brightness (false) |
### Device Configuration
The following table provides a summary of the configuration parameters available in the ZDM230 HomePro Wall Dimmer ZDM230.
Detailed information on each parameter can be found below.
| Parameter | Description |
|-------------|-------------|
| 1: Ignore Start-Level (Transmitting) | Dimmers controlled by this switch will start dimming from their current level. |
| 2: Suspend group 4 | Disable transmitting commands to Z-Wave devices that are in Group 4 without disassociating... |
| 3: Night Light | n night-light mode the LED on the switch will turn ON when the switch is turned OFF. |
| 1: Group 1 | Left paddle |
| 2: Group 2 | Right Paddle |
| 3: Group 3 | Right double click paddle |
| 4: Group 4 | Group used to inform devices about status updates |
#### 1: Ignore Start-Level (Transmitting)
Dimmers controlled by this switch will start dimming from their current level.
##### Overview
Set ignore start level bit when transmitting dim commands. The ZDM230 can send Dim commands to Z-Wave enabled dimmers. The Dim command has a start level embedded in it. A dimmer receiving this command will start dimming from that start level. However, the command also has a bit that indicates whether the dimmer should ignore the start level. If the bit is set to 1, the dimmer will ignore the start level and instead start dimming from its current level. If this bit is set to 0, the dimmer will not ignore the start level.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_1_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 1 |
| Options | No (0) |
| | Yes (1) |
#### 2: Suspend group 4
Disable transmitting commands to Z-Wave devices that are in Group 4 without disassociating those devices from the group.
##### Overview
You may wish to disable transmitting commands to Z-Wave devices that are in Group 4 without “disassociating” those devices from the group. Setting parameter 2 to the value of 1 will stop the ZDM230 from transmitting to devices that are “associated” into Group 4. It is possible that you may only want the units in Group 4 to track when the dimmer is being turned ON and OFF and not when dimming.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_2_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 0 |
| Options | No (0) |
| | Yes (1) |
#### 3: Night Light
n night-light mode the LED on the switch will turn ON when the switch is turned OFF.
##### Overview
The LED on the ZDM230 will by default, turn ON when the load attached is turned ON. To make the LED turn ON when the load attached is turned OFF instead, set parameter 3 to a value of 1.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_3_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 0 |
| Options | No (0) |
| | Yes (1) |
#### 1: Group 1
Left paddle
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | group_1 |
| Data Type | TEXT |
| Range | to |
#### 2: Group 2
Right Paddle
##### Overview
Right Paddle
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | group_2 |
| Data Type | TEXT |
| Range | to |
#### 3: Group 3
Right double click paddle
##### Overview
Right double click paddle
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | group_3 |
| Data Type | TEXT |
| Range | to |
#### 4: Group 4
Group used to inform devices about status updates
##### Overview
Group used to inform devices about the updates of status of the ZDM230 dimmer
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | group_4 |
| Data Type | TEXT |
| Range | to |
---
Did you spot an error in the above definition or want to improve the content?
You can edit the database [here](http://www.cd-jackson.com/index.php/zwave/zwave-device-database/zwave-device-list/devicesummary/362).

72
_addons_bindings/zwave/doc/act_zdp200_00_000.md Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,72 @@
---
layout: documentation
title: ZDP200 - ZWave
---
{% include base.html %}
# ZDP200 HomePro ZDP200 Wall Dimmer
This describes the Z-Wave device *ZDP200*, manufactured by *ACT - Advanced Control Technologies* with the thing type UID of ```act_zdp200_00_000```.
HomePro ZDP200 Wall Dimmer
### Inclusion Information
Use the button on the device.
### Exclusion Information
Use Habmin or another zwave tool to exclude the device from the zwave mesh.
## Channels
The following table summarises the channels available for the ZDP200 HomePro ZDP200 Wall Dimmer.
| Channel | Channel Id | Channel Type UID | Category | Item Type |
|---------|------------|------------------|----------|-----------|
| Dimmer Switch | switch_dimmer | switch_dimmer | DimmableLight | Dimmer |
### Dimmer Switch
#### Restore Last Value
Restore Last Dimming level on ON.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_restoreLastValue |
| Data Type | BOOLEAN || Default Value | true |
| Options | Restore Last Value (true) |
| | Restore Full Brightness (false) |
### Device Configuration
The following table provides a summary of the configuration parameters available in the ZDP200 HomePro ZDP200 Wall Dimmer.
Detailed information on each parameter can be found below.
| Parameter | Description |
|-------------|-------------|
| 1: Dimmer Switch | |
#### 1: Dimmer Switch
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | group_1 |
| Data Type | TEXT |
| Range | to |
---
Did you spot an error in the above definition or want to improve the content?
You can edit the database [here](http://www.cd-jackson.com/index.php/zwave/zwave-device-database/zwave-device-list/devicesummary/385).

387
_addons_bindings/zwave/doc/act_zdw103_00_000.md Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,387 @@
---
layout: documentation
title: ZDW103 - ZWave
---
{% include base.html %}
# ZDW103 Wall Mounted 3-Way Dimmer Receiver
This describes the Z-Wave device *ZDW103*, manufactured by *ACT - Advanced Control Technologies* with the thing type UID of ```act_zdw103_00_000```.
Wall Mounted 3-Way Dimmer Receiver
## Channels
The following table summarises the channels available for the ZDW103 Wall Mounted 3-Way Dimmer Receiver.
| Channel | Channel Id | Channel Type UID | Category | Item Type |
|---------|------------|------------------|----------|-----------|
| Dimmer | switch_dimmer | switch_dimmer | DimmableLight | Dimmer |
### Dimmer
#### Restore Last Value
Restore Last Dimming level on ON.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_restoreLastValue |
| Data Type | BOOLEAN || Default Value | true |
| Options | Restore Last Value (true) |
| | Restore Full Brightness (false) |
### Device Configuration
The following table provides a summary of the configuration parameters available in the ZDW103 Wall Mounted 3-Way Dimmer Receiver.
Detailed information on each parameter can be found below.
| Parameter | Description |
|-------------|-------------|
| 1: Set Ignore Start Level Bit When Transmitting Dim Commands | Defines the behavior when transmitting dim commands |
| 2: Suspend Group 4 | Disable transmission of command to Group 4 |
| 3: Night Light | Defines the behavior of the blue LED. |
| 4: Invert Switch | Change the top of the switch to OFF and the bottom of the switch to ON. |
| 5: Ignore Start-Level (Receiving) | This dimmer will start dimming from its current level. |
| 6: Don’t Send Level Command After Transmitting Dim Commands | Change behavior of dim level information update |
| 7: On/Off Command Dim Step | Indicates how many levels the dimmer will change for each dimming step. |
| 8: On/Off Command Dim Rate | Sets the rate at which the dimmer changes the light level. |
| 9: Local Control Dim Step | Indicates how many levels the dimmer will change for each dimming step. |
| 10: Local Control Dim Rate | Sets the dim rate |
| 11: ALL ON/ALL OFF Dim Step | Indicates how many levels the dimmer will change for each dimming step. |
| 12: ALL ON/ALL OFF Dim Rate | Sets the dim rate for the all on/off command |
| 13: Disable Group 4 During a Dim Command | Change behavior of command to Group 4 during Dim Command |
| 14: Enable Shade Control Group 2 | Enable Shade Control Group 2 |
| 15: Enable Shade Control Group 3 | Enable Shade Control Group 3 |
| 19: LED Transmission Indication | Change behavior of LED during transmission to group 1-4 |
| 1: Group 1 | Tap once |
| 2: Group 2 | Tap twice |
| 3: Group 3 | Tap three time |
| 4: Group 4 | Group to update transmitter or controler |
#### 1: Set Ignore Start Level Bit When Transmitting Dim Commands
Defines the behavior when transmitting dim commands
##### Overview
The ZDW103 can send Dim commands to Z-Wave enabled dimmers. The Dim command has a start level embedded in it. A dimmer receiving this command will start dimming from that start level. However, the command also has a bit that indicates whether the dimmer should ignore the start level. If the bit is set to 1, the dimmer will ignore the start level and instead start dimming from its current level. To clear this bit, configure this parameter to the value of 0.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_1_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 1 |
| Options | Use transmisison start level (0) |
| | Ignore transmisison start level (1) |
#### 2: Suspend Group 4
Disable transmission of command to Group 4
##### Overview
You may wish to disable transmitting commands to Z-Wave devices that are in Group 4 without “un-associating” those devices from the group. Setting parameter 2 to the value of 1 will stop the ZDW103 from transmitting to devices that are “associated” into Group 4.
It is possible that you may only want the units in Group 4 to track when the dimmer is being turned ON and OFF and not when dimming.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_2_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 0 |
| Options | Enable transmission to Group 4 (0) |
| | Disable transmission to Group 4 (1) |
#### 3: Night Light
Defines the behavior of the blue LED.
##### Overview
Default is Night Light mode where LED is on when switch is off.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_3_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 0 |
| Options | LED on when switch is ON (0) |
| | LED on when switch is OFF (1) |
#### 4: Invert Switch
Change the top of the switch to OFF and the bottom of the switch to ON.
##### Overview
Note: If you invert the switches and also install the product upside down, remember the load will now be controlled by the right, not the left switch.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_4_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 0 |
| Options | No (0) |
| | Yes (1) |
#### 5: Ignore Start-Level (Receiving)
This dimmer will start dimming from its current level.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_5_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 0 |
| Options | No (0) |
| | Yes (1) |
#### 6: Don’t Send Level Command After Transmitting Dim Commands
Change behavior of dim level information update
##### Overview
When you press and hold the bottom of the ZDW103 paddle once, the Z-Wave devices that are associated into Group 1 are sent the Dim command. After you release the paddle, the ZDW103 follows up by commanding the devices to go to the same level of the ZDW103. By default, the ZDW103 is set not to do this. To enable ZDW103 to do this set this parameter to 0.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_6_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 1 |
| Options | Send level command (0) |
| | Don’t send level command (1) |
#### 7: On/Off Command Dim Step
Indicates how many levels the dimmer will change for each dimming step.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_7_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 1 to 99 |
| Default Value | 1 |
#### 8: On/Off Command Dim Rate
Sets the rate at which the dimmer changes the light level.
##### Overview
This value indicates in 10 millisecond resolution, how often the dim level will change. For example, if you set this parameter to 1, then every 10ms the dim level will change. If you set it to 255, then every 2.55 seconds
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_8_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 1 to 255 |
| Default Value | 3 |
#### 9: Local Control Dim Step
Indicates how many levels the dimmer will change for each dimming step.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_9_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 1 to 99 |
| Default Value | 1 |
#### 10: Local Control Dim Rate
Sets the dim rate
##### Overview
This value indicates in 10 millisecond resolution, how often the dim level will change. For example, if you set this parameter to 1, then every 10ms the dim level will change. If you set it to 255, then every 2.55 seconds the dimmer will change.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_10_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 1 to 255 |
| Default Value | 3 |
#### 11: ALL ON/ALL OFF Dim Step
Indicates how many levels the dimmer will change for each dimming step.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_11_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 1 to 99 |
| Default Value | 1 |
#### 12: ALL ON/ALL OFF Dim Rate
Sets the dim rate for the all on/off command
##### Overview
This value indicates in 10 millisecond resolution, how often the dim level will change. For example, if you set this parameter to 1, then every 10ms the dim level will change. If you set it to 255, then every 2.55 seconds the dimmer will change.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_12_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 1 to 255 |
| Default Value | 3 |
#### 13: Disable Group 4 During a Dim Command
Change behavior of command to Group 4 during Dim Command
##### Overview
After the ZDW103 is commanded to stop dimming, it will then command the Z-Wave devices in Group 4 to the ZDW103’s new level. To prevent the ZDW103 from commanding the Z-Wave devices in Group 4 during this particular occurrence, set Parameter 13 to the value of 1.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_13_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 0 |
| Options | Enable transmission to Group 4 (0) |
| | Disable transmission to Group 4 (1) |
#### 14: Enable Shade Control Group 2
Enable Shade Control Group 2
##### Overview
The ZDW103 can control shade control devices via its group 2 if this configuration parameter is set to 1.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_14_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 0 |
| Options | Disabled (0) |
| | Enabled (1) |
#### 15: Enable Shade Control Group 3
Enable Shade Control Group 3
##### Overview
The ZDW103 can control shade control devices via its group 3 if this configuration parameter is set to 1.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_15_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 0 |
| Options | Disabled (0) |
| | Enabled (1) |
#### 19: LED Transmission Indication
Change behavior of LED during transmission to group 1-4
##### Overview
The ZDW103 will flicker its LED when it is transmitting to any of its 4 groups. This flickering can be set to not flicker at all (set to 0), to flicker the entire time it is transmitting (set to 1), or to flicker for only 1 second when it begins transmitting (set to 2). By default, the ZDW103 is set to flicker for only 1 second.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_19_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 2 |
| Options | No flicker (0) |
| | Flicker during all transmission (1) |
| | Flicker first second of transmission (2) |
#### 1: Group 1
Tap once
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | group_1 |
| Data Type | TEXT |
| Range | to |
#### 2: Group 2
Tap twice
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | group_2 |
| Data Type | TEXT |
| Range | to |
#### 3: Group 3
Tap three time
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | group_3 |
| Data Type | TEXT |
| Range | to |
#### 4: Group 4
Group to update transmitter or controler
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | group_4 |
| Data Type | TEXT |
| Range | to |
---
Did you spot an error in the above definition or want to improve the content?
You can edit the database [here](http://www.cd-jackson.com/index.php/zwave/zwave-device-database/zwave-device-list/devicesummary/463).

349
_addons_bindings/zwave/doc/act_zdw120_00_000.md Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,349 @@
---
layout: documentation
title: ZDW120 - ZWave
---
{% include base.html %}
# ZDW120 Two Wire Wall Dimer
This describes the Z-Wave device *ZDW120*, manufactured by *ACT - Advanced Control Technologies* with the thing type UID of ```act_zdw120_00_000```.
Two Wire Wall Dimer
## Channels
The following table summarises the channels available for the ZDW120 Two Wire Wall Dimer.
| Channel | Channel Id | Channel Type UID | Category | Item Type |
|---------|------------|------------------|----------|-----------|
| Dimmer | switch_dimmer | switch_dimmer | DimmableLight | Dimmer |
### Dimmer
#### Restore Last Value
Restore Last Dimming level on ON.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_restoreLastValue |
| Data Type | BOOLEAN || Default Value | true |
| Options | Restore Last Value (true) |
| | Restore Full Brightness (false) |
### Device Configuration
The following table provides a summary of the configuration parameters available in the ZDW120 Two Wire Wall Dimer.
Detailed information on each parameter can be found below.
| Parameter | Description |
|-------------|-------------|
| 1: Set Ignore Start Level Bit When Transmitting Dim Commands | Defines the behavior when transmitting dim commands |
| 2: Suspend Group 4 | Disable transmission of command to Group 4 |
| 3: Night Light | Defines the behavior of the blue LED. |
| 4: Invert Switch | Change the top of the switch to OFF and the bottom of the switch to ON. |
| 5: Ignore Start-Level (Receiving) | This dimmer will start dimming from its current level. |
| 6: Don’t Send Level Command After Transmitting Dim Commands | Change behavior of dim level information update |
| 7: On/Off Command Dim Step | Indicates how many levels the dimmer will change for each dimming step. |
| 8: On/Off Command Dim Rate | Sets the rate at which the dimmer changes the light level. |
| 9: Local Control Dim Step | Indicates how many levels the dimmer will change for each dimming step. |
| 10: Local Control Dim Rate | Sets the dim rate |
| 11: ALL ON/ALL OFF Dim Step | Indicates how many levels the dimmer will change for each dimming step. |
| 12: ALL ON/ALL OFF Dim Rate | Sets the dim rate for the all on/off command |
| 13: Disable Group 4 During a Dim Command | Change behavior of command to Group 4 during Dim Command |
| 19: LED Transmission Indication | Change behavior of LED during transmission to group 1-4 |
| 1: Group 1 | Tap once |
| 2: Group 2 | Tap twice |
| 3: Group 3 | Tap three time |
| 4: Group 4 | Group to update transmitter or controler |
#### 1: Set Ignore Start Level Bit When Transmitting Dim Commands
Defines the behavior when transmitting dim commands
##### Overview
The ZDW120 can send Dim commands to Z-Wave enabled dimmers. The Dim command has a start level embedded in it. A dimmer receiving this command will start dimming from that start level. However, the command also has a bit that indicates whether the dimmer should ignore the start level. If the bit is set to 1, the dimmer will ignore the start level and instead start dimming from its current level. To clear this bit, configure this parameter to the value of 0.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_1_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 1 |
| Options | Use transmisison start level (0) |
| | Ignore transmisison start level (1) |
#### 2: Suspend Group 4
Disable transmission of command to Group 4
##### Overview
You may wish to disable transmitting commands to Z-Wave devices that are in Group 4 without “un-associating” those devices from the group. Setting parameter 2 to the value of 1 will stop the ZDW120 from transmitting to devices that are “associated” into Group 4.
It is possible that you may only want the units in Group 4 to track when the dimmer is being turned ON and OFF and not when dimming.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_2_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 0 |
| Options | Enable transmission to Group 4 (0) |
| | Disable transmission to Group 4 (1) |
#### 3: Night Light
Defines the behavior of the blue LED.
##### Overview
Default is Night Light mode where LED is on when switch is off.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_3_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 0 |
| Options | LED on when switch is OFF (0) |
| | LED on when switch is ON (1) |
#### 4: Invert Switch
Change the top of the switch to OFF and the bottom of the switch to ON.
##### Overview
Note: If you invert the switches and also install the product upside down, remember the load will now be controlled by the right, not the left switch.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_4_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 0 |
| Options | No (0) |
| | Yes (1) |
#### 5: Ignore Start-Level (Receiving)
This dimmer will start dimming from its current level.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_5_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 0 |
| Options | No (0) |
| | Yes (1) |
#### 6: Don’t Send Level Command After Transmitting Dim Commands
Change behavior of dim level information update
##### Overview
When you press and hold the bottom of the ZDW120 paddle once, the Z-Wave devices that are associated into Group 1 are sent the Dim command. After you release the paddle, the ZDW120 follows up by commanding the devices to go to the same level of the ZDW120. By default, the ZDW120 is set not to do this. To enable ZDW120 to do this set this parameter to 0.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_6_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 1 |
| Options | Send level command (0) |
| | Don’t send level command (1) |
#### 7: On/Off Command Dim Step
Indicates how many levels the dimmer will change for each dimming step.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_7_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 1 to 99 |
| Default Value | 1 |
#### 8: On/Off Command Dim Rate
Sets the rate at which the dimmer changes the light level.
##### Overview
This value indicates in 10 millisecond resolution, how often the dim level will change. For example, if you set this parameter to 1, then every 10ms the dim level will change. If you set it to 255, then every 2.55 seconds
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_8_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 1 to 255 |
| Default Value | 3 |
#### 9: Local Control Dim Step
Indicates how many levels the dimmer will change for each dimming step.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_9_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 1 to 99 |
| Default Value | 1 |
#### 10: Local Control Dim Rate
Sets the dim rate
##### Overview
This value indicates in 10 millisecond resolution, how often the dim level will change. For example, if you set this parameter to 1, then every 10ms the dim level will change. If you set it to 255, then every 2.55 seconds the dimmer will change.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_10_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 1 to 255 |
| Default Value | 3 |
#### 11: ALL ON/ALL OFF Dim Step
Indicates how many levels the dimmer will change for each dimming step.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_11_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 1 to 99 |
| Default Value | 1 |
#### 12: ALL ON/ALL OFF Dim Rate
Sets the dim rate for the all on/off command
##### Overview
This value indicates in 10 millisecond resolution, how often the dim level will change. For example, if you set this parameter to 1, then every 10ms the dim level will change. If you set it to 255, then every 2.55 seconds the dimmer will change.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_12_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 1 to 255 |
| Default Value | 3 |
#### 13: Disable Group 4 During a Dim Command
Change behavior of command to Group 4 during Dim Command
##### Overview
After the ZDW120 is commanded to stop dimming, it will then command the Z-Wave devices in Group 4 to the ZDW120’s new level. To prevent the ZDW120 from commanding the Z-Wave devices in Group 4 during this particular occurrence, set Parameter 13 to the value of 1.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_13_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 0 |
| Options | Enable transmission to Group 4 (0) |
| | Disable transmission to Group 4 (1) |
#### 19: LED Transmission Indication
Change behavior of LED during transmission to group 1-4
##### Overview
The ZDW120 will flicker its LED when it is transmitting to any of its 4 groups. This flickering can be set to not flicker at all (set to 0), to flicker the entire time it is transmitting (set to 1), or to flicker for only 1 second when it begins transmitting (set to 2). By default, the ZDW120 is set to flicker for only 1 second.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_19_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 2 |
| Options | No flicker (0) |
| | Flicker during all transmission (1) |
| | Flicker first second of transmission (2) |
#### 1: Group 1
Tap once
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | group_1 |
| Data Type | TEXT |
| Range | to |
#### 2: Group 2
Tap twice
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | group_2 |
| Data Type | TEXT |
| Range | to |
#### 3: Group 3
Tap three time
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | group_3 |
| Data Type | TEXT |
| Range | to |
#### 4: Group 4
Group to update transmitter or controler
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | group_4 |
| Data Type | TEXT |
| Range | to |
---
Did you spot an error in the above definition or want to improve the content?
You can edit the database [here](http://www.cd-jackson.com/index.php/zwave/zwave-device-database/zwave-device-list/devicesummary/460).

192
_addons_bindings/zwave/doc/act_zir010_00_000.md Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,192 @@
---
layout: documentation
title: ZIR010 - ZWave
---
{% include base.html %}
# ZIR010 PIR Motion Sensor
This describes the Z-Wave device *ZIR010*, manufactured by *ACT - Advanced Control Technologies* with the thing type UID of ```act_zir010_00_000```.
PIR Motion Sensor
## Channels
The following table summarises the channels available for the ZIR010 PIR Motion Sensor.
| Channel | Channel Id | Channel Type UID | Category | Item Type |
|---------|------------|------------------|----------|-----------|
| Binary Sensor | sensor_binary | sensor_binary | Door | Switch |
| Alarm | alarm_general | alarm_general | Door | Switch |
| | battery-level | system.battery-level | | |
### Device Configuration
The following table provides a summary of the configuration parameters available in the ZIR010 PIR Motion Sensor.
Detailed information on each parameter can be found below.
| Parameter | Description |
|-------------|-------------|
| 17: Mode | Notification modes: 0=light, 1=alarm, 2=sensor |
| 18: Off/Idle delay | Configuring the off/idle delay |
| 19: Unsolicited Commands | Disabling the zir010 trom sending commands unsolicited |
| 22: Awake Time | Duration ranges from 15 to 45 seconds. Valid values range from 15 to 45. |
| 1: Motion | |
| 2: Tamper | |
| 3: Battery | |
#### 17: Mode
Notification modes: 0=light, 1=alarm, 2=sensor
##### Overview
The ZIR010 can be configured to operate in 1 of 3 modes. Those modes are:
• Lighting Mode (factory default)
• Alarm Mode
• Sensor Mode
To change the mode of operation:
For Lighting Mode: Send a value of 0 to Configuration Parameter \#17.
For Alarm Mode: Send a value of 1 to Configuration Parameter \#17.
For Sensor Mode: Send a value of 2 to Configuration Parameter \# 17.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_17_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 0 |
| Options | Lightning (0) |
| | Alarm (1) |
| | Sensor (2) |
#### 18: Off/Idle delay
Configuring the off/idle delay
##### Overview
OFF/IDLE (Applicable only when the ZIR010 is configured for Lighting or Binary Sensor Mode).
The ZIR010 will consider there to be “No Activity” after 2 minutes passes during which the ZIR010 detected no motion. At that point, the ZIR010 can be configured to immediately send the OFF or IDLE command or it can be configured to send it from 1 minute to 255 minutes later. (+/- 1 minute).
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_18_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 255 |
| Default Value | 1 |
#### 19: Unsolicited Commands
Disabling the zir010 trom sending commands unsolicited
##### Overview
The ZIR010 can be disabled from sending commands unsolicited without removing associated devices by setting Configuration Parameter \# 19 to 0 (when asked for number of bytes, select 1). Setting it back to 1 will re-enable the ZIR010. 
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_19_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 1 |
| Options | disabled (0) |
| | enabled (1) |
#### 22: Awake Time
Duration ranges from 15 to 45 seconds. Valid values range from 15 to 45.
##### Overview
The ZIR010 will send a Wakeup Notification Command approximately 3 minutes after power up IF and only IF it has been included into a Z-Wave network. From that point on, the ZIR010 will wake up every 4 hours and re-send the Wakeup Notification Command unless configured for another time interval. The ZIR010 will stay awake by default for 30 seconds and then go back to sleep to conserve battery life.
The time interval between Wakeup Notification Commands can be adjusted if you have a device that supports this. Refer to that device’s instructions.
The time the ZIR010 stays awake can be adjusted from 15 seconds to 45 seconds by sending a value of 15 to 45 to the ZIR010 using Configuration Parameter \# 22 (when asked for the number of bytes, select 1). This awake time period starts over every time the ZIR010 receives a command or request. 
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_22_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 15 to 45 |
| Default Value | 30 |
#### 1: Motion
##### Overview
If the ZIR010 is configured to operate in Lighting Mode, any device that is associated into Group 1 will be sent ON and OFF commands. See OFF/IDLE command section below for how to configure the length of a delay before an OFF command is sent\*.
If the ZIR010 is configured to operate in Alarm Mode, any device that is associated into Group 1 will be sent an ALARM command when the ZIR010 detects motion.
If the ZIR010 is configured to operate in Binary Sensor Mode, any device that is associated into Group 1 will be sent an update whenever the ZIR010 detects motion or stops detecting motion.
\* See OFF/IDLE command section below to configure the length of a delay before an OFF command is sent.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | group_1 |
| Data Type | TEXT |
| Range | to |
#### 2: Tamper
##### Overview
If the ZIR010 is configured to operate in Lighting Mode, any device that is associated into Group 2 will be sent ON commands when the housing of the ZIR010 is opened.
If the ZIR010 is configured to operating in Alarm Mode, any device that is associated into Group 2 will be sent an Alarm command when the housing of the ZIR010 is opened.
If the ZIR010 is configured to operate in Binary Sensor Mode, any device that is associated into Group 2 will be sent an update when the housing of the ZIR010 is opened.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | group_2 |
| Data Type | TEXT |
| Range | to |
#### 3: Battery
##### Overview
Any device that is associated into Group 3 will be sent battery level indications at specific intervals. There can be up to 5 devices associated into each group. 
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | group_3 |
| Data Type | TEXT |
| Range | to |
---
Did you spot an error in the above definition or want to improve the content?
You can edit the database [here](http://www.cd-jackson.com/index.php/zwave/zwave-device-database/zwave-device-list/devicesummary/189).

292
_addons_bindings/zwave/doc/act_zrm230_00_000.md Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,292 @@
---
layout: documentation
title: ZRM230 - ZWave
---
{% include base.html %}
# ZRM230 Wall Switch/Transmitter (2-gang)
This describes the Z-Wave device *ZRM230*, manufactured by *ACT - Advanced Control Technologies* with the thing type UID of ```act_zrm230_00_000```.
Wall Switch/Transmitter (2-gang)
## Overview
Radio Frequency Controlled, 6A, 230 VAC, European Wall Mounted 3-Way Switch, Dual Switch, Release 1.1  
The ZRM230 Wall Mounted 3-Way Switch is a component of the HomePro lighting control system. This Wall Mounted Switch is designed to work with other Z-Wave enabled devices. Z-Wave nodes of other types can be added to the system and will also act as repeaters if they support this function of repeating the signal received to other modules in the system.  
### Inclusion Information
Including to the Network (Must be installed in permanent location, not on test bench).
1. Setup the controller you are using to include a device into network.
2. Tap either the top or bottom of the left switch once  
### Exclusion Information
1. Setup the controller you are using to exclude a device from the network.
2. Tap either the top or the bottom of the left switch once.  
## Channels
The following table summarises the channels available for the ZRM230 Wall Switch/Transmitter (2-gang).
| Channel | Channel Id | Channel Type UID | Category | Item Type |
|---------|------------|------------------|----------|-----------|
| Switch | switch_binary | switch_binary | Switch | Switch |
| Dimmer | switch_dimmer | switch_dimmer | DimmableLight | Dimmer |
### Dimmer
#### Restore Last Value
Restore Last Dimming level on ON.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_restoreLastValue |
| Data Type | BOOLEAN || Default Value | true |
| Options | Restore Last Value (true) |
| | Restore Full Brightness (false) |
### Device Configuration
The following table provides a summary of the configuration parameters available in the ZRM230 Wall Switch/Transmitter (2-gang).
Detailed information on each parameter can be found below.
| Parameter | Description |
|-------------|-------------|
| 1: Ignore start level | Set ignore start level bit when transmitting dim commands. |
| 2: Suspend Group 4 | Disable transmitting commands to group 4 devices. |
| 3: Night Light | LED behaviour of the ZRM230. |
| 4: Invert Switch | Switch (paddle) behaviour. |
| 14: Enable Shade Control Group 2 | Operate shade control devices on group 2. |
| 15: Enable Shade Control Group 3 | Operate shade control devices on group 3. |
| 19: LED Transmission Indication | Z-Wave transmission LED settings. |
| 20: Poll Group 2 Interval | Poll Group 2 interval (minutes). |
| 22: Poll Group 2 | Group 2 poll control. |
| 1: Left paddle (relais) | |
| 2: Right paddle | |
| 3: Right double click paddle | |
| 4: Controller updates | Group used to inform devices about the updates of the status of the device. |
#### 1: Ignore start level
Set ignore start level bit when transmitting dim commands.
##### Overview
The ZRM230 can send Dim commands to Z-Wave enabled dimmers. The Dim command has a start level embedded in it. A dimmer receiving this command will start dimming from that start level. However, the command also has a bit that indicates whether the dimmer should ignore the start level. If the bit is set to 1, the dimmer will ignore the start level and instead start dimming from its current level. If this bit is set to 0, the dimmer will ignore the start level.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_1_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 1 |
| Options | Ignore start level (0) |
| | Do not ignore start level (1) |
#### 2: Suspend Group 4
Disable transmitting commands to group 4 devices.
##### Overview
You may wish to disable transmitting commands to Z-Wave devices that are in Group 4 without “disassociating” those devices from the group. Setting parameter 2 to the value of 1 will stop the ZRM230 from transmitting todevices that are “associated” into Group 4.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_2_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 0 |
| Options | Transmit to group 4 devices (0) |
| | Stop transmit to group 4 devices (1) |
#### 3: Night Light
LED behaviour of the ZRM230.
##### Overview
The LED on the ZRM230 will by default, turn ON when the load attached is turned ON. To make the LED turn ON when the load attached is turned OFF instead, set parameter 3 to a value of 1.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_3_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 0 |
| Options | Led when load on (0) |
| | Led when load off (1) |
#### 4: Invert Switch
Switch (paddle) behaviour.
##### Overview
To change the top of the switch to OFF and the bottom of the switch ON , set parameter 4 to 1. Note: If you invert the switches and also install the product upside down, remember the load will now be controlled by the right, not the left switch.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_4_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 0 |
| Options | Invert off (0) |
| | Invert on (1) |
#### 14: Enable Shade Control Group 2
Operate shade control devices on group 2.
##### Overview
The ZRM230 can operate shade control devices via its group 2 if this configuration parameter is set to 1. 
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_14_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 1 |
| Default Value | 0 |
#### 15: Enable Shade Control Group 3
Operate shade control devices on group 3.
##### Overview
The ZRM230 can operate shade control devices via its group 3 if this configuration parameter is set to 1. 
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_15_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 1 |
| Default Value | 0 |
#### 19: LED Transmission Indication
Z-Wave transmission LED settings.
##### Overview
The ZRM230 will flicker its LED when it is transmitting to any of its 4 groups. This flickering can be set to notflicker at all (set to 0), to flicker the entire time it is transmitting (set to 1), or to flicker for only 1 second when it begins transmitting (set to 2). By default, the ZRM230 is set to flicker for only 1 second.  
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_19_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 2 |
| Options | No flicker (0) |
| | Flicker for 1 second (1) |
| | Flicker for 2 second (2) |
#### 20: Poll Group 2 Interval
Poll Group 2 interval (minutes).
##### Overview
Poll Group 2 Interval (minutes), valid values = 1 through 255 (Default value is 2).
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_20_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 255 |
| Default Value | 2 |
#### 22: Poll Group 2
Group 2 poll control.
##### Overview
Poll Group 2, if value is 1, the ZRM230 will poll group 2 at the interval set in configuration Parameter 20.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_22_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 1 |
| Default Value | 1 |
#### 1: Left paddle (relais)
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | group_1 |
| Data Type | TEXT |
| Range | to |
#### 2: Right paddle
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | group_2 |
| Data Type | TEXT |
| Range | to |
#### 3: Right double click paddle
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | group_3 |
| Data Type | TEXT |
| Range | to |
#### 4: Controller updates
Group used to inform devices about the updates of the status of the device.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | group_4 |
| Data Type | TEXT |
| Range | to |
---
Did you spot an error in the above definition or want to improve the content?
You can edit the database [here](http://www.cd-jackson.com/index.php/zwave/zwave-device-database/zwave-device-list/devicesummary/188).

53
_addons_bindings/zwave/doc/act_zrp200_00_000.md Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,53 @@
---
layout: documentation
title: ZRP200 - ZWave
---
{% include base.html %}
# ZRP200 HomePro Applicance Module ZRP200
This describes the Z-Wave device *ZRP200*, manufactured by *ACT - Advanced Control Technologies* with the thing type UID of ```act_zrp200_00_000```.
HomePro Applicance Module ZRP200
## Overview
This is a very old appliance module, which doesn't report the manufacturer information. You'll have to edit the node.xml file(s) yourself. Change the manufacturer from 0x7fffffff to 0x1, to set it to manufacturer ACT. Also, change the deviceType to 7fff and the deviceid to 7fff.
### Inclusion Information
Use the button on the device.
### Exclusion Information
Use Habmin or another zwave tool to exclude the device from the zwave mesh.
## Channels
The following table summarises the channels available for the ZRP200 HomePro Applicance Module ZRP200.
| Channel | Channel Id | Channel Type UID | Category | Item Type |
|---------|------------|------------------|----------|-----------|
| Switch | switch_binary | switch_binary | Switch | Switch |
### Device Configuration
The following table provides a summary of the configuration parameters available in the ZRP200 HomePro Applicance Module ZRP200.
Detailed information on each parameter can be found below.
| Parameter | Description |
|-------------|-------------|
---
Did you spot an error in the above definition or want to improve the content?
You can edit the database [here](http://www.cd-jackson.com/index.php/zwave/zwave-device-database/zwave-device-list/devicesummary/360).

297
_addons_bindings/zwave/doc/act_zrw230_00_000.md Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,297 @@
---
layout: documentation
title: ZRW230 - ZWave
---
{% include base.html %}
# ZRW230 Wall Mounted 3-Way Switch
This describes the Z-Wave device *ZRW230*, manufactured by *ACT - Advanced Control Technologies* with the thing type UID of ```act_zrw230_00_000```.
Wall Mounted 3-Way Switch
## Overview
**ZRW230 WALL MOUNTED SWITCH**
The ZRW230 Wall Mounted 3-Way Switch is a component of the HomePro lighting control system.
This Wall Mounted Switch is designed to work with other Z-Wave enabled devices. Z-Wave nodes of other types can be added to the system and will also act as repeaters if they support this function of repeating the signal received to other modules in the system. 
As part of a Z-Wave network, the ZRW230 will also act as a wireless repeater to insure that commands intended for another device in the network are received. This is useful when the device would otherwise be out of the radio range of the wireless controller.
There are no field repairable assemblies on this unit.. If service is needed, the unit must be returned where purchased.
### Inclusion Information
**Including to the Network (Must be installed in its permanent location, not on test bench)**
1. Setup the controller you are using to include a device into network.
2. Tap either the top or bottom of the switch once
### Exclusion Information
**Excluding from the Network**
1. Setup the controller you are using to exclude a device from the network.
2. Tap either the top or the bottom of the switch once.
## Channels
The following table summarises the channels available for the ZRW230 Wall Mounted 3-Way Switch.
| Channel | Channel Id | Channel Type UID | Category | Item Type |
|---------|------------|------------------|----------|-----------|
| Switch | switch_binary | switch_binary | Switch | Switch |
### Device Configuration
The following table provides a summary of the configuration parameters available in the ZRW230 Wall Mounted 3-Way Switch.
Detailed information on each parameter can be found below.
| Parameter | Description |
|-------------|-------------|
| 1: Set Ignore Start Level Bit | Set Ignore Start Level Bit When Transmitting Dim Commands |
| 2: Suspend Group 4 | Stop transmitting to devices that are “associated” into Group 4 |
| 3: Night Light | LED behaviour of the ZRW230 switch |
| 4: Invert Switch | Switch (paddle) behaviour. |
| 14: Enable Shade Control Group 2 | The ZRW230 can operate shade control devices via its group 2 |
| 15: Enable Shade Control Group 3 | The ZRW230 can operate shade control devices via its group 3 |
| 19: LED Transmission Indication | LED Transmission Indication |
| 1: Tapping paddle once | |
| 2: Tapping paddle twice | |
| 3: Tapping paddle three times | |
| 4: By command to the ZRW230 | |
#### 1: Set Ignore Start Level Bit
Set Ignore Start Level Bit When Transmitting Dim Commands
##### Overview
The ZRW230 can send Dim commands to Z-Wave enabled dimmers. The Dim command has a start level embedded in it. A dimmer receiving this command will start dimming from that start level. However, the command also has a bit that indicates whether the dimmer should ignore the start level. If the bit is set to 1, the dimmer will ignore the start level and instead start dimming from its current level. If this bit is set to 0, the dimmer will not ignore the start level.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_1_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 1 |
| Options | Dimmer will not ignore the start level (0) |
| | Dimmer will ignore the start level (1) |
#### 2: Suspend Group 4
Stop transmitting to devices that are “associated” into Group 4
##### Overview
You may wish to disable transmitting commands to Z-Wave devices that are in Group 4 without “disassociating” those devices from the group. Setting parameter 2 to the value of 1 will stop the ZRW230 from transmitting to devices that are “associated” into Group 4.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_2_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 0 |
| Options | Enable transmitting to devices “associated” into Group 4 (0) |
| | Stop transmitting to devices “associated” into Group 4 (1) |
#### 3: Night Light
LED behaviour of the ZRW230 switch
##### Overview
The LED on the ZRW230 will by default, turn ON when the load attached is turned ON. To make the LED turn ON when the load attached is turned OFF instead, set parameter 3 to a value of 1.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_3_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 0 |
| Options | Turn LED ON when the load is turned ON (0) |
| | Turn LED ON when the load is turned OFF (1) |
#### 4: Invert Switch
Switch (paddle) behaviour.
##### Overview
To change the top of the switch to OFF and the bottom of the switch ON , set parameter 4 to 1.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_4_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 0 |
| Options | Top of switch is ON, bottom is OFF (0) |
| | Top of switch is OFF, bottom is ON (1) |
#### 14: Enable Shade Control Group 2
The ZRW230 can operate shade control devices via its group 2
##### Overview
The ZRW230 can operate shade control devices via its group 2 if this configuration parameter is set to 1.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_14_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 0 |
| Options | Disable operation of shade control devices via group 2 (0) |
| | Enable operation of shade control devices via group 2 (1) |
#### 15: Enable Shade Control Group 3
The ZRW230 can operate shade control devices via its group 3
##### Overview
The ZRW230 can operate shade control devices via its group 3 if this configuration parameter is set to 1.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_15_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 0 |
| Options | Disable operation of shade control devices via group 3 (0) |
| | Enable operation of shade control devices via group 3 (1) |
#### 19: LED Transmission Indication
LED Transmission Indication
##### Overview
The ZRW230 will flicker its LED when it is transmitting to any of its 4 groups. This flickering can be set to not flicker at all (set to 0), to flicker the entire time it is transmitting (set to 1), or to flicker for only 1 second when it begins transmitting (set to 2). By default, the ZRW230 is set to flicker for only 1 second.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_19_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 2 |
| Options | LED will not flicker (0) |
| | LED will flicker the entire time while transmitting (1) |
| | LED will flicker 1 second when it begins transmitting (2) |
#### 1: Tapping paddle once
##### Overview
Group 1 Control:
If you associate a Z-Wave device into Group 1, you can turn that device ON and OFF by tapping the top or bottom of the switch *once*. The load attached to the ZRW230 will also turn on or off.
Associating nodes into group 2 or 3 will cause a very slight delay before the command is transmitted to group 1 nodes.
You can brighten the controlled device by pushing and holding the top of the switch, dim by pushing and holding
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | group_1 |
| Data Type | TEXT |
| Range | to |
#### 2: Tapping paddle twice
##### Overview
Group 2 Control:
If you associate a Z-Wave device into Group 2, you can turn that device ON and OFF by tapping the top or bottom of the switch *twice*.
You can brighten or dim devices by tapping the switch once then push and hold the top or bottom.
The load attached to the ZRW230 is not affected.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | group_2 |
| Data Type | TEXT |
| Range | to |
#### 3: Tapping paddle three times
##### Overview
Group 3 Control:
If you associate a Z-Wave device into Group 3, you can turn that device ON or OFF by tapping the top or bottom of the switch *three times*.
You can brighten or dim devices by tapping the switch twice then push and hold the top or bottom.
The load attached to the ZRW230 is not affected.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | group_3 |
| Data Type | TEXT |
| Range | to |
#### 4: By command to the ZRW230
##### Overview
Group 4 Control:
If you associate a Z-Wave device into Group 4, that device will be commanded to turn on or off when the ZRW230 is commanded to turn on or off.
Caution: The ZRW230 will not transmit to Z-Wave devices in Group 4 if it is already in the state that the Z-Wave command commanded it to.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | group_4 |
| Data Type | TEXT |
| Range | to |
---
Did you spot an error in the above definition or want to improve the content?
You can edit the database [here](http://www.cd-jackson.com/index.php/zwave/zwave-device-database/zwave-device-list/devicesummary/546).

518
_addons_bindings/zwave/doc/act_ztm230_00_000.md Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,518 @@
---
layout: documentation
title: ZTM230 - ZWave
---
{% include base.html %}
# ZTM230 Dual paddle wall mounted transmitter
This describes the Z-Wave device *ZTM230*, manufactured by *ACT - Advanced Control Technologies* with the thing type UID of ```act_ztm230_00_000```.
Dual paddle wall mounted transmitter
## Overview
The ZTM230 Wall Mounted Transmitter is a component of the HomePro lighting control system. Wire the Transmitter anywhere power is available according to the diagram above and program from the Wireless Controller to operate loads. Inclusion of the ZTM230 Wall Mounted Transmitter on the ZTH200 Wireless Controller menu allows remote ON/OFF control and dimming of lights controlled by associated modules, as it does not control any electrical load directly.
This Wall Mounted Transmitter is designed to work with other Z-Wave enabled devices. Z-Wave nodes of other types can be Included in the network and will also act as repeaters to increase the range of the network.  
### Inclusion Information
Including to the Network (Must be installed in its permanent location, not on test bench)
1. Setup the controller you are using to include the device into the network.
2. Tap the top or bottom of the left switch once  
### Exclusion Information
1. Setup the controller you are using to exclude a device from the network.
2. Tap the top or the bottom of the left switch once.  
## Channels
The following table summarises the channels available for the ZTM230 Dual paddle wall mounted transmitter.
| Channel | Channel Id | Channel Type UID | Category | Item Type |
|---------|------------|------------------|----------|-----------|
| Switch | switch_binary | switch_binary | Switch | Switch |
| Dimmer | switch_dimmer | switch_dimmer | DimmableLight | Dimmer |
### Dimmer
#### Restore Last Value
Restore Last Dimming level on ON.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_restoreLastValue |
| Data Type | BOOLEAN || Default Value | true |
| Options | Restore Last Value (true) |
| | Restore Full Brightness (false) |
### Device Configuration
The following table provides a summary of the configuration parameters available in the ZTM230 Dual paddle wall mounted transmitter.
Detailed information on each parameter can be found below.
| Parameter | Description |
|-------------|-------------|
| 1: Ignore Start Level Bit | Set Ignore Start Level Bit When Transmitting Dim Commands |
| 2: Suspend Group 4 | Disable transmitting commands to group 4 devices. |
| 3: Night Light | LED behaviour of the ZTM230. |
| 4: Invert Switch | Switch paddle behaviour |
| 5: Ignore Start Level Bit | Ignore Start Level When Receiving Dim Commands |
| 7: On/Off Command dim step | Dim step parameter |
| 8: On/Off Command dim timer | Dim timer parameter |
| 9: Local Control dim rate | Dim step Parameter |
| 10: Dim timer Parameter | Dim timer Parameter |
| 11: ALL ON/ALL OFF dim step | ALL ON/ALL OFF dim step |
| 12: ALL ON/ALL OFF dim rate | Dim timer Parameter |
| 13: Disable group 4 during dim command | Disable group 4 during dim command |
| 14: Enable shade control group 2 | Enable shade control group 2 |
| 15: Enable shade control group 3 | Enable shade control group 3 |
| 16: Enable shade control group 1 | Enable shade control group 1 |
| 19: Transmission LED | Transmission LED behaviour |
| 20: Poll group 1 interval | Group 1 poll interval |
| 21: Poll group 1 | Poll group 1 |
| 22: Poll Group 2 | Poll Group 2 interval (minutes). |
| 1: Group 1 | Group 1 left paddle |
| 2: Group 2 | Group 2 right paddle |
| 3: Group 3 | Group 3 double tap right paddle |
| 4: Group 4 | Group 4 |
#### 1: Ignore Start Level Bit
Set Ignore Start Level Bit When Transmitting Dim Commands
##### Overview
The ZTM230 can send Dim commands to Z-Wave enabled dimmers. The Dim command has a start level embedded in it. A dimmer receiving this command will start dimming from that start level. However, the command can be sent so that the dimmer ignores the start level and instead start dimming from its current level. By default, the ZTM230 sends the command so that the dimmer will start dimming from its current dim level rather then the start level embedded in the command. To change this, simply set the configuration parameter above to 0.  
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_1_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 1 |
| Options | Do not ignore start level (0) |
| | Ignore start level (1) |
#### 2: Suspend Group 4
Disable transmitting commands to group 4 devices.
##### Overview
You may wish to disable transmitting commands to Z-Wave devices that are in Group 4 without “disassociating” those devices from the group.
Setting parameter 2 to the value of 1 will stop the ZTM230 from transmitting to devices that are “associated” into Group 4  
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_2_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 1 |
| Default Value | 0 |
#### 3: Night Light
LED behaviour of the ZTM230.
##### Overview
The LED on the ZTM230, will by default, turn ON when the status of the devices in Group 1 is ON. To make the LED turn ON when the status of Group 1 is OFF set this parameter to a value of 1.  
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_3_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 1 |
| Default Value | 0 |
#### 4: Invert Switch
Switch paddle behaviour
##### Overview
To change the top of the transmitter to OFF and the bottom of the transmitter to ON, set parameter 4 to 1. To change back to original settings, set this parameter to the value of 0.  
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_4_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 1 |
| Default Value | 0 |
#### 5: Ignore Start Level Bit
Ignore Start Level When Receiving Dim Commands
##### Overview
The ZTM230 can send Dim commands to Z-Wave enabled dimmers. The Dim command has a start level embedded in it. A dimmer receiving this command will start dimming from that start level. However, the command can be sent so that the dimmer ignores the start level and instead start dimming from its current level. By default, the ZTM230 sends the command so that the dimmer will start dimming from its current dim level rather then the start level embedded in the command. To change this, simply set the configuration parameter above to 0
**Note that this only affects a level that is reported or possibly sent by the ZTM230 since the ZTM230 does not control a load.**
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_5_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 1 |
| Default Value | 1 |
#### 7: On/Off Command dim step
Dim step parameter
##### Overview
Dim step (dim rate) parameter. It can be set to a value of 1 to 99. This value indicates how many levels the dimmer will change when the timer (discussed below) expires.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_7_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 1 to 99 |
| Default Value | 3 |
#### 8: On/Off Command dim timer
Dim timer parameter
##### Overview
Dim timer parameter (how fast the dim rate) parameter. It can be set to a value of 1 to 255. This value indicates in 10 millisecond resolution, how often the dim level will change. For example, if you set this parameter to 1, then the dim level will change every 10mS. If you set it to 255, then the dim level will change every 2.55 seconds.  
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_8_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 1 to 255 |
| Default Value | 10 |
#### 9: Local Control dim rate
Dim step Parameter
##### Overview
Local Control dim rate. 
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_9_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 1 to 99 |
| Default Value | 3 |
#### 10: Dim timer Parameter
Dim timer Parameter
##### Overview
Dim timer Parameter. 
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_10_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 1 to 255 |
| Default Value | 10 |
#### 11: ALL ON/ALL OFF dim step
ALL ON/ALL OFF dim step
##### Overview
ALL ON/ALL OFF dim rate step parameter. 
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_11_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 1 to 99 |
| Default Value | 3 |
#### 12: ALL ON/ALL OFF dim rate
Dim timer Parameter
##### Overview
ALL ON/ALL OFF dim rate timer Parameter.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_12_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 1 to 255 |
| Default Value | 10 |
#### 13: Disable group 4 during dim command
Disable group 4 during dim command
##### Overview
Note that this only affects a level that is reported or possibly sent by the ZTM230 since the ZTM230 does not control a load.
After the ZTM230 is commanded to stop dimming when it has been dimming because of the DIM START command, it will then command the Z-Wave devices that are in Group 4 to its new level. To prevent the ZTM230 from commanding the Z-Wave devices in Group 4 during this particular occurrence, set Parameter 13 to the value of 1.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_13_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 1 |
| Default Value | 0 |
#### 14: Enable shade control group 2
Enable shade control group 2
##### Overview
The ZTM230 can control shade control devices via its group 2 if this configuration parameter is set to 1. 
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_14_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 1 |
| Default Value | 0 |
#### 15: Enable shade control group 3
Enable shade control group 3
##### Overview
The ZTM230 can control shade control devices via its group 3 if this configuration parameter is set to 1. 
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_15_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 1 |
| Default Value | 0 |
#### 16: Enable shade control group 1
Enable shade control group 1
##### Overview
The ZTM230 can control shade control devices via its group 1 if this configuration parameter is set to 1. 
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_16_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 1 |
| Default Value | 0 |
#### 19: Transmission LED
Transmission LED behaviour
##### Overview
The ZTM230 will flicker its LED when it is transmitting to any of its 4 groups. This flickering can be set to not flicker at all (set to 0), to flicker the entire time it is transmitting (set to 1), or to flicker for only 1 second when it begins transmitting (set to 2). By default, the ZTM230 is set to flicker for only 1 second.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_19_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 2 |
| Default Value | 2 |
#### 20: Poll group 1 interval
Group 1 poll interval
##### Overview
How often it will poll Group 1 is configured using this parameter 20. The default poll rate is 2. Note that the poll interval starts timing again upon successful transmission of the poll request. Also note that the polling interval is not “exact” and that you may see some slight drift occur. Also the poll interval is reset upon switch being pressed. In addition, on power up, the ZTM230 will randomly poll based upon it’s node ID within 2 minutes of power being applied.  
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_20_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 1 to 255 |
| Default Value | 2 |
#### 21: Poll group 1
Poll group 1
##### Overview
The ZTM230 will poll the first node in Group 1 in order to keep itself synchronized with the group if this configuration parameter is set to 1. How often it will poll is configured using parameter 20.  
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_21_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 1 |
| Default Value | 0 |
#### 22: Poll Group 2
Poll Group 2 interval (minutes).
##### Overview
The ZTM230 will poll the first node in Group 2 in order to keep itself synchronized with the group if this configuration parameter is set to 1. How often it will poll is configured using parameter 20.  
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_22_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 1 |
| Default Value | 1 |
#### 1: Group 1
Group 1 left paddle
##### Overview
Nodes in this group are turned ON and OFF by tapping the top or bottom of the left switch.
Nodes associated into this group are dimmed by pressing and holding the bottom of the left switch until the desired dim level is reached.  
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | group_1 |
| Data Type | TEXT |
| Range | to |
#### 2: Group 2
Group 2 right paddle
##### Overview
Nodes in this group are turned ON and OFF by tapping the right switch.
Nodes associated into this group are dimmed by pressing and holding the bottom of the right switch until the desired dim level is reached. The LED on the right switch will indicate the status of group 2. Group 2 will be polled at a specific interval and the status of group 2 will be indicated via the LED. The polling interval can be configured.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | group_2 |
| Data Type | TEXT |
| Range | to |
#### 3: Group 3
Group 3 double tap right paddle
##### Overview
Nodes in this group are turned ON and OFF by tapping the right switch twice. Nodes associated into this group are dimmed by tapping the bottom of the switch once and then pressing and holding the bottom of the switch until the desired dim level is reached.
note that associating nodes into group 3 will cause a very slight delay before the command is transmitted to group 2.  
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | group_3 |
| Data Type | TEXT |
| Range | to |
#### 4: Group 4
Group 4
##### Overview
Nodes in this group are turned ON or OFF or set to a specific dim level when the ZTM230 is controlled remotely. You can place up to 5 nodes in each group.
If controlling dimmers, for best results, associate the dimmers into the group first.  
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | group_4 |
| Data Type | TEXT |
| Range | to |
---
Did you spot an error in the above definition or want to improve the content?
You can edit the database [here](http://www.cd-jackson.com/index.php/zwave/zwave-device-database/zwave-device-list/devicesummary/524).

236
_addons_bindings/zwave/doc/aeon_dsa03202_00_000.md Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,236 @@
---
layout: documentation
title: DSA03202 - ZWave
---
{% include base.html %}
# DSA03202 Minimote 4 button remote control
This describes the Z-Wave device *DSA03202*, manufactured by *AEON Labs* with the thing type UID of ```aeon_dsa03202_00_000```.
Minimote 4 button remote control
## Channels
The following table summarises the channels available for the DSA03202 Minimote 4 button remote control.
| Channel | Channel Id | Channel Type UID | Category | Item Type |
|---------|------------|------------------|----------|-----------|
| Scene Number | scene_number | scene_number | | Number |
### Device Configuration
The following table provides a summary of the configuration parameters available in the DSA03202 Minimote 4 button remote control.
Detailed information on each parameter can be found below.
| Parameter | Description |
|-------------|-------------|
| 241: Mode of Button 1 (upper left) | Defines the switching mode of Button 1 |
| 242: Mode of Button 2 (upper right) | Defines the switching mode of Button 2 |
| 243: Mode of Button 3 (lower left) | Defines the switching mode of Button 3 |
| 244: Mode of Button 4 (lower right) | Defines the switching mode of Button 4 |
| 245: Mode of Button 5 (Include) | Defines the switching mode of Button 5 |
| 246: Mode of Button 6 (Exclude) | Defines the switching mode of Button 6 |
| 247: Mode of Button 7 (Association) | Defines the switching mode of Button 7 |
| 248: Mode of Button 8 (Learn) | Defines the switching mode of Button 8 |
| 250: Secondary Controller Mode | When in Group Mode, the Minimote is paired directly to devices. When in Scene Mode, Minimo... |
| 1: Scene 1 | |
| 2: Scene 2 | |
| 3: Scene 3 | |
| 4: Scene 4 | |
#### 241: Mode of Button 1 (upper left)
Defines the switching mode of Button 1
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_241_1_wo |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 0 |
| Options | Factory Default (0) |
| | Scene Mode (1) |
| | Add Mode (2) |
| | Remove Mode (3) |
| | Association Mode (4) |
| | Learn Mode (5) |
#### 242: Mode of Button 2 (upper right)
Defines the switching mode of Button 2
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_242_1_wo |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 0 |
| Options | Factory Default (0) |
| | Scene Mode (1) |
| | Add Mode (2) |
| | Remove Mode (3) |
| | Association Mode (4) |
| | Learn Mode (5) |
#### 243: Mode of Button 3 (lower left)
Defines the switching mode of Button 3
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_243_1_wo |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 0 |
| Options | Factory Default (0) |
| | Scene Mode (1) |
| | Add Mode (2) |
| | Remove Mode (3) |
| | Association Mode (4) |
| | Learn Mode (5) |
#### 244: Mode of Button 4 (lower right)
Defines the switching mode of Button 4
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_244_1_wo |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 0 |
| Options | Factory Default (0) |
| | Scene Mode (1) |
| | Add Mode (2) |
| | Remove Mode (3) |
| | Association Mode (4) |
| | Learn Mode (5) |
#### 245: Mode of Button 5 (Include)
Defines the switching mode of Button 5
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_245_1_wo |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 0 |
| Options | Factory Default (0) |
| | Scene Mode (1) |
| | Add Mode (2) |
| | Remove Mode (3) |
| | Association Mode (4) |
| | Learn Mode (5) |
#### 246: Mode of Button 6 (Exclude)
Defines the switching mode of Button 6
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_246_1_wo |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 0 |
| Options | Factory Default (0) |
| | Scene Mode (1) |
| | Add Mode (2) |
| | Remove Mode (3) |
| | Association Mode (4) |
| | Learn Mode (5) |
#### 247: Mode of Button 7 (Association)
Defines the switching mode of Button 7
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_247_1_wo |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 0 |
| Options | Factory Default (0) |
| | Scene Mode (1) |
| | Add Mode (2) |
| | Remove Mode (3) |
| | Association Mode (4) |
| | Learn Mode (5) |
#### 248: Mode of Button 8 (Learn)
Defines the switching mode of Button 8
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_248_1_wo |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 0 |
| Options | Factory Default (0) |
| | Scene Mode (1) |
| | Add Mode (2) |
| | Remove Mode (3) |
| | Association Mode (4) |
| | Learn Mode (5) |
#### 250: Secondary Controller Mode
When in Group Mode, the Minimote is paired directly to devices. When in Scene Mode, Minimote button presses will send SCENE\_ACTIVATION commands (NOTE: SCENE\_ACTIVATION will only be received if the primary controller is NODE 1).
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_250_1_wo |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 0 |
| Options | Group Mode (0) |
| | Scene Mode (1) |
#### 1: Scene 1
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | group_1 |
| Data Type | TEXT |
| Range | to |
#### 2: Scene 2
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | group_2 |
| Data Type | TEXT |
| Range | to |
#### 3: Scene 3
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | group_3 |
| Data Type | TEXT |
| Range | to |
#### 4: Scene 4
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | group_4 |
| Data Type | TEXT |
| Range | to |
---
Did you spot an error in the above definition or want to improve the content?
You can edit the database [here](http://www.cd-jackson.com/index.php/zwave/zwave-device-database/zwave-device-list/devicesummary/74).

60
_addons_bindings/zwave/doc/aeon_dsa38_00_000.md Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,60 @@
---
layout: documentation
title: DSA38 - ZWave
---
{% include base.html %}
# DSA38 Panic Button Key Fob
This describes the Z-Wave device *DSA38*, manufactured by *AEON Labs* with the thing type UID of ```aeon_dsa38_00_000```.
Panic Button Key Fob
## Channels
The following table summarises the channels available for the DSA38 Panic Button Key Fob.
| Channel | Channel Id | Channel Type UID | Category | Item Type |
|---------|------------|------------------|----------|-----------|
| Scene Number | scene_number | scene_number | | Number |
| | battery-level | system.battery-level | | |
### Device Configuration
The following table provides a summary of the configuration parameters available in the DSA38 Panic Button Key Fob.
Detailed information on each parameter can be found below.
| Parameter | Description |
|-------------|-------------|
| 250: Mode of Button 1 | Defines the switching mode of Button 1 |
| 1: Scene 1 | |
#### 250: Mode of Button 1
Defines the switching mode of Button 1
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_250_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 0 |
| Options | Factory Default (0) |
| | Scene Mode (1) |
#### 1: Scene 1
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | group_1 |
| Data Type | TEXT |
| Range | to |
---
Did you spot an error in the above definition or want to improve the content?
You can edit the database [here](http://www.cd-jackson.com/index.php/zwave/zwave-device-database/zwave-device-list/devicesummary/88).

269
_addons_bindings/zwave/doc/aeon_dsb05_00_000.md Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,269 @@
---
layout: documentation
title: DSB05 - ZWave
---
{% include base.html %}
# DSB05 4 in One MultiSensor
This describes the Z-Wave device *DSB05*, manufactured by *AEON Labs* with the thing type UID of ```aeon_dsb05_00_000```.
4 in One MultiSensor
## Channels
The following table summarises the channels available for the DSB05 4 in One MultiSensor.
| Channel | Channel Id | Channel Type UID | Category | Item Type |
|---------|------------|------------------|----------|-----------|
| Binary Sensor | sensor_binary | sensor_binary | Door | Switch |
| Sensor (relative humidity) | sensor_relhumidity | sensor_relhumidity | Humidity | Number |
| Sensor (temperature) | sensor_temperature | sensor_temperature | Temperature | Number |
| Sensor (luminance) | sensor_luminance | sensor_luminance | Temperature | Number |
| | battery-level | system.battery-level | | |
### Sensor (temperature)
#### Scale
Select the scale for temperature readings
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_scale |
| Data Type | TEXT || Default Value | 0 |
| Options | Celsius (0) |
| | Fahrenheit (1) |
### Device Configuration
The following table provides a summary of the configuration parameters available in the DSB05 4 in One MultiSensor.
Detailed information on each parameter can be found below.
| Parameter | Description |
|-------------|-------------|
| 2: Wake up for 10 minutes when batteries are inserted | |
| 3: On time | On time before sending off command |
| 4: Motion sensor | |
| 5: Command to send when movement | |
| 101: Which reports to send to group 1 | Group 1 automatic report list |
| 102: Which reports to send to group 2 | Group 2 automatic report list |
| 103: Which reports to send to group 3 | Group 3 automatic report list |
| 111: Interval to send out reports of group 1 | |
| 112: Interval to send out reports of group 2 | |
| 113: Interval to send out reports of group 3 | |
| 255: Reset to the default Configuration of all parameters | Set to 1 to reset to factory default |
| 1: Group 1 devices | |
#### 2: Wake up for 10 minutes when batteries are inserted
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_2_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 0 |
| Options | disable (default) (0) |
| | enable (1) |
#### 3: On time
On time before sending off command
##### Overview
How long should the device associated to multi sensor keep state On before sending it Off command (if the value is bigger than 255, the value would be rounded to next integer in minutes)
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_3_2 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 1 to 15300 |
| Default Value | 240 |
#### 4: Motion sensor
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_4_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 1 |
| Options | Disabled (0) |
| | Enabled (1) |
#### 5: Command to send when movement
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_5_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 1 |
| Options | Send Basic Set (1) |
| | send Sensor Binary report (2) |
#### 101: Which reports to send to group 1
Group 1 automatic report list
##### Overview
The value is a combination number made up of the sum of the values for the individual sensors and battery.
The sensors have the values:
Temperature=32
Humidity=64
Lightlevel=128
Battery=1                           
Therefore if you want all sensors and the battery report set this value to **225** (recommended)
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_101_4_000000FF |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 225 |
| Default Value | 0 |
#### 102: Which reports to send to group 2
Group 2 automatic report list
##### Overview
The value is a combination number made up of the sum of the values for the individual sensors and battery.
The sensors have the values:
Temperature=32
Humidity=64
Lightlevel=128
Battery=1                           
Therefore if you want all sensors and the battery report set this value to 225
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_102_4_000000FF |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 225 |
| Default Value | 0 |
#### 103: Which reports to send to group 3
Group 3 automatic report list
##### Overview
The value is a combination number made up of the sum of the values for the individual sensors and battery.
The sensors have the values:
Temperature=32
Humidity=64
Lightlevel=128
Battery=1                           
Therefore if you want all sensors and the battery report set this value to 225
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_103_4_000000FF |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 225 |
| Default Value | 0 |
#### 111: Interval to send out reports of group 1
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_111_4 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 1 to 2678400 |
| Default Value | 720 |
#### 112: Interval to send out reports of group 2
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_112_4 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 1 to 2678400 |
| Default Value | 720 |
#### 113: Interval to send out reports of group 3
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_113_4 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 1 to 2678400 |
| Default Value | 720 |
#### 255: Reset to the default Configuration of all parameters
Set to 1 to reset to factory default
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_255_1_wo |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | to |
| Default Value | 0 |
#### 1: Group 1 devices
##### Overview
Devices to be switched on when motion detected and off after on time
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | group_1 |
| Data Type | TEXT |
| Range | to |
---
Did you spot an error in the above definition or want to improve the content?
You can edit the database [here](http://www.cd-jackson.com/index.php/zwave/zwave-device-database/zwave-device-list/devicesummary/71).

407
_addons_bindings/zwave/doc/aeon_dsb09_00_000.md Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,407 @@
---
layout: documentation
title: DSB09 - ZWave
---
{% include base.html %}
# DSB09 Home Energy Meter
This describes the Z-Wave device *DSB09*, manufactured by *AEON Labs* with the thing type UID of ```aeon_dsb09_00_000```.
Home Energy Meter
## Channels
The following table summarises the channels available for the DSB09 Home Energy Meter.
| Channel | Channel Id | Channel Type UID | Category | Item Type |
|---------|------------|------------------|----------|-----------|
| Sensor (power) | sensor_power | sensor_power | Energy | Number |
| Electric meter (kWh) | meter_kwh | meter_kwh | Energy | Number |
| Electric meter (watts) | meter_watts | meter_watts | Energy | Number |
| Reset Meter | meter_reset | meter_reset | Energy | Switch |
| | battery-level | system.battery-level | | |
| Sensor (power) 1 | sensor_power1 | sensor_power | Energy | Number |
| Electric meter (kWh) 1 | meter_kwh1 | meter_kwh | Energy | Number |
| Electric meter (watts) 1 | meter_watts1 | meter_watts | Energy | Number |
| Sensor (power) 2 | sensor_power2 | sensor_power | Energy | Number |
| Electric meter (kWh) 2 | meter_kwh2 | meter_kwh | Energy | Number |
| Electric meter (watts) 2 | meter_watts2 | meter_watts | Energy | Number |
| Sensor (power) 3 | sensor_power3 | sensor_power | Energy | Number |
| Electric meter (kWh) 3 | meter_kwh3 | meter_kwh | Energy | Number |
| Electric meter (watts) 3 | meter_watts3 | meter_watts | Energy | Number |
### Device Configuration
The following table provides a summary of the configuration parameters available in the DSB09 Home Energy Meter.
Detailed information on each parameter can be found below.
| Parameter | Description |
|-------------|-------------|
| 1: Voltage | Voltage to calculate wattage from amperage. |
| 3: Selective Reporting | Enable/disable selective reporting |
| 4: Current Threshold - Whole HEM | Threshold change in wattage to induce an automatic report (Whole HEM). |
| 5: Current Threshold - Clamp 1 | Threshold change in wattage to induce an automatic report (Clamp 1). (Valid values 0-60000... |
| 6: Current Threshold - Clamp 2 | Threshold change in wattage to induce an automatic report (Clamp 2). (Valid values 0-60000... |
| 7: Current Threshold - Clamp 3 | Threshold change in wattage to induce an automatic report (Clamp 3). (Valid values 0-60000... |
| 8: Percent Change - Whole HEM | Percentage change in wattage to induce an automatic report (Whole HEM). (Valid values 0-10... |
| 9: Percent Change - Clamp 1 | Percentage change in wattage to induce an automatic report (Clamp 1). (Valid values 0-100) |
| 10: Percent Change - Clamp 2 | Percentage change in wattage to induce an automatic report (Clamp 2). (Valid values 0-100) |
| 11: Percent Change - Clamp 3 | Percentage change in wattage to induce an automatic report (Clamp 3). (Valid values 0-100) |
| 101: Which reports need to send automatically for group 1 | Sum values of all wanted reports (see Overview) |
| 102: Which reports need to send automatically for group 2 | Sum values of all wanted reports (see Overview) |
| 103: Which reports need to send automatically for group 3 | Sum values of all wanted reports (see Overview) |
| 111: Interval to send out reports of group 1 | |
| 112: Interval to send out reports of group 2 | |
| 113: Interval to send out reports of group 3 | |
| 255: Reset to Factory | Reset all settings to factory defaults |
| 1: Report group 1 | |
| 2: Report group 2 | |
| 3: Report group 3 | |
#### 1: Voltage
Voltage to calculate wattage from amperage.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_1_2 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 32000 |
| Default Value | 240 |
#### 3: Selective Reporting
Enable/disable selective reporting
##### Overview
When selective reporting is disabled, unit will send a report every X seconds, as configured in items 101-103. When selective reporting is enabled, unit will send a report if thresholds in items 4-7, or percentages in items 8-11, are exceeded. This is used to reduce network traffic. Sum the following values for the source of the reports to be selectively reported:
0        ->   Disable Selective Reporting
1        ->   Whole HEM
2        ->   Clamp 1
4        ->   Clamp 2
8        ->   Clamp 3
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_3_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 15 |
| Default Value | 0 |
#### 4: Current Threshold - Whole HEM
Threshold change in wattage to induce an automatic report (Whole HEM).
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_4_2 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 60000 |
| Default Value | 50 |
#### 5: Current Threshold - Clamp 1
Threshold change in wattage to induce an automatic report (Clamp 1). (Valid values 0-60000)
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_5_2 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 60000 |
| Default Value | 50 |
#### 6: Current Threshold - Clamp 2
Threshold change in wattage to induce an automatic report (Clamp 2). (Valid values 0-60000)
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_6_2 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 60000 |
| Default Value | 50 |
#### 7: Current Threshold - Clamp 3
Threshold change in wattage to induce an automatic report (Clamp 3). (Valid values 0-60000)
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_7_2 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 60000 |
| Default Value | 50 |
#### 8: Percent Change - Whole HEM
Percentage change in wattage to induce an automatic report (Whole HEM). (Valid values 0-100)
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_8_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 100 |
| Default Value | 50 |
#### 9: Percent Change - Clamp 1
Percentage change in wattage to induce an automatic report (Clamp 1). (Valid values 0-100)
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_9_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 100 |
| Default Value | 50 |
#### 10: Percent Change - Clamp 2
Percentage change in wattage to induce an automatic report (Clamp 2). (Valid values 0-100)
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_10_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 100 |
| Default Value | 50 |
#### 11: Percent Change - Clamp 3
Percentage change in wattage to induce an automatic report (Clamp 3). (Valid values 0-100)
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_11_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 100 |
| Default Value | 50 |
#### 101: Which reports need to send automatically for group 1
Sum values of all wanted reports (see Overview)
##### Overview
1        ->   Battery Report
2        ->   MultiSensor Report for Watt (whole device)
4        ->   Meter Report for Watt (whole device)
8        ->   Meter Report for kWh (whole device)
256     ->   Meter Report for Watt (clamp 1)
512     ->   Meter Report for Watt (clamp 2)
1024   ->   Meter Report for Watt (clamp 3)
2048   ->   Meter Report for kWh (clamp 1)
4096   ->   Meter Report for kWh (clamp 2)
8192   ->   Meter Report for kWh (clamp 3)
NOTE: If a report is included in more then one Report Group, it will only be sent in the Report Group with the most recently updated configuration parameter.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_101_4 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 16383 |
| Default Value | 8 |
#### 102: Which reports need to send automatically for group 2
Sum values of all wanted reports (see Overview)
##### Overview
1        ->   Battery Report
2        ->   MultiSensor Report for Watt (whole device)
4        ->   Meter Report for Watt (whole device)
8        ->   Meter Report for kWh (whole device)
256     ->   Meter Report for Watt (clamp 1)
512     ->   Meter Report for Watt (clamp 2)
1024   ->   Meter Report for Watt (clamp 3)
2048   ->   Meter Report for kWh (clamp 1)
4096   ->   Meter Report for kWh (clamp 2)
8192   ->   Meter Report for kWh (clamp 3)
NOTE: If a report is included in more then one Report Group, it will only be sent in the Report Group with the most recently updated configuration parameter.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_102_4 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 16383 |
| Default Value | 8 |
#### 103: Which reports need to send automatically for group 3
Sum values of all wanted reports (see Overview)
##### Overview
1        ->   Battery Report
2        ->   MultiSensor Report for Watt (whole device)
4        ->   Meter Report for Watt (whole device)
8        ->   Meter Report for kWh (whole device)
256     ->   Meter Report for Watt (clamp 1)
512     ->   Meter Report for Watt (clamp 2)
1024   ->   Meter Report for Watt (clamp 3)
2048   ->   Meter Report for kWh (clamp 1)
4096   ->   Meter Report for kWh (clamp 2)
8192   ->   Meter Report for kWh (clamp 3)
NOTE: If a report is included in more then one Report Group, it will only be sent in the Report Group with the most recently updated configuration parameter.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_103_4 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 16383 |
| Default Value | 8 |
#### 111: Interval to send out reports of group 1
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_111_4 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 1 to 2678400 |
| Default Value | 720 |
#### 112: Interval to send out reports of group 2
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_112_4 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 1 to 2678400 |
| Default Value | 720 |
#### 113: Interval to send out reports of group 3
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_113_4 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 1 to 2678400 |
| Default Value | 720 |
#### 255: Reset to Factory
Reset all settings to factory defaults
##### Overview
Reset all settings in unit to factory settings.  If you're getting crazy voltage readings in a unit after upgrading firmware, use this then reconfigure the unit.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_255_4_wo |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 0 |
| Options | Do nothing (0) |
| | Reset to factory defaults (1) |
#### 1: Report group 1
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | group_1 |
| Data Type | TEXT |
| Range | to |
#### 2: Report group 2
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | group_2 |
| Data Type | TEXT |
| Range | to |
#### 3: Report group 3
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | group_3 |
| Data Type | TEXT |
| Range | to |
---
Did you spot an error in the above definition or want to improve the content?
You can edit the database [here](http://www.cd-jackson.com/index.php/zwave/zwave-device-database/zwave-device-list/devicesummary/84).

320
_addons_bindings/zwave/doc/aeon_dsb28_00_000.md Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,320 @@
---
layout: documentation
title: DSB28 - ZWave
---
{% include base.html %}
# DSB28 Home Energy Meter G2
This describes the Z-Wave device *DSB28*, manufactured by *AEON Labs* with the thing type UID of ```aeon_dsb28_00_000```.
Home Energy Meter G2
## Channels
The following table summarises the channels available for the DSB28 Home Energy Meter G2.
| Channel | Channel Id | Channel Type UID | Category | Item Type |
|---------|------------|------------------|----------|-----------|
| Electric meter (watts) | meter_watts | meter_watts | Energy | Number |
| Electric meter (amps) | meter_current | meter_current | Energy | Number |
| Electric meter (volts) | meter_voltage | meter_voltage | Energy | Number |
| Electric meter (kWh) | meter_kwh | meter_kwh | Energy | Number |
| Reset Meter | meter_reset | meter_reset | Energy | Switch |
| Electric meter (watts) 1 | meter_watts1 | meter_watts | Energy | Number |
| Electric meter (amps) 1 | meter_current1 | meter_current | Energy | Number |
| Electric meter (volts) 1 | meter_voltage1 | meter_voltage | Energy | Number |
| Electric meter (kWh) 1 | meter_kwh1 | meter_kwh | Energy | Number |
| Electric meter (watts) 2 | meter_watts2 | meter_watts | Energy | Number |
| Electric meter (amps) 2 | meter_current2 | meter_current | Energy | Number |
| Electric meter (volts) 2 | meter_voltage2 | meter_voltage | Energy | Number |
| Electric meter (kWh) 2 | meter_kwh2 | meter_kwh | Energy | Number |
| Electric meter (watts) 3 | meter_watts3 | meter_watts | Energy | Number |
| Electric meter (volts) 3 | meter_voltage3 | meter_voltage | Energy | Number |
| Electric meter (amps) 3 | meter_current3 | meter_current | Energy | Number |
| Electric meter (kWh) 3 | meter_kwh3 | meter_kwh | Energy | Number |
### Device Configuration
The following table provides a summary of the configuration parameters available in the DSB28 Home Energy Meter G2.
Detailed information on each parameter can be found below.
| Parameter | Description |
|-------------|-------------|
| 2: Reverse clamping | If the reverse clamping pliers, negative power is detected. |
| 3: Selective Reporting | Enable selective reporting only when power change reaches a certain threshold or percentag... |
| 4: Current Threshold - Whole HEM | Threshold change in wattage to induce a automatic report (Whole HEM). (Valid values 0-6000... |
| 5: Current Threshold - Clamp 1 | Threshold change in wattage to induce a automatic report (Clamp 1). (Valid values 0-60000) |
| 6: Current Threshold - Clamp 2 | Threshold change in wattage to induce a automatic report (Clamp 2). (Valid values 0-60000) |
| 7: Current Threshold - Clamp 3 | Threshold change in wattage to induce a automatic report (Clamp 3). (Valid values 0-60000) |
| 8: Percent Change - Whole HEM | Percentage change in wattage to induce a automatic report (Whole HEM). (Valid values 0-100... |
| 9: Percent Change - Clamp 1 | Percentage change in wattage to induce a automatic report (Clamp 1). (Valid values 0-100) |
| 10: Percent Change - Clamp 2 | Percentage change in wattage to induce a automatic report (Clamp 2). (Valid values 0-100) |
| 11: Percent Change - Clamp 3 | Percentage change in wattage to induce a automatic report (Clamp 3). (Valid values 0-100) |
| 101: Which reports need to send automatically for group 1 | 1 -> Battery Report2 -> MultiSensor Report for the whole device4 -> Meter Report for Watt ... |
| 102: Which reports need to send automatically for group 2 | 1 -> Battery Report2 -> MultiSensor Report for the whole device4 -> Meter Report for Watt ... |
| 103: Which reports need to send automatically for group 3 | 1 -> Battery Report2 -> MultiSensor Report for the whole device4 -> Meter Report for Watt ... |
| 111: Interval to send out reports of group 1 | |
| 112: Interval to send out reports of group 2 | |
| 113: Interval to send out reports of group 3 | |
| 255: Factory Reset | Reset all settings to factory defaults |
| 1: Group 1 | |
| 2: Group 2 | |
| 3: Group 3 | |
#### 2: Reverse clamping
If the reverse clamping pliers, negative power is detected.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_2_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 0 |
| Options | Disabled (0) |
| | Enabled (1) |
#### 3: Selective Reporting
Enable selective reporting only when power change reaches a certain threshold or percentage set in 4-11 below. This is used to reduce network traffic. (Bit 0: Whole HEM , Bit 1:Clamp 1, Bit 2:Clamp 2, Bit 3:Clamp 3)
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_3_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 16 |
| Default Value | 1 |
#### 4: Current Threshold - Whole HEM
Threshold change in wattage to induce a automatic report (Whole HEM). (Valid values 0-60000)
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_4_2 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 60000 |
| Default Value | 50 |
#### 5: Current Threshold - Clamp 1
Threshold change in wattage to induce a automatic report (Clamp 1). (Valid values 0-60000)
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_5_2 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 60000 |
| Default Value | 50 |
#### 6: Current Threshold - Clamp 2
Threshold change in wattage to induce a automatic report (Clamp 2). (Valid values 0-60000)
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_6_2 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 60000 |
| Default Value | 50 |
#### 7: Current Threshold - Clamp 3
Threshold change in wattage to induce a automatic report (Clamp 3). (Valid values 0-60000)
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_7_2 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 60000 |
| Default Value | 50 |
#### 8: Percent Change - Whole HEM
Percentage change in wattage to induce a automatic report (Whole HEM). (Valid values 0-100)
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_8_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 100 |
| Default Value | 50 |
#### 9: Percent Change - Clamp 1
Percentage change in wattage to induce a automatic report (Clamp 1). (Valid values 0-100)
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_9_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 100 |
| Default Value | 50 |
#### 10: Percent Change - Clamp 2
Percentage change in wattage to induce a automatic report (Clamp 2). (Valid values 0-100)
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_10_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 100 |
| Default Value | 50 |
#### 11: Percent Change - Clamp 3
Percentage change in wattage to induce a automatic report (Clamp 3). (Valid values 0-100)
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_11_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 100 |
| Default Value | 50 |
#### 101: Which reports need to send automatically for group 1
1 -> Battery Report2 -> MultiSensor Report for the whole device4 -> Meter Report for Watt for the whole device8 -> Meter Report for kWh for the whole device256 -> Meter Report for Watt for clamp 1512 -> Meter Report for W
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_101_4 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 1061109568 |
| Default Value | 8 |
#### 102: Which reports need to send automatically for group 2
1 -> Battery Report2 -> MultiSensor Report for the whole device4 -> Meter Report for Watt for the whole device8 -> Meter Report for kWh for the whole device256 -> Meter Report for Watt for clamp 1512 -> Meter Report for W
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_102_4 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 1061109568 |
| Default Value | 8 |
#### 103: Which reports need to send automatically for group 3
1 -> Battery Report2 -> MultiSensor Report for the whole device4 -> Meter Report for Watt for the whole device8 -> Meter Report for kWh for the whole device256 -> Meter Report for Watt for clamp 1512 -> Meter Report for W
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_103_4 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 1061109568 |
| Default Value | 8 |
#### 111: Interval to send out reports of group 1
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_111_4 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 1 to 2678400 |
| Default Value | 720 |
#### 112: Interval to send out reports of group 2
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_112_4 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 1 to 2678400 |
| Default Value | 720 |
#### 113: Interval to send out reports of group 3
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_113_4 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 1 to 2678400 |
| Default Value | 720 |
#### 255: Factory Reset
Reset all settings to factory defaults
##### Overview
If you upgrade firmware and are seeing crazy or impossible numbers, reset to factory then reconfigure unit.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_255_1_wo |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 0 |
| Options | Do nothing (0) |
| | RESET TO FACTORY DEFAULTS (1) |
#### 1: Group 1
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | group_1 |
| Data Type | TEXT |
| Range | to |
#### 2: Group 2
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | group_2 |
| Data Type | TEXT |
| Range | to |
#### 3: Group 3
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | group_3 |
| Data Type | TEXT |
| Range | to |
---
Did you spot an error in the above definition or want to improve the content?
You can edit the database [here](http://www.cd-jackson.com/index.php/zwave/zwave-device-database/zwave-device-list/devicesummary/85).

131
_addons_bindings/zwave/doc/aeon_dsb29_00_000.md Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,131 @@
---
layout: documentation
title: DSB29 - ZWave
---
{% include base.html %}
# DSB29 Door/Window sensor Gen2
This describes the Z-Wave device *DSB29*, manufactured by *AEON Labs* with the thing type UID of ```aeon_dsb29_00_000```.
Door/Window sensor Gen2
## Channels
The following table summarises the channels available for the DSB29 Door/Window sensor Gen2.
| Channel | Channel Id | Channel Type UID | Category | Item Type |
|---------|------------|------------------|----------|-----------|
| Binary Sensor | sensor_door | sensor_door | Door | Contact |
| Alarm (general) | alarm_general | alarm_general | Door | Switch |
| | battery-level | system.battery-level | | |
### Device Configuration
The following table provides a summary of the configuration parameters available in the DSB29 Door/Window sensor Gen2.
Detailed information on each parameter can be found below.
| Parameter | Description |
|-------------|-------------|
| 1: Send Sensor binary report on open/close events | |
| 2: Enable wake up 10 minutes when power on | |
| 3: Send Basic Set on open/close event | |
| 121: command class to use for open/close | parameter 4 (LSB) |
| 121: command class to use for open/close | see overview (parameter 3) |
| 1: Group 1 | |
#### 1: Send Sensor binary report on open/close events
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_1_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 0 |
| Options | On for opened, Off for closed (0) |
| | Off for opened, On for closed (1) |
#### 2: Enable wake up 10 minutes when power on
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_2_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 0 |
| Options | No (0) |
| | Yes (1) |
#### 3: Send Basic Set on open/close event
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_3_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 0 |
| Options | On for opened, Off for closed (0) |
| | Off for opened, On for closed (1) |
#### 121: command class to use for open/close
parameter 4 (LSB)
##### Overview
Set to 0 for no report
Set to 1 for BATTERY report
Set to 16 for SENSOR\_BINARY report
Set to 17 for SENSOR\_BINARY and BATTERY
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_121_4_000000FF |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 0 |
| Options | not set (0) |
| | BATTERY report (1) |
| | SENSOR BINARY report (16) |
| | SENSOR BINARY and BATTERY report (17) |
#### 121: command class to use for open/close
see overview (parameter 3)
##### Overview
set to 0 for no report
set to 1 for BASIC report (default)
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_121_4_0000FF00 |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 1 |
| Options | not set (0) |
| | BASIC report (1) |
#### 1: Group 1
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | group_1 |
| Data Type | TEXT |
| Range | to |
---
Did you spot an error in the above definition or want to improve the content?
You can edit the database [here](http://www.cd-jackson.com/index.php/zwave/zwave-device-database/zwave-device-list/devicesummary/70).

157
_addons_bindings/zwave/doc/aeon_dsb45_00_000.md Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,157 @@
---
layout: documentation
title: DSB45 - ZWave
---
{% include base.html %}
# DSB45 Water Sensor
This describes the Z-Wave device *DSB45*, manufactured by *AEON Labs* with the thing type UID of ```aeon_dsb45_00_000```.
Water Sensor
### Wakeup Information
To wake up the sensor, *don't* push the wake up button, as it does nothing.  Instead, tap the zwave button once.  Use wake up button to put back to sleep immediately.
Press WakeUp button or hold z-wave button
The Water Sensor will keep waking up for 8 seconds after sending the wake up notification command.
The Water Sensor will keep waking up for 8 seconds to waiting for the next command after receiving a command.
The Water Sensor will be woken up for 10 minutes when power is on (configurable).
There are 3 ways to exit the Wake up 10 minutes state:
1. Triple click the tamper switch, and the Water Sensor will sleep immediately
2. Receive the “Wake up no more information CC” command , sleep right now;
3. Receive the other command except “Wake up no more information CC” , the Water Sensor will wake up for 8 seconds and then go to sleep.
## Channels
The following table summarises the channels available for the DSB45 Water Sensor.
| Channel | Channel Id | Channel Type UID | Category | Item Type |
|---------|------------|------------------|----------|-----------|
| Binary Sensor | sensor_binary | sensor_binary | Door | Switch |
| Flood Alarm | alarm_flood | alarm_flood | Door | Switch |
| | battery-level | system.battery-level | | |
### Device Configuration
The following table provides a summary of the configuration parameters available in the DSB45 Water Sensor.
Detailed information on each parameter can be found below.
| Parameter | Description |
|-------------|-------------|
| 1: Sensor Binary Report | Toggle the sensor binary report value |
| 2: Wake up | Enable wake up 10 minutes when the power is switched on. |
| 3: Basic set value | Toggle the basic set value when the Magnet switch is opened /closed. |
| 121: Reports that will be sent | configuration Value 4(LSB) |
| 121: Parameter 121 Value 3 | See documentation |
| 1: Group 1 | |
#### 1: Sensor Binary Report
Toggle the sensor binary report value
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_1_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 0 |
| Options | Open: 00, Close: FF (0) |
| | Open: FF, Close: 00 (1) |
#### 2: Wake up
Enable wake up 10 minutes when the power is switched on.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_2_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 0 |
| Options | Disable (0) |
| | Enable (1) |
#### 3: Basic set value
Toggle the basic set value when the Magnet switch is opened /closed.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_3_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 0 |
| Options | Open: 00, Close: FF (0) |
| | Open: FF, Close: 00 (1) |
#### 121: Reports that will be sent
configuration Value 4(LSB)
##### Overview
See documentation for bytes
Setting to 1 send BATTERY
Setting to 16 sends SENSOR BINARY
Setting to 17 sends SENSOR BINARY and BATTERY
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_121_4_000000FF |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 0 |
| Options | Do not send anything (0) |
| | Send battery report (1) |
| | Send Sensor Binary report (16) |
| | Send Sensor Binary and Battery reports (17) |
#### 121: Parameter 121 Value 3
See documentation
##### Overview
set to 1 sends BASIC SET
set to 16 sends ALARM
set to 17 sends ALARM and BASIC SET
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_121_4_0000FF00 |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 1 |
| Options | Do not send anything (0) |
| | Send Basic Set (1) |
| | Send ALARM (16) |
| | Send Basic Set and ALARM (17) |
#### 1: Group 1
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | group_1 |
| Data Type | TEXT |
| Range | to |
---
Did you spot an error in the above definition or want to improve the content?
You can edit the database [here](http://www.cd-jackson.com/index.php/zwave/zwave-device-database/zwave-device-list/devicesummary/92).

150
_addons_bindings/zwave/doc/aeon_dsb54_00_000.md Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,150 @@
---
layout: documentation
title: DSB54 - ZWave
---
{% include base.html %}
# DSB54 Recessed Door/Window Sensor
This describes the Z-Wave device *DSB54*, manufactured by *AEON Labs* with the thing type UID of ```aeon_dsb54_00_000```.
Recessed Door/Window Sensor
## Channels
The following table summarises the channels available for the DSB54 Recessed Door/Window Sensor.
| Channel | Channel Id | Channel Type UID | Category | Item Type |
|---------|------------|------------------|----------|-----------|
| Door Sensor | sensor_door | sensor_door | Door | Contact |
| | battery-level | system.battery-level | | |
### Device Configuration
The following table provides a summary of the configuration parameters available in the DSB54 Recessed Door/Window Sensor.
Detailed information on each parameter can be found below.
| Parameter | Description |
|-------------|-------------|
| 1: Send Sensor binary report on open/close events | |
| 3: Send Basic Set on open/close event | |
| 101: Low battery voltage check | parameter defines, if battery check function is possible, when battery is below warning vo... |
| 111: Low battery voltage check time | Minimum battery low check Interval time is 4 minutes (240 seconds) |
| 121: Flag values for triggered magnet switch | Flag values for which reports to send when the magnet switch is triggered |
| 252: Permit other configurations | Lock or Unlock other configuration set function |
| 255: Reset to default | Reset to the default configuration |
| 1: State Updates | |
| 2: Battery Warnings | |
#### 1: Send Sensor binary report on open/close events
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_1_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 0 |
| Options | On for opened, Off for closed (0) |
| | Off for opened, On for closed (1) |
#### 3: Send Basic Set on open/close event
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_3_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 0 |
| Options | On for opened, Off for closed (0) |
| | Off for opened, On for closed (1) |
#### 101: Low battery voltage check
parameter defines, if battery check function is possible, when battery is below warning voltage
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_101_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 0 |
| Options | Disable (0) |
| | Enable (1) |
#### 111: Low battery voltage check time
Minimum battery low check Interval time is 4 minutes (240 seconds)
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_111_4 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 65535 |
| Default Value | 112 |
#### 121: Flag values for triggered magnet switch
Flag values for which reports to send when the magnet switch is triggered
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_121_4 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 65535 |
| Default Value | 256 |
#### 252: Permit other configurations
Lock or Unlock other configuration set function
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_252_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 0 |
| Options | Unlock (0) |
| | Lock (1) |
#### 255: Reset to default
Reset to the default configuration
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_255_2_wo |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 0 |
| Options | Reset (0) |
#### 1: State Updates
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | group_1 |
| Data Type | TEXT |
| Range | to |
#### 2: Battery Warnings
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | group_2 |
| Data Type | TEXT |
| Range | to |
---
Did you spot an error in the above definition or want to improve the content?
You can edit the database [here](http://www.cd-jackson.com/index.php/zwave/zwave-device-database/zwave-device-list/devicesummary/68).

266
_addons_bindings/zwave/doc/aeon_dsc06_00_000.md Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,266 @@
---
layout: documentation
title: DSC06 - ZWave
---
{% include base.html %}
# DSC06 Smart Energy Switch
This describes the Z-Wave device *DSC06*, manufactured by *AEON Labs* with the thing type UID of ```aeon_dsc06_00_000```.
Smart Energy Switch
## Channels
The following table summarises the channels available for the DSC06 Smart Energy Switch.
| Channel | Channel Id | Channel Type UID | Category | Item Type |
|---------|------------|------------------|----------|-----------|
| Switch | switch_binary | switch_binary | Switch | Switch |
| Sensor (power) | sensor_power | sensor_power | Energy | Number |
| Electric meter (kWh) | meter_kwh | meter_kwh | Energy | Number |
| Electric meter (watts) | meter_watts | meter_watts | Energy | Number |
### Device Configuration
The following table provides a summary of the configuration parameters available in the DSC06 Smart Energy Switch.
Detailed information on each parameter can be found below.
| Parameter | Description |
|-------------|-------------|
| 1: Multilevel Sensor Report Content | |
| 80: Automatic Notifications | Enable or disable automatic notifications |
| 90: Enable/disable Parameter 91 and 92 | Enables/disables parameter 91 and 92 below |
| 91: Minimum change in wattage | Minimum change in wattage to trigger event |
| 92: Minimum change in wattage % | Minimum change in wattage % to trigger event |
| 101: Group 1 report | |
| 102: Group 2 report | |
| 103: Group 3 report | |
| 111: Interval Group 1 | The time interval (in seconds) for sending report to Group 1 |
| 112: Interval Group 2 | The time interval (in seconds) for sending report to Group 2 |
| 113: Interval Group 3 | The time interval (in seconds) for sending report to Group 3 |
| 254: Device Tag | |
| 100: Set 100 to 103 to default | |
| 110: Set 111 to 113 to default | |
| 255: Device Reset | |
| 1: Status Reports | |
#### 1: Multilevel Sensor Report Content
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_1_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 0 |
| Options | Power (0) |
| | Voltage (1) |
#### 80: Automatic Notifications
Enable or disable automatic notifications
##### Overview
Enables automatic notifications to associated devices whenever there is a state change
(0=nothing, 1=hail CC, 2=basic CC report)
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_80_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 0 |
| Options | Nothing (0) |
| | Hail (1) |
| | Basic CC Report (2) |
#### 90: Enable/disable Parameter 91 and 92
Enables/disables parameter 91 and 92 below
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_90_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 0 |
| Options | Disable (0) |
| | Enable (1) |
#### 91: Minimum change in wattage
Minimum change in wattage to trigger event
##### Overview
The value here represents minimum change in wattage (in terms of wattage) for a REPORT to be sent.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_91_2 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 65535 |
| Default Value | 50 |
#### 92: Minimum change in wattage %
Minimum change in wattage % to trigger event
##### Overview
The value here represents minimum change in wattage percent (in terms of percentage) for a REPORT to be sent.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_92_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 100 |
| Default Value | 10 |
#### 101: Group 1 report
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_101_4 |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 8 |
| Options | None (0) |
| | Multisensor Report (2) |
| | Meter Report (Watts) (4) |
| | Meter Report (kWh) (8) |
| | Meter Report Watts and kWh (12) |
#### 102: Group 2 report
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_102_4 |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 0 |
| Options | None (0) |
| | Multisensor Report (2) |
| | Meter Report (Watts) (4) |
| | Meter Report (kWh) (8) |
| | Meter Report Watts and kWh (12) |
#### 103: Group 3 report
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_103_4 |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 0 |
| Options | None (0) |
| | Multisensor Report (2) |
| | Meter Report (Watts) (4) |
| | Meter Report (kWh) (8) |
| | Meter Report Watts and kWh (12) |
#### 111: Interval Group 1
The time interval (in seconds) for sending report to Group 1
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_111_4 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 1 to 65535 |
| Default Value | 600 |
#### 112: Interval Group 2
The time interval (in seconds) for sending report to Group 2
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_112_4 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 1 to 65535 |
| Default Value | 600 |
#### 113: Interval Group 3
The time interval (in seconds) for sending report to Group 3
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_113_4 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 1 to 65535 |
| Default Value | 600 |
#### 254: Device Tag
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_254_2 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 65535 |
| Default Value | 0 |
#### 100: Set 100 to 103 to default
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_100_1_wo |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 0 |
| Options | Reset (0) |
#### 110: Set 111 to 113 to default
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_110_1_wo |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 0 |
| Options | Reset (0) |
#### 255: Device Reset
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_255_1_wo |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 0 |
| Options | Reset (0) |
#### 1: Status Reports
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | group_1 |
| Data Type | TEXT |
| Range | to |
---
Did you spot an error in the above definition or want to improve the content?
You can edit the database [here](http://www.cd-jackson.com/index.php/zwave/zwave-device-database/zwave-device-list/devicesummary/75).

270
_addons_bindings/zwave/doc/aeon_dsc08_00_000.md Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,270 @@
---
layout: documentation
title: DSC08 - ZWave
---
{% include base.html %}
# DSC08 Smart Energy Illuminator
This describes the Z-Wave device *DSC08*, manufactured by *AEON Labs* with the thing type UID of ```aeon_dsc08_00_000```.
Smart Energy Illuminator
## Channels
The following table summarises the channels available for the DSC08 Smart Energy Illuminator.
| Channel | Channel Id | Channel Type UID | Category | Item Type |
|---------|------------|------------------|----------|-----------|
| Dimmer | switch_dimmer | switch_dimmer | DimmableLight | Dimmer |
| Sensor (power) | sensor_power | sensor_power | Energy | Number |
| Electric meter (kWh) | meter_kwh | meter_kwh | Energy | Number |
| Electric meter (watts) | meter_watts | meter_watts | Energy | Number |
### Dimmer
#### Restore Last Value
Restore Last Dimming level on ON.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_restoreLastValue |
| Data Type | BOOLEAN || Default Value | true |
| Options | Restore Last Value (true) |
| | Restore Full Brightness (false) |
### Device Configuration
The following table provides a summary of the configuration parameters available in the DSC08 Smart Energy Illuminator.
Detailed information on each parameter can be found below.
| Parameter | Description |
|-------------|-------------|
| 1: Multilevel Sensor Report Content | |
| 2: Make SES blink | |
| 80: Automatic Notifications | Enables automatic notifications to associated devices whenever there is a state change |
| 90: Enable Parameter 91 | Enables/disables parameter 91 and 92 below |
| 91: Minimum change in wattage | The value here represents minimum change in wattage (in terms of wattage) for a REPORT to ... |
| 92: Minimum change in wattage % | The value here represents minimum change in wattage percent (in terms of percentage) for a... |
| 100: Set 100 to 103 to default | |
| 101: Group 1 report | |
| 102: Group 2 report | |
| 103: Group 3 report | |
| 110: Set 111 to 113 to default | |
| 111: Interval group 1 | The time interval of sending Report group 1 |
| 112: Interval group 1 | The time interval of sending Report group 2 |
| 113: Interval group 1 | The time interval of sending Report group 3 |
| 254: Device Tag | |
| 255: Device Reset | |
| 1: Status Reports | |
#### 1: Multilevel Sensor Report Content
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_1_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 0 |
| Options | Power (0) |
| | Voltage (1) |
#### 2: Make SES blink
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_2_2 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 65535 |
| Default Value | 0 |
#### 80: Automatic Notifications
Enables automatic notifications to associated devices whenever there is a state change
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_80_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 0 |
| Options | Nothing (0) |
| | Hail (1) |
| | Basic CC Report (2) |
#### 90: Enable Parameter 91
Enables/disables parameter 91 and 92 below
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_90_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 0 |
| Options | Disable (0) |
| | Enable (1) |
#### 91: Minimum change in wattage
The value here represents minimum change in wattage (in terms of wattage) for a REPORT to be sent.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_91_2 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 65535 |
| Default Value | 50 |
#### 92: Minimum change in wattage %
The value here represents minimum change in wattage percent (in terms of percentage) for a REPORT to be sent.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_92_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 255 |
| Default Value | 10 |
#### 100: Set 100 to 103 to default
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_100_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 0 |
| Options | Reset (0) |
#### 101: Group 1 report
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_101_4 |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 8 |
| Options | Multisensor Report (2) |
| | Meter Report (Watts) (4) |
| | Meter Report (kWh) (8) |
#### 102: Group 2 report
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_102_4 |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 0 |
| Options | Multisensor Report (2) |
| | Meter Report (Watts) (4) |
| | Meter Report (kWh) (8) |
#### 103: Group 3 report
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_103_4 |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 0 |
| Options | Multisensor Report (2) |
| | Meter Report (Watts) (4) |
| | Meter Report (kWh) (8) |
#### 110: Set 111 to 113 to default
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_110_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 0 |
| Options | Reset (0) |
#### 111: Interval group 1
The time interval of sending Report group 1
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_111_4 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 65535 |
| Default Value | 600 |
#### 112: Interval group 1
The time interval of sending Report group 2
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_112_4 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 65535 |
| Default Value | 600 |
#### 113: Interval group 1
The time interval of sending Report group 3
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_113_4 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 65535 |
| Default Value | 600 |
#### 254: Device Tag
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_254_2 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 65535 |
| Default Value | 0 |
#### 255: Device Reset
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_255_1_wo |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 0 |
| Options | Reset (0) |
#### 1: Status Reports
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | group_1 |
| Data Type | TEXT |
| Range | to |
---
Did you spot an error in the above definition or want to improve the content?
You can edit the database [here](http://www.cd-jackson.com/index.php/zwave/zwave-device-database/zwave-device-list/devicesummary/77).

174
_addons_bindings/zwave/doc/aeon_dsc10_00_000.md Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,174 @@
---
layout: documentation
title: DSC10 - ZWave
---
{% include base.html %}
# DSC10 Heavy Duty Smart Switch
This describes the Z-Wave device *DSC10*, manufactured by *AEON Labs* with the thing type UID of ```aeon_dsc10_00_000```.
Heavy Duty Smart Switch
## Channels
The following table summarises the channels available for the DSC10 Heavy Duty Smart Switch.
| Channel | Channel Id | Channel Type UID | Category | Item Type |
|---------|------------|------------------|----------|-----------|
| Switch | switch_binary | switch_binary | Switch | Switch |
### Device Configuration
The following table provides a summary of the configuration parameters available in the DSC10 Heavy Duty Smart Switch.
Detailed information on each parameter can be found below.
| Parameter | Description |
|-------------|-------------|
| 3: Current Overload Protection | See overview |
| 20: Output Load Status | Configure the output load status after re‐power on. |
| 80: Notification on Status Change | The type of report to send when the device status changes |
| 90: Enables/disables parameter 91/92 | |
| 91: Minimum Change to send Report (Watt) | The value represents the minimum change in wattage for a Report to be sent. |
| 92: Minimum Change to send Report (%) | The minimum change in wattage Percent for a report to be sent |
| 200: Partner ID | |
| 252: Lock/unlock Configuration Changes | |
| 1: Group 1 | |
| 2: Group 2 | |
#### 3: Current Overload Protection
See overview
##### Overview
Load will be closed when the Current more than 39.5A and the time more than 5 seconds.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_3_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 1 || Default Value | 0 |
| Options | Activate Overload Protection (0) |
| | Deactivate Overload Protection (1) |
#### 20: Output Load Status
Configure the output load status after re‐power on.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_20_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 2 || Default Value | 0 |
| Options | Last Status (0) |
| | Always ON (1) |
| | Always OFF (2) |
#### 80: Notification on Status Change
The type of report to send when the device status changes
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_80_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 0 |
| Options | Nothing (0) |
| | Hail (1) |
| | Basic CC Report (2) |
#### 90: Enables/disables parameter 91/92
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_90_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 1 || Default Value | 0 |
| Options | Enable parameters 91 and 92 (0) |
| | Disable parameters 91 and 92 (1) |
#### 91: Minimum Change to send Report (Watt)
The value represents the minimum change in wattage for a Report to be sent.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_91_2 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 32000 |
| Default Value | 50 |
#### 92: Minimum Change to send Report (%)
The minimum change in wattage Percent for a report to be sent
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_92_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 100 |
| Default Value | 10 |
#### 200: Partner ID
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_200_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 1 || Default Value | 0 |
| Options | Aeon Labs (0) |
| | Other (1) |
#### 252: Lock/unlock Configuration Changes
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_252_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 1 || Default Value | 0 |
| Options | Unlocked (0) |
| | Locked (1) |
#### 1: Group 1
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | group_1 |
| Data Type | TEXT |
| Range | to |
#### 2: Group 2
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | group_2 |
| Data Type | TEXT |
| Range | to |
---
Did you spot an error in the above definition or want to improve the content?
You can edit the database [here](http://www.cd-jackson.com/index.php/zwave/zwave-device-database/zwave-device-list/devicesummary/285).

675
_addons_bindings/zwave/doc/aeon_dsc11_00_000.md Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,675 @@
---
layout: documentation
title: DSC11 - ZWave
---
{% include base.html %}
# DSC11 Smart Strip
This describes the Z-Wave device *DSC11*, manufactured by *AEON Labs* with the thing type UID of ```aeon_dsc11_00_000```.
Smart Strip
## Overview
Update command classes -:
METER:5 :: ADD
METER:6 :: ADD
## Channels
The following table summarises the channels available for the DSC11 Smart Strip.
| Channel | Channel Id | Channel Type UID | Category | Item Type |
|---------|------------|------------------|----------|-----------|
| Switch | switch_binary | switch_binary | Switch | Switch |
| Electric meter (kWh) entire strip | meter_kwh | meter_kwh | Energy | Number |
| Electric meter (watts) entire strip | meter_watts | meter_watts | Energy | Number |
| Switch 1 | switch_binary1 | switch_binary | Switch | Switch |
| Electric meter (kWh) 1 | meter_kwh1 | meter_kwh | Energy | Number |
| Electric meter (watts) 1 | meter_watts1 | meter_watts | Energy | Number |
| Switch 2 | switch_binary2 | switch_binary | Switch | Switch |
| Electric meter (kWh) 2 | meter_kwh2 | meter_kwh | Energy | Number |
| Electric meter (watts) 2 | meter_watts2 | meter_watts | Energy | Number |
| Switch 3 | switch_binary3 | switch_binary | Switch | Switch |
| Electric meter (kWh) 3 | meter_kwh3 | meter_kwh | Energy | Number |
| Electric meter (watts) 3 | meter_watts3 | meter_watts | Energy | Number |
| Switch 4 | switch_binary4 | switch_binary | Switch | Switch |
| Electric meter (kWh) 4 | meter_kwh4 | meter_kwh | Energy | Number |
| Electric meter (watts) 4 | meter_watts4 | meter_watts | Energy | Number |
| Switch 5 | switch_binary5 | switch_binary | Switch | Switch |
| Electric meter (kWh) 5 | meter_kwh5 | meter_kwh | Energy | Number |
| Electric meter (watts) 5 | meter_watts5 | meter_watts | Energy | Number |
| Switch 6 | switch_binary6 | switch_binary | Switch | Switch |
| Electric meter (kWh) 6 | meter_kwh6 | meter_kwh | Energy | Number |
| Electric meter (watts) 6 | meter_watts6 | meter_watts | Energy | Number |
### Device Configuration
The following table provides a summary of the configuration parameters available in the DSC11 Smart Strip.
Detailed information on each parameter can be found below.
| Parameter | Description |
|-------------|-------------|
| 1: Voltage to calculate power | Line voltage used for device calculations of wattage |
| 4: Selective Reporting | Enable selective reporting only when power changes |
| 5: Wattage Threshold - Whole strip | Threshold change in wattage to induce a automatic report |
| 6: Wattage Threshold - Socket 1 | Threshold change in wattage to induce a automatic report |
| 7: Wattage Threshold - Socket 2 | Threshold change in wattage to induce a automatic report |
| 8: Wattage Threshold - Socket 3 | Threshold change in wattage to induce a automatic report |
| 9: Wattage Threshold - Socket 4 | Threshold change in wattage to induce a automatic report |
| 10: Wattage Threshold - Socket 5 | Threshold change in wattage to induce a automatic report |
| 11: Wattage Threshold - Socket 6 | Threshold change in wattage to induce a automatic report |
| 12: Percent Change - Whole Strip | Percentage change in wattage to induce a automatic report |
| 13: Percent Change - Socket 1 | Percentage change in wattage to induce a automatic report |
| 14: Percent Change - Socket 2 | Percentage change in wattage to induce a automatic report |
| 15: Percent Change - Socket 3 | Percentage change in wattage to induce a automatic report |
| 16: Percent Change - Socket 4 | Percentage change in wattage to induce a automatic report |
| 17: Percent Change - Socket 5 | Percentage change in wattage to induce a automatic report |
| 18: Percent Change - Socket 6 | Percentage change in wattage to induce a automatic report |
| 80: Status of load changed report | Status of load changed,send group 1 |
| 90: Get Temperature | Get temperature of Smart Strip |
| 100: Reset 0x65~0x67 to default value | Reset 0x65~0x67 to default value |
| 101: select channels to report consumtion as item 1 | A binary field for reporting consumption (kWh) of channels |
| 101: Select channels to report power as item 1 | A binary field to choose channels to report power |
| 102: Item 2 (kWh) | Channel(s) to auto-report kWh |
| 102: Item 2 (power) | Channel(s) to auto-report wattage |
| 111: Interval to send out reports of Group 1 | |
| 112: Interval to send out reports of Group 2 | |
| 113: Interval to send out reports of Group 3 | |
| 1: Group 1 | |
#### 1: Voltage to calculate power
Line voltage used for device calculations of wattage
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_1_2 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 32000 |
| Default Value | 120 |
#### 4: Selective Reporting
Enable selective reporting only when power changes
##### Overview
Enable selective reporting only when power change reaches a certain threshold or percentage set in 4-11 below. This is used to reduce network traffic.           
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_4_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 16 |
| Default Value | 1 |
#### 5: Wattage Threshold - Whole strip
Threshold change in wattage to induce a automatic report
##### Overview
Threshold change in wattage to induce a automatic report (Whole HEM). (Valid values 0-60000)           
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_5_2 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 60000 |
| Default Value | 25 |
#### 6: Wattage Threshold - Socket 1
Threshold change in wattage to induce a automatic report
##### Overview
Threshold change in wattage to induce a automatic report (Socket 1). (Valid values 0-60000)           
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_6_2 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 60000 |
| Default Value | 25 |
#### 7: Wattage Threshold - Socket 2
Threshold change in wattage to induce a automatic report
##### Overview
Threshold change in wattage to induce a automatic report (Socket 2). (Valid values 0-60000)           
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_7_2 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 60000 |
| Default Value | 25 |
#### 8: Wattage Threshold - Socket 3
Threshold change in wattage to induce a automatic report
##### Overview
Threshold change in wattage to induce a automatic report (Socket 3). (Valid values 0-60000)           
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_8_2 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 60000 |
| Default Value | 25 |
#### 9: Wattage Threshold - Socket 4
Threshold change in wattage to induce a automatic report
##### Overview
Threshold change in wattage to induce a automatic report (Socket 4). (Valid values 0-60000)           
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_9_2 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 60000 |
| Default Value | 25 |
#### 10: Wattage Threshold - Socket 5
Threshold change in wattage to induce a automatic report
##### Overview
Threshold change in wattage to induce a automatic report (Socket 5). (Valid values 0-60000)           
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_10_2 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 60000 |
| Default Value | 25 |
#### 11: Wattage Threshold - Socket 6
Threshold change in wattage to induce a automatic report
##### Overview
Threshold change in wattage to induce a automatic report (Socket 6). (Valid values 0-60000)           
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_11_2 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 60000 |
| Default Value | 25 |
#### 12: Percent Change - Whole Strip
Percentage change in wattage to induce a automatic report
##### Overview
Percentage change in wattage to induce a automatic report (Whole Smart Strip). (Valid values 0-100)           
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_12_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 100 |
| Default Value | 5 |
#### 13: Percent Change - Socket 1
Percentage change in wattage to induce a automatic report
##### Overview
Percentage change in wattage to induce a automatic report (Socket 1). (Valid values 0-100)           
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_13_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 100 |
| Default Value | 5 |
#### 14: Percent Change - Socket 2
Percentage change in wattage to induce a automatic report
##### Overview
Percentage change in wattage to induce a automatic report (Socket 2). (Valid values 0-100)           
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_14_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 100 |
| Default Value | 5 |
#### 15: Percent Change - Socket 3
Percentage change in wattage to induce a automatic report
##### Overview
Percentage change in wattage to induce a automatic report (Socket 3). (Valid values 0-100)           
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_15_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 100 |
| Default Value | 5 |
#### 16: Percent Change - Socket 4
Percentage change in wattage to induce a automatic report
##### Overview
Percentage change in wattage to induce a automatic report (Socket 4). (Valid values 0-100)           
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_16_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 100 |
| Default Value | 5 |
#### 17: Percent Change - Socket 5
Percentage change in wattage to induce a automatic report
##### Overview
Percentage change in wattage to induce a automatic report (Socket 5). (Valid values 0-100)           
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_17_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 100 |
| Default Value | 5 |
#### 18: Percent Change - Socket 6
Percentage change in wattage to induce a automatic report
##### Overview
Percentage change in wattage to induce a automatic report (Socket 6). (Valid values 0-100)           
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_18_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 100 |
| Default Value | 5 |
#### 80: Status of load changed report
Status of load changed,send group 1
##### Overview
Status of load changed,send group 1 associate nodes Hail CC or Basic report CC.           
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_80_4 |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 8 |
| Options | Not sent (0) |
| | Send Hail (1) |
| | Send Basic (2) |
#### 90: Get Temperature
Get temperature of Smart Strip
##### Overview
Get temperature of Smart Strip (Only GET is valid)
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_90_2 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 65535 |
| Default Value | 0 |
#### 100: Reset 0x65~0x67 to default value
Reset 0x65~0x67 to default value
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_100_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 0 |
| Options | Reset (0) |
#### 101: select channels to report consumtion as item 1
A binary field for reporting consumption (kWh) of channels
##### Overview
Choose the channel or channels to auto-report kWh based on a time interval set in parameter 111.  This is the LSB
 1 - report only a summary of all channels ( bit 1)
 2 - report channel 1 wattage (bit 2)
 3 - report a summary of all channels and channel 1 (bits 1 and 2)
 4 - report channel 2 wattage
<...>
14 - channel 3, channel 2, and channel 1
 15 - channel 3, channel 2, channel 1, and summary
 etc.
 127 - in the end is reporting values for each individual channel (1-6) and the summary data.  In binary, bits 1 through 7 set to 1.
 The bit values are as follows:
 1 - summary report
2 - channel 1 report
4 - channel 2 report
8 - channel 3 report
16 - channel 4 report
32 - channel 5 report
64 - channel 6 report
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_101_4_000000FF |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 255 |
| Default Value | 0 |
#### 101: Select channels to report power as item 1
A binary field to choose channels to report power
##### Overview
Choose the channel or channels to auto-report wattage based on a time interval set in parameter 111. 
** examples:**
 1 - report only a summary of all channels ( bit 1)
 2 - report channel 1 wattage (bit 2)
 3 - report a summary of all channels and channel 1 (bits 1 and 2)
 4 - report channel 2 wattage
<...>
14 - channel 3, channel 2, and channel 1
 15 - channel 3, channel 2, channel 1, and summary
 etc.
 127 - in the end is reporting values for each individual channel (1-6) and the summary data.  In binary, bits 1 through 7 set to 1.
 The bit values are as follows:
 1 - summary report
2 - channel 1 report
4 - channel 2 report
8 - channel 3 report
16 - channel 4 report
32 - channel 5 report
64 - channel 6 report
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_101_4_0000FF00 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 255 |
| Default Value | 0 |
#### 102: Item 2 (kWh)
Channel(s) to auto-report kWh
##### Overview
Choose the channel or channels to auto-report kWh based on a time interval set in parameter 112.  This is the LSB
 1 - report only a summary of all channels ( bit 1)
 2 - report channel 1 wattage (bit 2)
 3 - report a summary of all channels and channel 1 (bits 1 and 2)
 4 - report channel 2 wattage
<...>
14 - channel 3, channel 2, and channel 1
 15 - channel 3, channel 2, channel 1, and summary
 etc.
 127 - in the end is reporting values for each individual channel (1-6) and the summary data.  In binary, bits 1 through 7 set to 1.
 The bit values are as follows:
 1 - summary report
2 - channel 1 report
4 - channel 2 report
8 - channel 3 report
16 - channel 4 report
32 - channel 5 report
64 - channel 6 report
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_102_4_000000FF |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 255 |
| Default Value | 0 |
#### 102: Item 2 (power)
Channel(s) to auto-report wattage
##### Overview
Choose the channel or channels to auto-report wattage based on a time interval set in parameter 112. 
** examples:**
 1 - report only a summary of all channels ( bit 1)
 2 - report channel 1 wattage (bit 2)
 3 - report a summary of all channels and channel 1 (bits 1 and 2)
 4 - report channel 2 wattage
<...>
14 - channel 3, channel 2, and channel 1
 15 - channel 3, channel 2, channel 1, and summary
 etc.
 127 - in the end is reporting values for each individual channel (1-6) and the summary data.  In binary, bits 1 through 7 set to 1.
 The bit values are as follows:
 1 - summary report
2 - channel 1 report
4 - channel 2 report
8 - channel 3 report
16 - channel 4 report
32 - channel 5 report
64 - channel 6 report
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_102_4_0000FF00 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 255 |
| Default Value | 0 |
#### 111: Interval to send out reports of Group 1
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_111_4 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 1 to 2678400 |
| Default Value | 600 |
#### 112: Interval to send out reports of Group 2
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_112_4 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 1 to 2678400 |
| Default Value | 600 |
#### 113: Interval to send out reports of Group 3
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_113_4 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 1 to 2678400 |
| Default Value | 600 |
#### 1: Group 1
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | group_1 |
| Data Type | TEXT |
| Range | to |
---
Did you spot an error in the above definition or want to improve the content?
You can edit the database [here](http://www.cd-jackson.com/index.php/zwave/zwave-device-database/zwave-device-list/devicesummary/89).

217
_addons_bindings/zwave/doc/aeon_dsc12_00_000.md Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,217 @@
---
layout: documentation
title: DSC12 - ZWave
---
{% include base.html %}
# DSC12 Micro Smart Energy Switch
This describes the Z-Wave device *DSC12*, manufactured by *AEON Labs* with the thing type UID of ```aeon_dsc12_00_000```.
Micro Smart Energy Switch
## Channels
The following table summarises the channels available for the DSC12 Micro Smart Energy Switch.
| Channel | Channel Id | Channel Type UID | Category | Item Type |
|---------|------------|------------------|----------|-----------|
| Switch | switch_binary | switch_binary | Switch | Switch |
| Sensor (power) | sensor_power | sensor_power | Energy | Number |
| Electric meter (kWh) | meter_kwh | meter_kwh | Energy | Number |
| Electric meter (watts) | meter_watts | meter_watts | Energy | Number |
### Device Configuration
The following table provides a summary of the configuration parameters available in the DSC12 Micro Smart Energy Switch.
Detailed information on each parameter can be found below.
| Parameter | Description |
|-------------|-------------|
| 2: Make Micro Smart Switch Blink | |
| 3: Current Overload Protection | |
| 80: Notification on Status Change | |
| 90: Automated sending of a Report triggered by minimal change of value. | |
| 91: Minimum Change to send Report (Watt) | |
| 92: Minimum Change to send Report (%) | |
| 101: Which reports need to send automatically in timing intervals for group 1 | |
| 102: Which reports need to send automatically in timing intervals for group 2 | |
| 103: Which reports need to send automatically in timing intervals for group 3 | |
| 111: Interval to send out reports of group 1 | |
| 112: Interval to send out reports of group 2 | |
| 113: Interval to send out reports of group 3 | |
| 120: Turn External Button Mode | |
| 1: Target for automatic meter reports | |
| 2: Target for automatic reports | |
#### 2: Make Micro Smart Switch Blink
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_2_2 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 65535 |
| Default Value | 0 |
#### 3: Current Overload Protection
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_3_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 0 |
| Options | Deactivate (0) |
| | Activate (1) |
#### 80: Notification on Status Change
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_80_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 0 |
| Options | Deactivate (0) |
| | Hail CC Sent (1) |
| | Basic CC Report Sent (2) |
#### 90: Automated sending of a Report triggered by minimal change of value.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_90_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 0 |
| Options | Deavtivate (0) |
| | Activate (1) |
#### 91: Minimum Change to send Report (Watt)
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_91_2 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 65535 |
| Default Value | 25 |
#### 92: Minimum Change to send Report (%)
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_92_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 255 |
| Default Value | 5 |
#### 101: Which reports need to send automatically in timing intervals for group 1
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_101_4 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 65535 |
| Default Value | 4 |
#### 102: Which reports need to send automatically in timing intervals for group 2
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_102_4 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 65535 |
| Default Value | 8 |
#### 103: Which reports need to send automatically in timing intervals for group 3
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_103_4 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 65535 |
| Default Value | 0 |
#### 111: Interval to send out reports of group 1
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_111_4 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 1 to 2678400 |
| Default Value | 3 |
#### 112: Interval to send out reports of group 2
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_112_4 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 1 to 2678400 |
| Default Value | 600 |
#### 113: Interval to send out reports of group 3
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_113_4 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 1 to 2678400 |
| Default Value | 600 |
#### 120: Turn External Button Mode
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_120_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 255 |
| Options | Momentary Button Mode (0) |
| | 2 State Switch Mode (1) |
| | 3 Way Switch Mode (2) |
#### 1: Target for automatic meter reports
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | group_1 |
| Data Type | TEXT |
| Range | to |
#### 2: Target for automatic reports
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | group_2 |
| Data Type | TEXT |
| Range | to |
---
Did you spot an error in the above definition or want to improve the content?
You can edit the database [here](http://www.cd-jackson.com/index.php/zwave/zwave-device-database/zwave-device-list/devicesummary/277).

277
_addons_bindings/zwave/doc/aeon_dsc13_00_000.md Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,277 @@
---
layout: documentation
title: DSC13 - ZWave
---
{% include base.html %}
# DSC13 Micro Smart Energy Illuminator
This describes the Z-Wave device *DSC13*, manufactured by *AEON Labs* with the thing type UID of ```aeon_dsc13_00_000```.
Micro Smart Energy Illuminator
## Channels
The following table summarises the channels available for the DSC13 Micro Smart Energy Illuminator.
| Channel | Channel Id | Channel Type UID | Category | Item Type |
|---------|------------|------------------|----------|-----------|
| Dimmer | switch_dimmer | switch_dimmer | DimmableLight | Dimmer |
| Sensor (power) | sensor_power | sensor_power | Energy | Number |
| Electric meter (kWh) | meter_kwh | meter_kwh | Energy | Number |
| Electric meter (watts) | meter_watts | meter_watts | Energy | Number |
### Dimmer
#### Restore Last Value
Restore Last Dimming level on ON.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_restoreLastValue |
| Data Type | BOOLEAN || Default Value | true |
| Options | Restore Last Value (true) |
| | Restore Full Brightness (false) |
### Device Configuration
The following table provides a summary of the configuration parameters available in the DSC13 Micro Smart Energy Illuminator.
Detailed information on each parameter can be found below.
| Parameter | Description |
|-------------|-------------|
| 1: Type of Sensor Report | Defines the value type to be sent as Sensor Report. |
| 2: Blinking Behavior | See overview |
| 80: Notification on Status Change | Type of report to send when the device status changes |
| 90: Disable Minimum Change report | |
| 91: Minimum Change to send Report (Watt) | The minimum change in Wattage for a Report to be sent |
| 92: Minimum Change to send Report (%) | The minimum change in Wattage Percent for a report to be sent |
| 101: Reports to send to Group 1 | See overview |
| 102: Reports to send to Group 2 | See overview |
| 103: Reports to send to Group 3 | See overview |
| 111: Interval to send out reports of group 1 | Time interval to send report to Group 1 |
| 112: Interval to send out reports of group 2 | Time interval to send report to Group 2 |
| 113: Interval to send out reports of group 3 | Time interval to send report to Group 3 |
| 1: Group 1 | Status Reports |
| 2: Group 2 | |
| 3: Group 3 | |
#### 1: Type of Sensor Report
Defines the value type to be sent as Sensor Report.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_1_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 1 || Default Value | 0 |
| Options | Power (0) |
| | Voltage (1) |
#### 2: Blinking Behavior
See overview
##### Overview
The LSB defines the total time the device need to blink. The value if set in seconds. The MSB defines the on/off interval of the blinking. The unit is 0.1 s.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_2_2 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 65535 |
| Default Value | 0 |
#### 80: Notification on Status Change
Type of report to send when the device status changes
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_80_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 2 || Default Value | 0 |
| Options | Nothing (0) |
| | Hail (1) |
| | Basic CC Report (2) |
#### 90: Disable Minimum Change report
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_90_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 1 || Default Value | 0 |
| Options | Disabled (0) |
| | Enabled (1) |
#### 91: Minimum Change to send Report (Watt)
The minimum change in Wattage for a Report to be sent
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_91_2 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 32000 |
| Default Value | 50 |
#### 92: Minimum Change to send Report (%)
The minimum change in Wattage Percent for a report to be sent
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_92_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 100 |
| Default Value | 10 |
#### 101: Reports to send to Group 1
See overview
##### Overview
The value is a combination number made up of the sum of the values for the individual parameters. The parameters have the values: Wattage=4, Current=2, Voltage=1.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_101_4 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 65535 |
| Default Value | 4 |
#### 102: Reports to send to Group 2
See overview
##### Overview
The value is a combination number made up of the sum of the values for the individual parameters. The parameters have the values: Wattage=4, Current=2, Voltage=1.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_102_4 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 65535 |
| Default Value | 4 |
#### 103: Reports to send to Group 3
See overview
##### Overview
The value is a combination number made up of the sum of the values for the individual parameters. The parameters have the values: Wattage=4, Current=2, Voltage=1.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_103_4 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 65535 |
| Default Value | 4 |
#### 111: Interval to send out reports of group 1
Time interval to send report to Group 1
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_111_4 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 65535 |
| Default Value | 720 |
#### 112: Interval to send out reports of group 2
Time interval to send report to Group 2
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_112_4 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 65535 |
| Default Value | 720 |
#### 113: Interval to send out reports of group 3
Time interval to send report to Group 3
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_113_4 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 65535 |
| Default Value | 720 |
#### 1: Group 1
Status Reports
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | group_1 |
| Data Type | TEXT |
| Range | to |
#### 2: Group 2
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | group_2 |
| Data Type | TEXT |
| Range | to |
#### 3: Group 3
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | group_3 |
| Data Type | TEXT |
| Range | to |
---
Did you spot an error in the above definition or want to improve the content?
You can edit the database [here](http://www.cd-jackson.com/index.php/zwave/zwave-device-database/zwave-device-list/devicesummary/287).

236
_addons_bindings/zwave/doc/aeon_dsc14_00_000.md Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,236 @@
---
layout: documentation
title: DSC14 - ZWave
---
{% include base.html %}
# DSC14 Micro Motor Controller
This describes the Z-Wave device *DSC14*, manufactured by *AEON Labs* with the thing type UID of ```aeon_dsc14_00_000```.
Micro Motor Controller
## Channels
The following table summarises the channels available for the DSC14 Micro Motor Controller.
| Channel | Channel Id | Channel Type UID | Category | Item Type |
|---------|------------|------------------|----------|-----------|
| Switch | switch_binary | switch_binary | Switch | Switch |
| Dimmer | switch_dimmer | switch_dimmer | DimmableLight | Dimmer |
### Dimmer
#### Restore Last Value
Restore Last Dimming level on ON.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_restoreLastValue |
| Data Type | BOOLEAN || Default Value | true |
| Options | Restore Last Value (true) |
| | Restore Full Brightness (false) |
### Device Configuration
The following table provides a summary of the configuration parameters available in the DSC14 Micro Motor Controller.
Detailed information on each parameter can be found below.
| Parameter | Description |
|-------------|-------------|
| 1: Type of Sensor Report | |
| 2: Blinking Behavior | |
| 80: Notification on Status Change | |
| 90: Disable automated reporting | |
| 91: Minimum Change to send Report (Watt) | |
| 92: Minimum Change to send Report (%) | |
| 101: reports to send automatically | |
| 102: Which reports to send automatically to group 2 | |
| 103: Which reports to send automatically to group 3 | |
| 111: Interval to send out reports of group 1 | |
| 112: Interval to send out reports of group 2 | |
| 113: Interval to send out reports of group 3 | |
| 1: Group 1 | Status Reports |
#### 1: Type of Sensor Report
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_1_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 0 |
| Options | Power (0) |
| | Voltage (1) |
#### 2: Blinking Behavior
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_2_2 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 65535 |
| Default Value | 0 |
#### 80: Notification on Status Change
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_80_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 0 |
| Options | Nothing (0) |
| | Hail (1) |
| | Basic CC Report (2) |
#### 90: Disable automated reporting
##### Overview
Disables Function of automated sending of a Report triggered by minimal change of value.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_90_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 0 |
| Options | Disabled (0) |
| | Enabled (1) |
#### 91: Minimum Change to send Report (Watt)
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_91_2 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 32000 |
| Default Value | 50 |
#### 92: Minimum Change to send Report (%)
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_92_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 100 |
| Default Value | 10 |
#### 101: reports to send automatically
##### Overview
The value is a combination number made up of the sum of the values for the individual parameters. The parameters have the values: Wattage=4, Current=2, Voltage=1.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_101_4 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 65535 |
| Default Value | 4 |
#### 102: Which reports to send automatically to group 2
##### Overview
The value is a combination number made up of the sum of the values for the individual parameters. The parameters have the values: Wattage=4, Current=2, Voltage=1.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_102_4 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 65535 |
| Default Value | 4 |
#### 103: Which reports to send automatically to group 3
##### Overview
The value is a combination number made up of the sum of the values for the individual parameters. The parameters have the values: Wattage=4, Current=2, Voltage=1.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_103_4 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 65535 |
| Default Value | 4 |
#### 111: Interval to send out reports of group 1
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_111_4 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 65535 |
| Default Value | 720 |
#### 112: Interval to send out reports of group 2
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_112_4 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 65535 |
| Default Value | 720 |
#### 113: Interval to send out reports of group 3
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_113_4 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 65535 |
| Default Value | 720 |
#### 1: Group 1
Status Reports
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | group_1 |
| Data Type | TEXT |
| Range | to |
---
Did you spot an error in the above definition or want to improve the content?
You can edit the database [here](http://www.cd-jackson.com/index.php/zwave/zwave-device-database/zwave-device-list/devicesummary/289).

332
_addons_bindings/zwave/doc/aeon_dsc17_00_000.md Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,332 @@
---
layout: documentation
title: DSC17 - ZWave
---
{% include base.html %}
# DSC17 Micro Double Smart Switch
This describes the Z-Wave device *DSC17*, manufactured by *AEON Labs* with the thing type UID of ```aeon_dsc17_00_000```.
Micro Double Smart Switch
## Channels
The following table summarises the channels available for the DSC17 Micro Double Smart Switch.
| Channel | Channel Id | Channel Type UID | Category | Item Type |
|---------|------------|------------------|----------|-----------|
| Switch | switch_binary | switch_binary | Switch | Switch |
| Sensor (power) | sensor_power | sensor_power | Energy | Number |
| Electric meter (watts) | meter_watts | meter_watts | Energy | Number |
| Electric meter (kWh) | meter_kwh | meter_kwh | Energy | Number |
| Reset Meter | meter_reset | meter_reset | Energy | Switch |
| Switch 1 | switch_binary1 | switch_binary | Switch | Switch |
| Switch 2 | switch_binary2 | switch_binary | Switch | Switch |
### Device Configuration
The following table provides a summary of the configuration parameters available in the DSC17 Micro Double Smart Switch.
Detailed information on each parameter can be found below.
| Parameter | Description |
|-------------|-------------|
| 2: Blink | This is a double byte value. |
| 3: Current Overload Protection | Load current>=10.A,2 minutes later ,automatic turn off the load |
| 80: Notification on Status Change | Enables automatic notifications to associated devices |
| 90: Enables/disables parameter 91 and 92 | Automated sending of a Report triggered by minimal change of value. |
| 91: Minimum Change to send Report (Watt) | The value represents the minimum change in Watts for a Report to be sent |
| 92: Minimum Change to send Report (%) | The value represents the min. change in Watts Percent for a report to be sent |
| 101: Automatic reports for group 1 | Which reports need to send automatically in timing intervals for group 1 |
| 102: Automatic reports for group 2 | Which reports need to send automatically in timing intervals for group 2 |
| 103: Automatic reports for group 3 | Which reports need to send automatically in timing intervals for group 3 |
| 111: Interval to send out reports of group 1 | |
| 112: Interval to send out reports of group 2 | |
| 113: Interval to send out reports of group 3 | |
| 120: Set External Switch/Button Control mode | |
| 255: Reset to the default Configuration. | |
| 100: Set 101-103 to default. | |
| 110: Set 111-113 to default. | |
| 1: Group 1 | |
| 2: Group 2 | |
| 3: Group 3 | |
#### 2: Blink
This is a double byte value.
##### Overview
This is a double byte value. The LSB defines the total time the device need to blink. The value is set in seconds. The MSB defines the on/off interval of the blinking. The unit is 0.1 s.
Configuration Value 1 is to Specify the time that Micro Double SES need blink, The unit is Second; Configuration Value 2 is to Specify the Cycle of on/off, the unit of it is 0.1 second. For example: if we set Configuration Value 1 to '15',Configuration Value 2 to '10',then Micro Double SES will open 0.5 second, close 0.5 second, and repeat for 14 times. 
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_2_2 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 65535 |
| Default Value | 0 |
#### 3: Current Overload Protection
Load current>=10.A,2 minutes later ,automatic turn off the load
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_3_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 0 |
| Options | Disabled (0) |
| | Enabled (1) |
#### 80: Notification on Status Change
Enables automatic notifications to associated devices
##### Overview
Parameter to Enable to send notification to associated devices (Group 1) when the state of Micro Smart Switch's load changed
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_80_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 0 |
| Options | nothing (0) |
| | Hail CC Sent (1) |
| | Basic CC Report Sent (2) |
#### 90: Enables/disables parameter 91 and 92
Automated sending of a Report triggered by minimal change of value.
##### Overview
Parameter to Enable/Disable automated sending of a Report triggered by minimal change of value.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_90_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 0 |
| Options | Deavtivate (0) |
| | Activate (1) |
#### 91: Minimum Change to send Report (Watt)
The value represents the minimum change in Watts for a Report to be sent
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_91_2 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 65535 |
| Default Value | 50 |
#### 92: Minimum Change to send Report (%)
The value represents the min. change in Watts Percent for a report to be sent
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_92_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 100 |
| Default Value | 10 |
#### 101: Automatic reports for group 1
Which reports need to send automatically in timing intervals for group 1
##### Overview
The value is a combination number made up of the sum of the values for the individual parameters. The parameters have the values: KWH=8, Wattage=4, Current=2, Voltage=1.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_101_4 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 15 || Default Value | 0 |
| Options | Disabled (0) |
| | Voltage (1) |
| | Current (2) |
| | Wattage (4) |
| | kWh (8) |
| | All Values (15) |
#### 102: Automatic reports for group 2
Which reports need to send automatically in timing intervals for group 2
##### Overview
The value is a combination number made up of the sum of the values for the individual parameters. The parameters have the values: KWH=8, Wattage=4, Current=2, Voltage=1.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_102_4 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 15 || Default Value | 0 |
| Options | Disabled (0) |
| | Voltage (1) |
| | Current (2) |
| | Wattage (4) |
| | kWh (8) |
| | All Values (15) |
#### 103: Automatic reports for group 3
Which reports need to send automatically in timing intervals for group 3
##### Overview
The value is a combination number made up of the sum of the values for the individual parameters. The parameters have the values: KWH=8, Wattage=4, Current=2, Voltage=1.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_103_4 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 15 || Default Value | 0 |
| Options | Disabled (0) |
| | Voltage (1) |
| | Current (2) |
| | Wattage (4) |
| | kWh (8) |
| | All Values (15) |
#### 111: Interval to send out reports of group 1
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_111_4 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 1 to 2678400 |
| Default Value | 600 |
#### 112: Interval to send out reports of group 2
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_112_4 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 1 to 2678400 |
| Default Value | 600 |
#### 113: Interval to send out reports of group 3
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_113_4 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 1 to 2678400 |
| Default Value | 600 |
#### 120: Set External Switch/Button Control mode
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_120_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 255 |
| Options | Momentary button mode (0) |
| | 2-state switch mode (1) |
| | Unidentified mode (255) |
#### 255: Reset to the default Configuration.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_255_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 0 |
| Options | Disabled (0) |
| | Enabled (1) |
#### 100: Set 101-103 to default.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_100_1_wo |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 0 |
| Options | Disabled (0) |
| | Enabled (1) |
#### 110: Set 111-113 to default.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_110_1_wo |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 0 |
| Options | Disabled (0) |
| | Enabled (1) |
#### 1: Group 1
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | group_1 |
| Data Type | TEXT |
| Range | to |
#### 2: Group 2
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | group_2 |
| Data Type | TEXT |
| Range | to |
#### 3: Group 3
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | group_3 |
| Data Type | TEXT |
| Range | to |
---
Did you spot an error in the above definition or want to improve the content?
You can edit the database [here](http://www.cd-jackson.com/index.php/zwave/zwave-device-database/zwave-device-list/devicesummary/81).

219
_addons_bindings/zwave/doc/aeon_dsc18_00_000.md Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,219 @@
---
layout: documentation
title: DSC18 - ZWave
---
{% include base.html %}
# DSC18 Micro Smart Energy Switch G2
This describes the Z-Wave device *DSC18*, manufactured by *AEON Labs* with the thing type UID of ```aeon_dsc18_00_000```.
Micro Smart Energy Switch G2
## Channels
The following table summarises the channels available for the DSC18 Micro Smart Energy Switch G2.
| Channel | Channel Id | Channel Type UID | Category | Item Type |
|---------|------------|------------------|----------|-----------|
| Switch | switch_binary | switch_binary | Switch | Switch |
| Electric meter (watts) | meter_watts | meter_watts | Energy | Number |
| Electric meter (amps) | meter_current | meter_current | Energy | Number |
| Electric meter (kWh) | meter_kwh | meter_kwh | Energy | Number |
| Electric meter (volts) | meter_voltage | meter_voltage | Energy | Number |
| Reset Meter | meter_reset | meter_reset | Energy | Switch |
### Device Configuration
The following table provides a summary of the configuration parameters available in the DSC18 Micro Smart Energy Switch G2.
Detailed information on each parameter can be found below.
| Parameter | Description |
|-------------|-------------|
| 2: Make Micro Smart Switch Blink | |
| 3: Current Overload Protection | |
| 80: Notification on Status Change | |
| 90: Automated sending of a Report triggered by minimal change of value. | |
| 91: Minimum Change to send Report (Watt) | |
| 92: Minimum Change to send Report (%) | |
| 101: Which reports need to send automatically in timing intervals for group 1 | |
| 102: Which reports need to send automatically in timing intervals for group 2 | |
| 103: Which reports need to send automatically in timing intervals for group 3 | |
| 111: Interval to send out reports of group 1 | |
| 112: Interval to send out reports of group 2 | |
| 113: Interval to send out reports of group 3 | |
| 120: Turn External Button Mode | |
| 1: Target for automatic meter reports | |
| 2: Target for automatic reports | |
#### 2: Make Micro Smart Switch Blink
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_2_2 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 65535 |
| Default Value | 0 |
#### 3: Current Overload Protection
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_3_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 0 |
| Options | Deactivate (0) |
| | Activate (1) |
#### 80: Notification on Status Change
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_80_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 0 |
| Options | Deactivate (0) |
| | Hail CC Sent (1) |
| | Basic CC Report Sent (2) |
#### 90: Automated sending of a Report triggered by minimal change of value.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_90_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 0 |
| Options | Deavtivate (0) |
| | Activate (1) |
#### 91: Minimum Change to send Report (Watt)
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_91_2 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 65535 |
| Default Value | 25 |
#### 92: Minimum Change to send Report (%)
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_92_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 255 |
| Default Value | 5 |
#### 101: Which reports need to send automatically in timing intervals for group 1
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_101_4 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 65535 |
| Default Value | 4 |
#### 102: Which reports need to send automatically in timing intervals for group 2
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_102_4 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 65535 |
| Default Value | 8 |
#### 103: Which reports need to send automatically in timing intervals for group 3
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_103_4 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 65535 |
| Default Value | 0 |
#### 111: Interval to send out reports of group 1
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_111_4 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 1 to 2678400 |
| Default Value | 3 |
#### 112: Interval to send out reports of group 2
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_112_4 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 1 to 2678400 |
| Default Value | 600 |
#### 113: Interval to send out reports of group 3
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_113_4 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 1 to 2678400 |
| Default Value | 600 |
#### 120: Turn External Button Mode
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_120_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 255 |
| Options | Momentary Button Mode (0) |
| | 2 State Switch Mode (1) |
| | 3 Way Switch Mode (2) |
#### 1: Target for automatic meter reports
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | group_1 |
| Data Type | TEXT |
| Range | to |
#### 2: Target for automatic reports
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | group_2 |
| Data Type | TEXT |
| Range | to |
---
Did you spot an error in the above definition or want to improve the content?
You can edit the database [here](http://www.cd-jackson.com/index.php/zwave/zwave-device-database/zwave-device-list/devicesummary/278).

329
_addons_bindings/zwave/doc/aeon_dsc19_00_000.md Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,329 @@
---
layout: documentation
title: DSC19 - ZWave
---
{% include base.html %}
# DSC19 Micro Smart Energy Illuminator G2
This describes the Z-Wave device *DSC19*, manufactured by *AEON Labs* with the thing type UID of ```aeon_dsc19_00_000```.
Micro Smart Energy Illuminator G2
## Overview
The Aeon Labs Micro Smart Dimmer (2nd Edition) is a scene multilevel switch device based on Z‐wave enhanced slave library V4.55.00.
### Inclusion Information
Include Smart Dimmer into an existing Z‐Wave network: 1. Install Micro Smart Dimmer, and connect Micro Smart Dimmer to an AC‐input power source. 2. Let the primary controller of existing Z‐Wave network into inclusion mode (If you don’t know how to do this, refer to its manual). 3. Press the Z‐Wave button. 4. If the Learning failed, please repeat the process from step 2.
### Exclusion Information
Remove Smart Switch from an existing Z‐Wave network: 1. Installed Micro Smart Dimmer, and connect Micro Smart Dimmer to an AC‐ input power source. 2. Let the primary controller of existing Z‐Wave network into remove mode (If you don’t know how to do this, refer to its manual). 3. Press the Z‐Wave button. 4. If the remove failed, please repeat the process from step 2
## Channels
The following table summarises the channels available for the DSC19 Micro Smart Energy Illuminator G2.
| Channel | Channel Id | Channel Type UID | Category | Item Type |
|---------|------------|------------------|----------|-----------|
| Dimmer | switch_dimmer | switch_dimmer | DimmableLight | Dimmer |
| Electric meter (kWh) | meter_kwh | meter_kwh | Energy | Number |
| Electric meter (volts) | meter_voltage | meter_voltage | Energy | Number |
| Electric meter (watts) | meter_watts | meter_watts | Energy | Number |
| Electric meter (amps) | meter_current | meter_current | Energy | Number |
| Electric Meter (kVah) | meter_kvah | meter_kvah | Energy | Number |
### Dimmer
#### Restore Last Value
Restore Last Dimming level on ON.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_restoreLastValue |
| Data Type | BOOLEAN || Default Value | true |
| Options | Restore Last Value (true) |
| | Restore Full Brightness (false) |
### Device Configuration
The following table provides a summary of the configuration parameters available in the DSC19 Micro Smart Energy Illuminator G2.
Detailed information on each parameter can be found below.
| Parameter | Description |
|-------------|-------------|
| 2: Make Micro Smart Dimmer 2nd Edition Blink | The LSB defines the total time the device need to blink. |
| 3: Current Overload Protection | Load will be closed when current more that 2.7A and time more than 2 minutes |
| 13: Enable/Disable CRC16 encapsulation | Parameter to Enable/Disable CRC16 encapsulation |
| 80: Notification on Status Change | Send load notification to associated devices |
| 90: Sending of a Report triggered by minimal change of value. | Automated sending of a Report triggered by minimal change of value. |
| 91: Minimum Change to send Report (Watt) | The value represents the minimum change in Wattage for a Report to be sent. |
| 92: Minimum Change to send Report (%) | The minimum change in Watage Percent for a report to be sent. |
| 101: Reports for Group 1 | Which reports need to send automatically in timing intervals for group 1 |
| 102: Reports for Group 2 | Which reports need to send automatically in timing intervals for group 2 |
| 103: Reports for Group 3 | Which reports need to send automatically in timing intervals for group 3 |
| 111: Interval to send out reports of group 1 | |
| 112: Interval to send out reports of group 2 | |
| 113: Interval to send out reports of group 3 | |
| 120: Turn External Button Mode | Parameter to set External button type |
| 1: Target for automatic meter reports | |
| 2: Target for automatic reports | |
#### 2: Make Micro Smart Dimmer 2nd Edition Blink
The LSB defines the total time the device need to blink.
##### Overview
This is a double byte value. The LSB defines the total time the device need to blink. The value if set in seconds. The MSB defines the on/off interval of the blinking. The unit is 0.1 s.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_2_2 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 65535 |
| Default Value | 0 |
#### 3: Current Overload Protection
Load will be closed when current more that 2.7A and time more than 2 minutes
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_3_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 0 |
| Options | Deactivate (0) |
| | Activate (1) |
#### 13: Enable/Disable CRC16 encapsulation
Parameter to Enable/Disable CRC16 encapsulation
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_13_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 255 |
| Default Value | 0 |
#### 80: Notification on Status Change
Send load notification to associated devices
##### Overview
Parameter to Enable to send notification to associated devices (Group 1) when the state of Micro Smart Dimmer's load changed
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_80_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 0 |
| Options | Deactivate (0) |
| | Hail CC Sent (1) |
| | Basic CC Report Sent (2) |
#### 90: Sending of a Report triggered by minimal change of value.
Automated sending of a Report triggered by minimal change of value.
##### Overview
Parameter to Enable/Disable automated sending of a Report triggered by minimal change of value.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_90_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 0 |
| Options | Deavtivate (0) |
| | Activate (1) |
#### 91: Minimum Change to send Report (Watt)
The value represents the minimum change in Wattage for a Report to be sent.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_91_2 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 65535 |
| Default Value | 25 |
#### 92: Minimum Change to send Report (%)
The minimum change in Watage Percent for a report to be sent.
##### Overview
The value represents the minimum change in Watage Percent for a report to be sent.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_92_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 255 |
| Default Value | 5 |
#### 101: Reports for Group 1
Which reports need to send automatically in timing intervals for group 1
##### Overview
The value is a combination number made up of the sum of the values for the individual parameters. The parameters have the values: KWH=8, Wattage=4, Current=2, Voltage=1.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_101_4 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 65535 |
| Default Value | 4 |
#### 102: Reports for Group 2
Which reports need to send automatically in timing intervals for group 2
##### Overview
The value is a combination number made up of the sum of the values for the individual parameters. The parameters have the values: KWH=8, Wattage=4, Current=2, Voltage=1.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_102_4 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 65535 |
| Default Value | 8 |
#### 103: Reports for Group 3
Which reports need to send automatically in timing intervals for group 3
##### Overview
The value is a combination number made up of the sum of the values for the individual parameters. The parameters have the values: KWH=8, Wattage=4, Current=2, Voltage=1.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_103_4 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 65535 |
| Default Value | 0 |
#### 111: Interval to send out reports of group 1
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_111_4 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 1 to 2678400 |
| Default Value | 3 |
#### 112: Interval to send out reports of group 2
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_112_4 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 1 to 2678400 |
| Default Value | 600 |
#### 113: Interval to send out reports of group 3
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_113_4 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 1 to 2678400 |
| Default Value | 600 |
#### 120: Turn External Button Mode
Parameter to set External button type
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_120_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 255 |
| Options | Momentary Button Mode (0) |
| | 2 State Switch Mode (1) |
| | 3 Way Switch Mode (2) |
#### 1: Target for automatic meter reports
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | group_1 |
| Data Type | TEXT |
| Range | to |
#### 2: Target for automatic reports
##### Overview
According to the info in de nodeXX.xml file, this group doesn't exist for this device. - It doesn't work.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | group_2 |
| Data Type | TEXT |
| Range | to |
---
Did you spot an error in the above definition or want to improve the content?
You can edit the database [here](http://www.cd-jackson.com/index.php/zwave/zwave-device-database/zwave-device-list/devicesummary/79).

271
_addons_bindings/zwave/doc/aeon_dsc24_00_000.md Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,271 @@
---
layout: documentation
title: DSC24 - ZWave
---
{% include base.html %}
# DSC24 Smart Energy Switch G2
This describes the Z-Wave device *DSC24*, manufactured by *AEON Labs* with the thing type UID of ```aeon_dsc24_00_000```.
Smart Energy Switch G2
## Channels
The following table summarises the channels available for the DSC24 Smart Energy Switch G2.
| Channel | Channel Id | Channel Type UID | Category | Item Type |
|---------|------------|------------------|----------|-----------|
| Switch | switch_binary | switch_binary | Switch | Switch |
| Scene Number | scene_number | scene_number | | Number |
| Electric meter (kWh) | meter_kwh | meter_kwh | Energy | Number |
| Electric meter (watts) | meter_watts | meter_watts | Energy | Number |
| Electric meter (amps) | meter_current | meter_current | Energy | Number |
| Electric meter (volts) | meter_voltage | meter_voltage | Energy | Number |
| Reset Meter | meter_reset | meter_reset | Energy | Switch |
### Device Configuration
The following table provides a summary of the configuration parameters available in the DSC24 Smart Energy Switch G2.
Detailed information on each parameter can be found below.
| Parameter | Description |
|-------------|-------------|
| 1: Multilevel Sensor Report Content | |
| 2: Make SES blink | |
| 80: Automatic Notifications | Enables automatic notifications to associated devices whenever there is a state change |
| 90: Enable Parameter 91 | Enables/disables parameter 91 and 92 below |
| 91: Minimum change in wattage | The value here represents minimum change in wattage (in terms of wattage) for a REPORT to ... |
| 92: Minimum change in wattage % | The value here represents minimum change in wattage percent (in terms of percentage) for a... |
| 100: Set 100 to 103 to default | |
| 101: Group 1 report | |
| 102: Group 2 report | |
| 103: Group 3 report | |
| 110: Set 111 to 113 to default | |
| 111: Interval group 1 | The time interval of sending Report group 1 |
| 112: Interval group 1 | The time interval of sending Report group 2 |
| 113: Interval group 1 | The time interval of sending Report group 3 |
| 254: Device Tag | |
| 255: Device Reset | |
| 1: Status Reports | |
| 2: Send Reports on blind state change | Send Reports on blind state change |
#### 1: Multilevel Sensor Report Content
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_1_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 255 |
| Default Value | 0 |
#### 2: Make SES blink
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_2_2 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 65535 |
| Default Value | 0 |
#### 80: Automatic Notifications
Enables automatic notifications to associated devices whenever there is a state change
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_80_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 0 |
| Options | Nothing (0) |
| | Hail (1) |
| | Basic CC Report (2) |
#### 90: Enable Parameter 91
Enables/disables parameter 91 and 92 below
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_90_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 0 |
| Options | Disable (0) |
| | Enable (1) |
#### 91: Minimum change in wattage
The value here represents minimum change in wattage (in terms of wattage) for a REPORT to be sent.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_91_2 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 65535 |
| Default Value | 50 |
#### 92: Minimum change in wattage %
The value here represents minimum change in wattage percent (in terms of percentage) for a REPORT to be sent.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_92_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 255 |
| Default Value | 10 |
#### 100: Set 100 to 103 to default
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_100_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 0 |
| Options | Reset (0) |
#### 101: Group 1 report
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_101_4 |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 8 |
| Options | Multisensor Report (2) |
| | Meter Report (Watts) (4) |
| | Meter Report (kWh) (8) |
#### 102: Group 2 report
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_102_4 |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 0 |
| Options | Multisensor Report (2) |
| | Meter Report (Watts) (4) |
| | Meter Report (kWh) (8) |
#### 103: Group 3 report
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_103_4 |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 0 |
| Options | Multisensor Report (2) |
| | Meter Report (Watts) (4) |
| | Meter Report (kWh) (8) |
#### 110: Set 111 to 113 to default
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_110_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 0 |
| Options | Reset (0) |
#### 111: Interval group 1
The time interval of sending Report group 1
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_111_4 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 65535 |
| Default Value | 600 |
#### 112: Interval group 1
The time interval of sending Report group 2
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_112_4 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 65535 |
| Default Value | 600 |
#### 113: Interval group 1
The time interval of sending Report group 3
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_113_4 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 65535 |
| Default Value | 600 |
#### 254: Device Tag
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_254_2 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 65535 |
| Default Value | 0 |
#### 255: Device Reset
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_255_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 0 |
| Options | Reset (0) |
#### 1: Status Reports
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | group_1 |
| Data Type | TEXT |
| Range | to |
#### 2: Send Reports on blind state change
Send Reports on blind state change
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | group_2 |
| Data Type | TEXT |
| Range | to |
---
Did you spot an error in the above definition or want to improve the content?
You can edit the database [here](http://www.cd-jackson.com/index.php/zwave/zwave-device-database/zwave-device-list/devicesummary/76).

49
_addons_bindings/zwave/doc/aeon_dsc25_00_000.md Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,49 @@
---
layout: documentation
title: DSC25 - ZWave
---
{% include base.html %}
# DSC25 Smart Energy Illuminator G2
This describes the Z-Wave device *DSC25*, manufactured by *AEON Labs* with the thing type UID of ```aeon_dsc25_00_000```.
Smart Energy Illuminator G2
## Channels
The following table summarises the channels available for the DSC25 Smart Energy Illuminator G2.
| Channel | Channel Id | Channel Type UID | Category | Item Type |
|---------|------------|------------------|----------|-----------|
| Dimmer | switch_dimmer | switch_dimmer | DimmableLight | Dimmer |
### Dimmer
#### Restore Last Value
Restore Last Dimming level on ON.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_restoreLastValue |
| Data Type | BOOLEAN || Default Value | true |
| Options | Restore Last Value (true) |
| | Restore Full Brightness (false) |
### Device Configuration
The following table provides a summary of the configuration parameters available in the DSC25 Smart Energy Illuminator G2.
Detailed information on each parameter can be found below.
| Parameter | Description |
|-------------|-------------|
---
Did you spot an error in the above definition or want to improve the content?
You can edit the database [here](http://www.cd-jackson.com/index.php/zwave/zwave-device-database/zwave-device-list/devicesummary/276).

242
_addons_bindings/zwave/doc/aeon_dsc26_00_000.md Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,242 @@
---
layout: documentation
title: DSC26 - ZWave
---
{% include base.html %}
# DSC26 Micro Switch G2
This describes the Z-Wave device *DSC26*, manufactured by *AEON Labs* with the thing type UID of ```aeon_dsc26_00_000```.
Micro Switch G2
## Channels
The following table summarises the channels available for the DSC26 Micro Switch G2.
| Channel | Channel Id | Channel Type UID | Category | Item Type |
|---------|------------|------------------|----------|-----------|
| Switch | switch_binary | switch_binary | Switch | Switch |
### Device Configuration
The following table provides a summary of the configuration parameters available in the DSC26 Micro Switch G2.
Detailed information on each parameter can be found below.
| Parameter | Description |
|-------------|-------------|
| 2: Make Micro Switch 2nd Edition Blink | This is a double byte value. The LSB defines the total time the device need to blink. The ... |
| 80: Notification on Status Change | Parameter to Enable to send notification to associated devices (Group 1) when the state of... |
| 101: Which reports need to send automatically in timing intervals for group 1 | The value is a combination number made up of the sum of the values for the individual para... |
| 102: Which reports need to send automatically in timing intervals for group 2 | The value is a combination number made up of the sum of the values for the individual para... |
| 103: Which reports need to send automatically in timing intervals for group 3 | The value is a combination number made up of the sum of the values for the individual para... |
| 111: Interval to send out reports of group 1 | |
| 112: Interval to send out reports of group 2 | |
| 113: Interval to send out reports of group 3 | |
| 120: Turn External Button Mode | Parameter to set External button type |
| 200: Partner ID | |
| 252: Enable/disable Lock Configuration | |
| 254: Device Tag | |
| 255: Reset configuration set up to default setting | |
| 1: Lifeline | |
| 2: Retransmit | |
#### 2: Make Micro Switch 2nd Edition Blink
This is a double byte value. The LSB defines the total time the device need to blink. The value if set in seconds. The MSB defines the on/off interval of the blinking. The unit is 0.1 s.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_2_2 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 65535 |
| Default Value | 0 |
#### 80: Notification on Status Change
Parameter to Enable to send notification to associated devices (Group 1) when the state of Micro Switch's load changed
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_80_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 0 |
| Options | Deactivate (0) |
| | Hail CC Sent (1) |
| | Basic CC Report Sent (2) |
#### 101: Which reports need to send automatically in timing intervals for group 1
The value is a combination number made up of the sum of the values for the individual parameters. The parameters have the values: KWH=8, Wattage=4, Current=2, Voltage=1.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_101_4 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 65535 |
| Default Value | 4 |
#### 102: Which reports need to send automatically in timing intervals for group 2
The value is a combination number made up of the sum of the values for the individual parameters. The parameters have the values: KWH=8, Wattage=4, Current=2, Voltage=1.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_102_4 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 65535 |
| Default Value | 8 |
#### 103: Which reports need to send automatically in timing intervals for group 3
The value is a combination number made up of the sum of the values for the individual parameters. The parameters have the values: KWH=8, Wattage=4, Current=2, Voltage=1.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_103_4 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 65535 |
| Default Value | 0 |
#### 111: Interval to send out reports of group 1
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_111_4 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 1 to 2678400 |
| Default Value | 3 |
#### 112: Interval to send out reports of group 2
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_112_4 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 1 to 2678400 |
| Default Value | 600 |
#### 113: Interval to send out reports of group 3
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_113_4 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 1 to 2678400 |
| Default Value | 600 |
#### 120: Turn External Button Mode
Parameter to set External button type
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_120_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 255 |
| Options | Momentary Button Mode (0) |
| | 2 State Switch Mode (1) |
| | 3 Way Switch Mode (2) |
#### 200: Partner ID
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_200_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 0 |
| Options | Aeon Labs Standard Product (0) |
| | AT&amp;T (1) |
#### 252: Enable/disable Lock Configuration
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_252_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 0 |
| Options | Disable (0) |
| | Enable (1) |
#### 254: Device Tag
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_254_2 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 65535 |
| Default Value | 0 |
#### 255: Reset configuration set up to default setting
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_255_1_wo |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | to |
| Default Value | 5 |
#### 1: Lifeline
##### Overview
The Node IDs in Group 1 will receive Hail Command /Basic report (configurable) when the state of Micro Switch’s load changed.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | group_1 |
| Data Type | TEXT |
| Range | to |
#### 2: Retransmit
##### Overview
When the Micro Switch receives the following commands, it will forward the commands to
all node IDs which are in Group 2.
Commands: Basic Set, Switch Binary Set, Scene Activation Set.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | group_2 |
| Data Type | TEXT |
| Range | to |
---
Did you spot an error in the above definition or want to improve the content?
You can edit the database [here](http://www.cd-jackson.com/index.php/zwave/zwave-device-database/zwave-device-list/devicesummary/82).

90
_addons_bindings/zwave/doc/aeon_dsc27_00_000.md Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,90 @@
---
layout: documentation
title: DSC27 - ZWave
---
{% include base.html %}
# DSC27 Micro Illuminator G2
This describes the Z-Wave device *DSC27*, manufactured by *AEON Labs* with the thing type UID of ```aeon_dsc27_00_000```.
Micro Illuminator G2
## Channels
The following table summarises the channels available for the DSC27 Micro Illuminator G2.
| Channel | Channel Id | Channel Type UID | Category | Item Type |
|---------|------------|------------------|----------|-----------|
| Dimmer | switch_dimmer | switch_dimmer | DimmableLight | Dimmer |
### Dimmer
#### Restore Last Value
Restore Last Dimming level on ON.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_restoreLastValue |
| Data Type | BOOLEAN || Default Value | true |
| Options | Restore Last Value (true) |
| | Restore Full Brightness (false) |
### Device Configuration
The following table provides a summary of the configuration parameters available in the DSC27 Micro Illuminator G2.
Detailed information on each parameter can be found below.
| Parameter | Description |
|-------------|-------------|
| 80: Notification on Status Change | Parameter to Enable to send notification to associated devices (Group 1) when the state of... |
| 120: Turn External Button Mode | Parameter to set External button type |
| 1: Target for automatic reports | |
#### 80: Notification on Status Change
Parameter to Enable to send notification to associated devices (Group 1) when the state of Micro Dimmer's load changed
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_80_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 0 |
| Options | Deactivate (0) |
| | Hail CC Sent (1) |
| | Basic CC Report Sent (2) |
#### 120: Turn External Button Mode
Parameter to set External button type
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_120_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 255 |
| Options | Momentary Button Mode (0) |
| | 2 State Switch Mode (1) |
| | 3 Way Switch Mode (2) |
#### 1: Target for automatic reports
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | group_1 |
| Data Type | TEXT |
| Range | to |
---
Did you spot an error in the above definition or want to improve the content?
You can edit the database [here](http://www.cd-jackson.com/index.php/zwave/zwave-device-database/zwave-device-list/devicesummary/80).

36
_addons_bindings/zwave/doc/aeon_dsc35_00_000.md Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
---
layout: documentation
title: DSC35 - ZWave
---
{% include base.html %}
# DSC35 Micro Double Switch
This describes the Z-Wave device *DSC35*, manufactured by *AEON Labs* with the thing type UID of ```aeon_dsc35_00_000```.
Micro Double Switch
## Channels
The following table summarises the channels available for the DSC35 Micro Double Switch.
| Channel | Channel Id | Channel Type UID | Category | Item Type |
|---------|------------|------------------|----------|-----------|
| Switch | switch_binary | switch_binary | Switch | Switch |
| Switch 1 | switch_binary1 | switch_binary | Switch | Switch |
| Switch 2 | switch_binary2 | switch_binary | Switch | Switch |
### Device Configuration
The following table provides a summary of the configuration parameters available in the DSC35 Micro Double Switch.
Detailed information on each parameter can be found below.
| Parameter | Description |
|-------------|-------------|
---
Did you spot an error in the above definition or want to improve the content?
You can edit the database [here](http://www.cd-jackson.com/index.php/zwave/zwave-device-database/zwave-device-list/devicesummary/528).

124
_addons_bindings/zwave/doc/aeon_dsd31_00_000.md Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,124 @@
---
layout: documentation
title: DSD31 - ZWave
---
{% include base.html %}
# DSD31 Outlet Plugable Siren
This describes the Z-Wave device *DSD31*, manufactured by *AEON Labs* with the thing type UID of ```aeon_dsd31_00_000```.
Outlet Plugable Siren
## Channels
The following table summarises the channels available for the DSD31 Outlet Plugable Siren.
| Channel | Channel Id | Channel Type UID | Category | Item Type |
|---------|------------|------------------|----------|-----------|
| Switch | switch_binary | switch_binary | Switch | Switch |
### Device Configuration
The following table provides a summary of the configuration parameters available in the DSD31 Outlet Plugable Siren.
Detailed information on each parameter can be found below.
| Parameter | Description |
|-------------|-------------|
| 37: Sirensound and Volume | Sets the sound type and volume |
| 37: Siren Sound | |
| 37: Siren Volume | |
| 80: Send Notifications | send notifications to associated devices |
| 252: Enable/Disable &#x27;Lock&#x27; - Configuration | |
| 1: Lifeline | |
#### 37: Sirensound and Volume
Sets the sound type and volume
##### Overview
The Value1(low byte) is used to select the Siren sound. The Value2(high byte) is used to adjust the volume. Other values will be ignored. 0 1  ->   do not change the current sound.1 1  ->   Siren sound 1 is selected.2 1  ->   Siren sound 2 i
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_37_2 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 65535 |
| Default Value | 13 |
#### 37: Siren Sound
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_37_2_0000000F |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 1 |
| Options | Siren Sound 1 (1) |
| | Siren Sound 2 (2) |
| | Siren Sound 3 (3) |
| | Siren Sound 4 (4) |
| | Siren Sound 5 (5) |
#### 37: Siren Volume
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_37_2_00000F00 |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 3 |
| Options | 88dB (1) |
| | 100dB (2) |
| | 105dB (3) |
#### 80: Send Notifications
send notifications to associated devices
##### Overview
Enable to send notifications to associated devices when the state of Siren changed.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_80_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 0 |
| Options | Nothing (0) |
| | Hail CC (1) |
| | Basic CC Report (2) |
#### 252: Enable/Disable &#x27;Lock&#x27; - Configuration
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_252_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 0 |
| Options | Disable (0) |
| | Enable (1) |
#### 1: Lifeline
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | group_1 |
| Data Type | TEXT |
| Range | to |
---
Did you spot an error in the above definition or want to improve the content?
You can edit the database [here](http://www.cd-jackson.com/index.php/zwave/zwave-device-database/zwave-device-list/devicesummary/86).

89
_addons_bindings/zwave/doc/aeon_dsd37_00_000.md Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,89 @@
---
layout: documentation
title: DSD37 - ZWave
---
{% include base.html %}
# DSD37 Range Extender
This describes the Z-Wave device *DSD37*, manufactured by *AEON Labs* with the thing type UID of ```aeon_dsd37_00_000```.
Range Extender
## Channels
The following table summarises the channels available for the DSD37 Range Extender.
| Channel | Channel Id | Channel Type UID | Category | Item Type |
|---------|------------|------------------|----------|-----------|
### Device Configuration
The following table provides a summary of the configuration parameters available in the DSD37 Range Extender.
Detailed information on each parameter can be found below.
| Parameter | Description |
|-------------|-------------|
| 200: Partner ID | Partner ID |
| 254: Device Tag | When Repeater removed from z-wave network, Device Tag will not change |
| 255: Reset configuration settings to default values | Reset configuration settings to default values, except parameter is 254 |
| 1: Group 1 | |
#### 200: Partner ID
Partner ID
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_200_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 0 |
| Options | Aeon Labs’s Standard Product (0) |
| | AT&amp;T (1) |
| | Jean (2) |
| | Telefonica (3) |
| | Reserved for other Partner (4) |
#### 254: Device Tag
When Repeater removed from z-wave network, Device Tag will not change
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_254_2 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 1 |
| Default Value | 0 |
#### 255: Reset configuration settings to default values
Reset configuration settings to default values, except parameter is 254
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_255_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 1 |
| Default Value | 0 |
#### 1: Group 1
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | group_1 |
| Data Type | TEXT |
| Range | to |
---
Did you spot an error in the above definition or want to improve the content?
You can edit the database [here](http://www.cd-jackson.com/index.php/zwave/zwave-device-database/zwave-device-list/devicesummary/66).

386
_addons_bindings/zwave/doc/aeon_zw056_00_000.md Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,386 @@
---
layout: documentation
title: ZW056 - ZWave
---
{% include base.html %}
# ZW056 Doorbell
This describes the Z-Wave device *ZW056*, manufactured by *AEON Labs* with the thing type UID of ```aeon_zw056_00_000```.
Doorbell
## Overview
Aeon Labs Doorbell is a switch binary device based on Z-wave enhanced slave library V6.51.06.
The Doorbell supports playing MP3 music files with a press of this doorbell. It has a 16MB flash memory that can store up to 100 ringtones. The volume can be adjusted manually via short press on the Volume Button, also you can switch the doorbell sound to the next via long press on the Volume Button. You may change/update your doorbell ringtone at any point in time you want by connecting your Doorbell to your PC to update the sound track on your Doorbell’s flash memory. 
### Inclusion Information
1. Install Doorbell, and plug it into the socket of AC Power.
2. Let the primary controller into inclusion mode (If you don’t know how to do this, please refer to its manual).
3. Press the Action Button.
4. If the inclusion is failed, please repeat the process from step 2. 
### Exclusion Information
1. Install Doorbell, and plug it into the socket of AC Power.
2. Let the primary controller into exclusion mode (If you don’t know how to do this, refer to its manual).
3. Press the Action Button.
4. If the remove is failed, please repeat the process from step 2.
Note: If Doorbell is removed from Z-wave network, it will be reset to factory default. 
## Channels
The following table summarises the channels available for the ZW056 Doorbell.
| Channel | Channel Id | Channel Type UID | Category | Item Type |
|---------|------------|------------------|----------|-----------|
| Switch | switch_binary | switch_binary | Switch | Switch |
| Volume | config_decimal_param8 | config_decimal | | Decimal |
| Repititions | config_decimal_param2 | config_decimal | | Decimal |
| Play Chime Now | config_decimal_param6 | aeon_zw056_00_000_config_decimal_param6 | | |
| Doorbell Notifications | config_decimal_param80 | aeon_zw056_00_000_config_decimal_param80 | | |
| Button Battery Status | config_decimal_param42 | aeon_zw056_00_000_config_decimal_param42 | | |
### Device Configuration
The following table provides a summary of the configuration parameters available in the ZW056 Doorbell.
Detailed information on each parameter can be found below.
| Parameter | Description |
|-------------|-------------|
| 2: Repetitions of ringtone | Set the repetitions for playing doorbell ringtone.  |
| 5: Default ringtone | Set the default doorbell ringtone. Default=1 |
| 8: Ringtone volume | Default=10 |
| 10: Define button- and button+ action | Define functions of “Button ‐”  and “Button+”. |
| 11: Define long press button- and button+ | Define short/long button presses |
| 42: Get wireless button battery status | Alert for low battery |
| 80: Enable Notifications | Enable to send notifications to associated devices (Group1) |
| 81: Enable/disable battery group notification | Notifies Group 1 when battery state is low |
| 241: Pair doorbell with button | Starts wireless button pairing mode |
| 252: Lock configuration | Lock configuration |
| 255: Reset | Reset to factory settings |
| 6: Ringtone to play | Set a ringtone to play. Default=0 |
| 7: Control items | Control current output |
| 1: Group 1 | |
| 2: Forward basic set | |
#### 2: Repetitions of ringtone
Set the repetitions for playing doorbell ringtone. 
##### Overview
Value=1 to 255, the range of repetition is 1 to 100.   Value =0, ignore. Note: If the time of playing doorbell ringtone is more than 20s, the volume of ringtone will reduce to silence no matter how many repetitions of doorbell ringtone are set. 
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_2_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 100 |
| Default Value | 2 |
#### 5: Default ringtone
Set the default doorbell ringtone. Default=1
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_5_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 1 to 100 |
| Default Value | 1 |
#### 8: Ringtone volume
Default=10
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_8_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 10 |
| Default Value | 10 |
#### 10: Define button- and button+ action
Define functions of “Button ‐”  and “Button+”.
##### Overview
0:  button- is previous, button+ is next
1:  button- is next, button+ is previous
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_10_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 0 |
| Options | “Button ‐” is previous, “Button+” is next (0) |
| | “Button ‐” is next, “Button+” is previous (1) |
#### 11: Define long press button- and button+
Define short/long button presses
##### Overview
0: short pressing changes volume, long pressing changes
default ringtone.
1: long pressing changes volume, short pressing changes
default ringtone.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_11_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 0 |
| Options | short press changes vol, long press changes default ringtone (0) |
| | long press changes vol, short press changes default ringtone (1) |
#### 42: Get wireless button battery status
Alert for low battery
##### Overview
0x00:  normal battery level
0xff:  low battery level
set 0x00:  cancel low battery alert
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_42_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 0 |
| Options | Battery Level Good (0) |
| | Low Battery (255) |
#### 80: Enable Notifications
Enable to send notifications to associated devices (Group1)
##### Overview
Enable/disable to send notifications to associated devices (Group 1) when the state of Doorbell is changed (0=nothing, 1=hail CC, 2=basic CC report)
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_80_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 0 |
| Options | nothing (0) |
| | hail CC (1) |
| | basic CC report (2) |
#### 81: Enable/disable battery group notification
Notifies Group 1 when battery state is low
##### Overview
Enable/disable to send notifications to associated devices (Group
1) when the Wireless Button’s battery is in low battery state
(0=nothing, 1=Configuration report 0x2A)
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_81_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 0 |
| Options | nothing (0) |
| | Configuration report parameter 42 (1) |
#### 241: Pair doorbell with button
Starts wireless button pairing mode
##### Overview
Pair the Wireless Button with Doorbell.
Value=0x55555555, Start the Wireless Button pairing mode and
the blue Led will blink slowly, short press the Wireless Button
once, if the blue Led change to be solid, which means the pairing
is successful. Otherwise, repeat the steps.
It will automatically exit the pairing mode after 8s if there is no
pressing action of the Wireless Button.
Note:
You can send this configuration Get CC to ask the pairing result:
If configuration report value=0x00000000, which means the
pairing is failed.
If configuration report value =0xFFFFFFFF, which means the
pairing is successful.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_241_4 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 4294967295 |
| Default Value | 0 |
#### 252: Lock configuration
Lock configuration
##### Overview
0:  config not locked
1:  config locked
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_252_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 1 |
| Default Value | 0 |
#### 255: Reset
Reset to factory settings
##### Overview
1. Size=0x01， Configuration Value=0x00:
Reset configuration setting.
2. Size=0x04， Configuration Value=0x55555555:
Reset Factory setting.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_255_4 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 4294967295 |
| Default Value | 0 |
#### 6: Ringtone to play
Set a ringtone to play. Default=0
##### Overview
Set this to any ringtone (1-100) to have it play that ringtone.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_6_1_wo |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 100 || Default Value | 0 |
| Options | Stop (0) |
| | play the default ringtone (255) |
#### 7: Control items
Control current output
##### Overview
Control items: Value=1, play Value=2, stop Value=3, pause Value=4, Next Value=5, Previous Other, ignore
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_7_1_wo |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 0 |
| Options | Ignore (0) |
| | Play (1) |
| | Stop (2) |
| | Pause (3) |
| | Next (4) |
| | Previous (5) |
#### 1: Group 1
##### Overview
When the state of Doorbell (trigger to turn on/off the rington
e ) is changed:
1, Set Configuration parameter 80 to 0： Reserved (Default).
2, Set Configuration parameter 80 to 1： Send Hail CC.
3. Set Configuration parameter 80 to 2: Send the Basic
Report.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | group_1 |
| Data Type | TEXT |
| Range | to |
#### 2: Forward basic set
##### Overview
Forward the Basic Set, Switch Binary Set, Switch Multilevel
Start Level Change, Switch Multilevel Stop Level Change,
Switch Multilevel Set, Scene Activation Set to associated
nodes in Group 2 when the Doorbell receives the Basic Set,
Switch Binary Set, Switch Multilevel Start Level Change,
Switch Multilevel Stop Level Change, Switch Multilevel Set,
Scene Activation Set commands from main controller.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | group_2 |
| Data Type | TEXT |
| Range | to |
---
Did you spot an error in the above definition or want to improve the content?
You can edit the database [here](http://www.cd-jackson.com/index.php/zwave/zwave-device-database/zwave-device-list/devicesummary/263).

651
_addons_bindings/zwave/doc/aeon_zw062_00_000.md Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,651 @@
---
layout: documentation
title: ZW062 - ZWave
---
{% include base.html %}
# ZW062 Aeon Labs Garage Door Controller Gen5
This describes the Z-Wave device *ZW062*, manufactured by *AEON Labs* with the thing type UID of ```aeon_zw062_00_000```.
Aeon Labs Garage Door Controller Gen5
## Overview
Aeon Labs Garage Door Controller is a smart and wireless Garage Door Control system, you can control the garage door to open, close, or stop moving via wireless signal on your gateway client or phone application.
The Garage Door Controller allows you to configure different alarm sounds to indicate the door ’s action.
Each action alarm sound can be customized. To change or update new alarm sounds for the Garage Door Controller, connect the Garage Door Controller to your PC host with a USB cable and download your sound files to the flash memory (128 MB) of the Garage Door Controller.
It can be included and operated in any Z-wave network with other Z-wave certified devices from other manufacturers and/or other applications. All non-battery operated nodes within the network will act as repeaters regardless of vendor to increase reliability of the network.
It is also a security Z-wave device and supports the Over The Air (OTA) feature for the product’s firmware upgrade.
### Inclusion Information
Add Garage Door Controller into Z-Wave Network:
1. Install Garage Door Controller, and connect it to the 5V DC Adapter.
2. Let the primary controller into inclusion mode (If you don’t know how to do this, please refer to its manual).
3. Press the Z-Wave Button.
### Exclusion Information
Remove Garage Door Controller from Z-Wave Network:
1. Install Garage Door Controller, and connect it to the 5V DC Adapter.
2. Let the primary controller into exclusion mode (If you don’t know how to do this, refer to its manual).
3. Press the Z-Wave Button.
4. If the remove is failed, please repeat the process from step 2.
Note: If Garage Door Controller is removed from Z-wave network, it will be reset to factory default.
## Channels
The following table summarises the channels available for the ZW062 Aeon Labs Garage Door Controller Gen5.
| Channel | Channel Id | Channel Type UID | Category | Item Type |
|---------|------------|------------------|----------|-----------|
| Switch | switch_binary | switch_binary | Switch | Switch |
| Barrier State | barrier_state | barrier_state | Door | Number |
### Device Configuration
The following table provides a summary of the configuration parameters available in the ZW062 Aeon Labs Garage Door Controller Gen5.
Detailed information on each parameter can be found below.
| Parameter | Description |
|-------------|-------------|
| 32: Startup ringtone | Configure the default startup ringtone |
| 35: Calibration timout | Set the timeout of all calibration steps for the Sensor. |
| 36: Number of alarm musics | Get the number of alarm musics |
| 37: Disable opening alarm | Disable opening alarm |
| 37: Opening alarm volume | Opening alarm volume |
| 37: Opening alarm choice | Alarm mode when the garage door is opening |
| 37: Opening alarm LED mode | Opening alarm LED mode |
| 38: Disable closing alarm | Disable closing alarm |
| 38: Closing alarm volume | Closing alarm volume |
| 38: Closing alarm choice | Alarm mode when the garage door is closing |
| 38: Closing alarm LED mode | Closing alarm LED mode |
| 39: Unknown state alarm mode | Configuration alarm mode when the garage door is in "unknown" state |
| 40: Closed alarm mode | Configure the alarm mode when the garage door is in closed position. |
| 41: Tamper switch configuration | Configuration report for the tamper switch State |
| 45: Temperature | Get the environment temperature |
| 47: Button definition | Define the function of Button- or Button+. |
| 80: Door state change report type | Configure the door state change report type |
| 241: Pair the Sensor | Pair the Sensor with Garage Door Controller |
| 252: Lock Configuration | Enable/disable configuration |
| 34: Sensor Calibration | Perform Sensor Calibration |
| 42: Battery state | Configuration report for the battery state of Sensor |
| 43: Play or Pause ringtone | Start playing or Stop playing the ringtone |
| 44: Ringtone test volume | Set volume for test of ringtone |
| 1: Group 1 | Position status changed |
| 2: Group 2 | Forward the Basic Set |
#### 32: Startup ringtone
Configure the default startup ringtone
##### Overview
Configure the default startup ringtone.
Value=0, disable the Startup ringtone.
Value=others, Enable and select a startup ringtone for the Garage Door Controller.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_32_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 1 to 100 |
| Default Value | 1 |
#### 35: Calibration timout
Set the timeout of all calibration steps for the Sensor.
##### Overview
Set the timeout of all calibration steps for the Sensor.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_35_2 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 1 to 255 |
| Default Value | 60 |
#### 36: Number of alarm musics
Get the number of alarm musics
##### Overview
Get the numbers of alarm music.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_36_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 1 to 100 |
| Default Value | 1 |
#### 37: Disable opening alarm
Disable opening alarm
##### Overview
Configure the alarm mode when the garage door is opening.
Value4=0, disable the alarm prompt.
Value4=1, enable the alarm prompt.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_37_4_000000FF |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 1 |
| Options | Disable alarm prompt (0) |
| | Enable alarm prompt (1) |
#### 37: Opening alarm volume
Opening alarm volume
##### Overview
Configure the alarm mode when the garage door is opening.
Value3: configure the volume of alarm sound (there are 10 levels, the min volume is 1 level and the max volume is 10 levels).
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_37_4_0000FF00 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 1 to 10 |
| Default Value | 8 |
#### 37: Opening alarm choice
Alarm mode when the garage door is opening
##### Overview
Configure the alarm mode when the garage door is opening.
Value2: configure the alarm sound (there are 4 types sound saved in EEPROM and user also can update it).
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_37_4_00FF0000 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 1 to 4 |
| Default Value | 1 |
#### 37: Opening alarm LED mode
Opening alarm LED mode
##### Overview
Configure the alarm mode when the garage door is opening.
Value1: configure the frequency of blinking for the Alarm LED , there are 10 levels from 1 to 10, the minimum frequency is level 1 and the max frequency is level 10.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_37_4_0F000000 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 1 to 10 |
| Default Value | 10 |
#### 38: Disable closing alarm
Disable closing alarm
##### Overview
Configure the alarm mode when the garage door is closing.
Value4=0, disable the alarm prompt.
Value4=1, enable the alarm prompt.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_38_4_000000FF |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 1 |
| Options | Disable alarm prompt (0) |
| | Enable alarm prompt (1) |
#### 38: Closing alarm volume
Closing alarm volume
##### Overview
Configure the alarm mode when the garage door is closing.
Value3: configure the volume of alarm sound (there are 10 levels, the min volume is 1 level and the max volume is 10 levels).
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_38_4_0000FF00 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 1 to 10 |
| Default Value | 8 |
#### 38: Closing alarm choice
Alarm mode when the garage door is closing
##### Overview
Configure the alarm mode when the garage door is closing.
Value2: configure the alarm sound (there are 4 types sound saved in EEPROM and user also can update it).
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_38_4_00FF0000 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 1 to 4 |
| Default Value | 2 |
#### 38: Closing alarm LED mode
Closing alarm LED mode
##### Overview
Configure the alarm mode when the garage door is closing.
Value1: configure the frequency of blinking for the Alarm LED , there are 10 levels from 1 to 10, the minimum frequency is level 1 and the max frequency is level 10.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_38_4_0F000000 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 1 to 10 |
| Default Value | 6 |
#### 39: Unknown state alarm mode
Configuration alarm mode when the garage door is in "unknown" state
##### Overview
Configuration alarm mode when the garage door is in
"unknown" state:
1, Value1: configure the frequency of blinking for the Alarm
LED , there are 10 levels that 1 to10 level, the minimum
frequency is level 1 and the max frequency is level 10.
2, Value2: configure the alarm sound (there are 4 types sound
saved in EEPROM and user also can update it).
3, Value3: configure the volume of alarm sound (there are 10
levels, the min volume is 1 level and the max volume is 10
levels).
4, Value4=0, disable the alarm prompt. Value4=1, enable the
alarm prompt.
default values:
Value1=4
Value2=3
Value3=8
Value4=0
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_39_4 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 4294967295 |
| Default Value | 0 |
#### 40: Closed alarm mode
Configure the alarm mode when the garage door is in closed position.
##### Overview
Configuration alarm mode when the garage door is in
"closed" state:
1, Value1: configure the frequency of blinking for the Alarm
LED , there are 10 levels that 1 to10 level, the minimum
frequency is level 1 and the max frequency is level 10.
2, Value2: configure the alarm sound (there are 4 types sound
saved in EEPROM and user also can update it).
3, Value3: configure the volume of alarm sound (there are 10
levels, the min volume is 1 level and the max volume is 10 levels).
4, Value4=0, disable the alarm prompt. Value4=1, enable the
alarm prompt.
default values:
Value1=2
Value2=4
Value3=8
Value4=0
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_40_4 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 4294967295 |
| Default Value | 0 |
#### 41: Tamper switch configuration
Configuration report for the tamper switch State
##### Overview
Configuration report for the tamper switch state:
1, Value=0x00: Sensor is not removed
2, Value=0x0F: Sensor is removed
Note:
1. The Garage Door Controller will send this configuration report to gateway controller or associated nodes automatically if the Sensor is removed.
2. You can send the value=0x55555555 of this parameter to controller to relieve the alarm state.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_41_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 255 |
| Default Value | 0 |
#### 45: Temperature
Get the environment temperature
##### Overview
Get the environment temperature:
The temperature value contains one decimal point. E.g. If the report value=252, the temperature is 25.2 °C .
Range is 0 to 500 (0 to 50.0 °C ).
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_45_2 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 500 |
| Default Value | 0 |
#### 47: Button definition
Define the function of Button- or Button+.
##### Overview
Define the function of Button- or Button+.
Value=0, short pressing the “Button +/-” will be used to adjust the volume of sound. Long pressing the “Button +/-” will be used to switch the sound to the next.
Value=1, short pressing the “Button +/-” will be used to switch the sound to the next. Long pressing the “Button +/-” will be used to adjust the volume of sound.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_47_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 0 |
| Options | Mode 0 (0) |
| | Mode 1 (1) |
#### 80: Door state change report type
Configure the door state change report type
##### Overview
It will send the Hail CC/configuration report CC when the state of garage door is changed:
1, Value=0 , reserved.
2, Value=1 , send Hail CC
3, Value=2 , send Barrier operator report CC
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_80_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 2 |
| Options | Send hail CC (1) |
| | Send barrier operator report CC (2) |
#### 241: Pair the Sensor
Pair the Sensor with Garage Door Controller
##### Overview
Pair the Sensor with Garage Door Controller.
Send Configuration Set:
Value=0x55555501, which will trigger to start the pairing of Sensor (installed on the top of the garage door), at this time, the Network LED on the Garage Door Controller will blink slowly and then short press Tamper Switch back of the Sensor.
If pairing is successful, the Network LED will stop blinking and the Garage Door Controller will send the configuration report with value=0x01FF to primary controller/gateway. Otherwise, repeat the operation.
Note:
1. If you do not press the Tamper Switch when starting the pairing mode, the pairing status will keep for 8 second and then exit the pairing status automatically.
2. The Sensor has been paired with the Garage Door Controller after factory.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_241_4 |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 0 |
| Options | Stop sensor pairing (0) |
| | Start sensor pairing (1431655681) |
#### 252: Lock Configuration
Enable/disable configuration
##### Overview
Enable/disable configuration
1, Value=0 : Enable.
2, Value=1 : Disable.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_252_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 0 |
| Options | Configuration enabled (0) |
| | Configuration disabled (locked) (1) |
#### 34: Sensor Calibration
Perform Sensor Calibration
##### Overview
Sensor Calibration.
Calibration Steps:
1. Let the garage door move to full close position.
2. Send this parameter (0x22) with “value=1” to Garage Door Controller.
3. Let the garage door move to full open position.
4. Let the garage door move to full close position after the step 3 is completed.
After the step 4 is completed, all calibration steps are complete.
Note: This process should be implemented when the Garage Door Controller just only has one Sensor is installed on the garage door.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_34_1_wo |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 0 |
| Options | Calibration not active (0) |
| | Begin calibration (1) |
#### 42: Battery state
Configuration report for the battery state of Sensor
##### Overview
Configuration report for the battery state of Sensor:
1, Value=0x00: battery power is nominal.
2, Value=0x0F: battery power of Sensor is in low battery.
It will report the battery power state to associated nodes automatically when the battery power is in low battery.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_42_1_wo |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | to |
| Default Value | 0 |
#### 43: Play or Pause ringtone
Start playing or Stop playing the ringtone
##### Overview
Start playing or Stop playing the ringtone:
1, Value=255, stop playing ringtone.
2, Value=1 to 100, start playing the ringtone that you selected.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_43_1_wo |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | to |
| Default Value | 1 |
#### 44: Ringtone test volume
Set volume for test of ringtone
##### Overview
Test the volume of the current ringtone.
Value=1 to value=10, which map to the volume level 1 to level 10.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_44_1_wo |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | to |
| Default Value | 1 |
#### 1: Group 1
Position status changed
##### Overview
When the state of load (position status) is changed:
1, Set Configuration parameter 80 to 0 : Reserved (Default).
2, Set Configuration parameter 80 to 1 : Send Hail CC.
3, Set Configuration parameter 80 to 2: send Barrier operator report CC.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | group_1 |
| Data Type | TEXT |
| Range | to |
#### 2: Group 2
Forward the Basic Set
##### Overview
Forward the Basic Set, Switch Binary Set commands to associated nodes in Group 2 when the Garage Door Controller receives the Basic Set, Switch Binary Set commands from main controller.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | group_2 |
| Data Type | TEXT |
| Range | to |
---
Did you spot an error in the above definition or want to improve the content?
You can edit the database [here](http://www.cd-jackson.com/index.php/zwave/zwave-device-database/zwave-device-list/devicesummary/256).

352
_addons_bindings/zwave/doc/aeon_zw074_00_000.md Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,352 @@
---
layout: documentation
title: ZW074 - ZWave
---
{% include base.html %}
# ZW074 4 in One MultiSensor (G5)
This describes the Z-Wave device *ZW074*, manufactured by *AEON Labs* with the thing type UID of ```aeon_zw074_00_000```.
4 in One MultiSensor (G5)
## Channels
The following table summarises the channels available for the ZW074 4 in One MultiSensor (G5).
| Channel | Channel Id | Channel Type UID | Category | Item Type |
|---------|------------|------------------|----------|-----------|
| Binary Sensor | sensor_binary | sensor_binary | Door | Switch |
| Sensor (temperature) | sensor_temperature | sensor_temperature | Temperature | Number |
| Sensor (luminance) | sensor_luminance | sensor_luminance | Temperature | Number |
| Sensor (relative humidity) | sensor_relhumidity | sensor_relhumidity | Humidity | Number |
| Alarm | alarm_general | alarm_general | Door | Switch |
| | battery-level | system.battery-level | | |
### Sensor (temperature)
#### Scale
Select the scale for temperature readings
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_scale |
| Data Type | TEXT || Default Value | 0 |
| Options | Celsius (0) |
| | Fahrenheit (1) |
### Device Configuration
The following table provides a summary of the configuration parameters available in the ZW074 4 in One MultiSensor (G5).
Detailed information on each parameter can be found below.
| Parameter | Description |
|-------------|-------------|
| 2: Wake up for 10 minutes when batteries are inserted | |
| 3: On time | How long should the device associated to multi sensor keep state On before sending it Off ... |
| 4: Motion sensor | |
| 5: Command Class | Which command would be sent when the motion sensor triggered. |
| 40: Enable/disable the selective reporting | |
| 41: Threshold for changes in temperature to trigger a report. | 1. When the unit is Celsius, threshold=Value. 2. When the unit is Fahrenheit, threshold=Va... |
| 42: Threshold for change in humidity to trigger a report. | The accuracy is 0.1. The high byte is the part of integer, the low byte is the fractional ... |
| 43: luminance report threshold | Threshold for changes in luminance to trigger a report. Note the sensor range is just 1-10... |
| 44: Threshold change in battery level to induce an automatic report. | The accuracy is 0.1. The high byte is the part of integer, the low byte is the fractional ... |
| 46: Enable/disable to send the alarm report of low temperature(‐15C) | |
| 101: Which reports need to send automatically in timing intervals for group 1 | The value is a combination number made up of the sum of the values for the individual sens... |
| 102: Which reports need to send automatically in timing intervals for group 2 | The value is a combination number made up of the sum of the values for the individual sens... |
| 103: Which reports need to send automatically in timing intervals for group 3 | The value is a combination number made up of the sum of the values for the individual sens... |
| 111: Interval to send out reports of group 1 | |
| 112: Interval to send out reports of group 2 | |
| 113: Interval to send out reports of group 3 | |
| 252: Enable/disable Configuration Locked | |
| 255: Reset to default factory setting. | |
| 1: Lifeline | |
| 2: Basic Set | |
| 3: Dimmer Start/Stop | |
| 4: Dimmer Set | |
| 5: Temperature Report | |
#### 2: Wake up for 10 minutes when batteries are inserted
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_2_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 255 |
| Default Value | 0 |
#### 3: On time
How long should the device associated to multi sensor keep state On before sending it Off command (if the value is bigger than 255, the value would be rounded to next integer in minutes)
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_3_2 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 1 to 15300 |
| Default Value | 240 |
#### 4: Motion sensor
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_4_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 1 |
| Options | Disabled (0) |
| | Enabled (1) |
#### 5: Command Class
Which command would be sent when the motion sensor triggered.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_5_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 1 |
| Options | Basic Set (1) |
| | Sensor Binary Report (2) |
#### 40: Enable/disable the selective reporting
##### Overview
Enable/disable the selective reporting only when measurements reach a certain threshold or percentage set in 41‐44 below.
This is used to reduce network traffic.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_40_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 0 |
| Options | Disable (0) |
| | Enable (1) |
#### 41: Threshold for changes in temperature to trigger a report.
1. When the unit is Celsius, threshold=Value. 2. When the unit is Fahrenheit, threshold=Value\*1.8. The accuracy is 0.1. 3. The high byte is the part of integer, the low byte is the fractional part.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_41_2 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 65535 |
| Default Value | 0 |
#### 42: Threshold for change in humidity to trigger a report.
The accuracy is 0.1. The high byte is the part of integer, the low byte is the fractional part.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_42_2 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 65535 |
| Default Value | 0 |
#### 43: luminance report threshold
Threshold for changes in luminance to trigger a report. Note the sensor range is just 1-1000 lux !
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_43_2 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 1000 |
| Default Value | 0 |
#### 44: Threshold change in battery level to induce an automatic report.
The accuracy is 0.1. The high byte is the part of integer, the low byte is the fractional part.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_44_2 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 65535 |
| Default Value | 0 |
#### 46: Enable/disable to send the alarm report of low temperature(‐15C)
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_46_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 0 |
| Options | Disable (0) |
| | Enabled (The MultiSensor will report the Multi Level Temperature CC wi (1) |
#### 101: Which reports need to send automatically in timing intervals for group 1
The value is a combination number made up of the sum of the values for the individual sensors and battery. The sensors have the values: Temperature=32, Humidity=64, Lightlevel=128, Battery=1. Therefore if you want all sensors and the batte
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_101_4 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 65535 |
| Default Value | 0 |
#### 102: Which reports need to send automatically in timing intervals for group 2
The value is a combination number made up of the sum of the values for the individual sensors and battery. The sensors have the values: Temperature=32, Humidity=64, Lightlevel=128, Battery=1. Therefore if you want all sensors and the batte
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_102_4 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 65535 |
| Default Value | 0 |
#### 103: Which reports need to send automatically in timing intervals for group 3
The value is a combination number made up of the sum of the values for the individual sensors and battery. The sensors have the values: Temperature=32, Humidity=64, Lightlevel=128, Battery=1. Therefore if you want all sensors and the batte
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_103_4 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 65535 |
| Default Value | 0 |
#### 111: Interval to send out reports of group 1
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_111_4 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 1 to 2678400 |
| Default Value | 720 |
#### 112: Interval to send out reports of group 2
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_112_4 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 1 to 2678400 |
| Default Value | 720 |
#### 113: Interval to send out reports of group 3
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_113_4 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 1 to 2678400 |
| Default Value | 720 |
#### 252: Enable/disable Configuration Locked
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_252_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 0 |
| Options | Disable (0) |
| | Enabled (1) |
#### 255: Reset to default factory setting.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_255_4_wo |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 1 |
| Options | Resets all configuration parameters to default setting. (1) |
| | Reset the product to default factory setting and be excluded from the (1431655765) |
#### 1: Lifeline
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | group_1 |
| Data Type | TEXT |
| Range | to |
#### 2: Basic Set
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | group_2 |
| Data Type | TEXT |
| Range | to |
#### 3: Dimmer Start/Stop
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | group_3 |
| Data Type | TEXT |
| Range | to |
#### 4: Dimmer Set
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | group_4 |
| Data Type | TEXT |
| Range | to |
#### 5: Temperature Report
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | group_5 |
| Data Type | TEXT |
| Range | to |
---
Did you spot an error in the above definition or want to improve the content?
You can edit the database [here](http://www.cd-jackson.com/index.php/zwave/zwave-device-database/zwave-device-list/devicesummary/72).

369
_addons_bindings/zwave/doc/aeon_zw075_00_000.md Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,369 @@
---
layout: documentation
title: ZW075 - ZWave
---
{% include base.html %}
# ZW075 Smart Energy Switch 3rd Edition
This describes the Z-Wave device *ZW075*, manufactured by *AEON Labs* with the thing type UID of ```aeon_zw075_00_000```.
Smart Energy Switch 3rd Edition
## Channels
The following table summarises the channels available for the ZW075 Smart Energy Switch 3rd Edition.
| Channel | Channel Id | Channel Type UID | Category | Item Type |
|---------|------------|------------------|----------|-----------|
| Switch | switch_binary | switch_binary | Switch | Switch |
| Electric meter (amps) | meter_current | meter_current | Energy | Number |
| Electric meter (volts) | meter_voltage | meter_voltage | Energy | Number |
| Electric meter (watts) | meter_watts | meter_watts | Energy | Number |
| Electric meter (kWh) | meter_kwh | meter_kwh | Energy | Number |
| Reset Meter | meter_reset | meter_reset | Energy | Switch |
### Device Configuration
The following table provides a summary of the configuration parameters available in the ZW075 Smart Energy Switch 3rd Edition.
Detailed information on each parameter can be found below.
| Parameter | Description |
|-------------|-------------|
| 2: Blinking Behaviour | The LSB defines the total time the device need to blink. |
| 3: Current Overload Protection | Load will be closed when the Current over runs |
| 20: Output Load Status | Configure the output load status after re‐power on. |
| 80: Notification on Status Change | Enable device to send notification to associated devices |
| 81: Configure the state of red LED | Enable the device to send notification to associated devices (Group 1) |
| 90: Enables/disables parameter 91/92 | Enable/Disable automated sending of report triggered by minimal change of value. |
| 91: Minimum Change to send Report (Watt) | The value represents the minimum change in Wattage for a Report to be sent. |
| 92: Minimum Change to send Report (%) | Minimum change in Wattage Percent for a report to be sent. |
| 100: Set 101‐103 to default |  Enable/Disable automated report triggered by min. change of value. |
| 101: Report type to send to Group 1 | The value is a combination number |
| 102: Report type to send to Group 2 | The value is a combination number |
| 103: Report type to send to Group 3 | The value is a combination number |
| 111: Interval to send out reports to Group 1 | Time Interval to send reports to Group 1 |
| 112: Interval to send out reports of group 2 | Time interval to send reports of group 2 |
| 113: Interval to send out reports of group 3 | Time interval when report of Reporting Group 3 is sent. |
| 252: Enable/disable Configuration Lock | |
| 1: Group 1 | |
| 2: Group 2 | |
#### 2: Blinking Behaviour
The LSB defines the total time the device need to blink.
##### Overview
The LSB defines the total time the device need to blink. The value if set in seconds. 1 - 255 The MSB defines the on/off interval of the blinking. The unit is 0.1 s. This is a double byte value.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_2_2 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 65535 |
| Default Value | 0 |
#### 3: Current Overload Protection
Load will be closed when the Current over runs
##### Overview
 Load will be closed when the Current over runs (US: 15.5A, other country: 16.2A) for more than 2 minutes.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_3_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 0 |
| Options | Disabled (0) |
| | Enabled (1) |
#### 20: Output Load Status
Configure the output load status after re‐power on.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_20_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 0 |
| Options | Last Status (0) |
| | Always On (1) |
| | Always Off (2) |
#### 80: Notification on Status Change
Enable device to send notification to associated devices
##### Overview
Enable device to send notification to associated devices (Group 1) when the state of Micro Smart Switch's load changed. DEFAULT is Disable
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_80_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 0 |
| Options | Disable (0) |
| | Hail CC Sent (1) |
| | Basic CC Report Sent (2) |
#### 81: Configure the state of red LED
Enable the device to send notification to associated devices (Group 1)
##### Overview
Enable the device to send notification to associated devices (Group 1) when the state of the Micro Smart Switch's load changed
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_81_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 0 |
| Options | The LED will follow the status of its load (0) |
| | Switch off after 5 seconds (1) |
#### 90: Enables/disables parameter 91/92
Enable/Disable automated sending of report triggered by minimal change of value.
##### Overview
Users, who want a more constant monitoring of power consumption should set this value to 1. The reporting period is by default quite long ( approx. 35minutes)
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_90_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 0 |
| Options | Disable (0) |
| | Enable (1) |
#### 91: Minimum Change to send Report (Watt)
The value represents the minimum change in Wattage for a Report to be sent.
##### Overview
 Range is 0 - 32000
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_91_2 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 32000 |
| Default Value | 25 |
#### 92: Minimum Change to send Report (%)
Minimum change in Wattage Percent for a report to be sent.
##### Overview
The value represents the minimum change in Wattage Percent for a report to be sent. Range is 0 to 100%
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_92_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 100 |
| Default Value | 5 |
#### 100: Set 101‐103 to default
 Enable/Disable automated report triggered by min. change of value.
##### Overview
 Enable/Disable automated sending of report triggered by minimal change of value.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_100_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 0 |
| Options | Set to Default (0) |
| | Nothing (1) |
#### 101: Report type to send to Group 1
The value is a combination number
##### Overview
The value is a combination number made up of the sum of the values for the individual parameters.
The parameters have the values: KWH=8, Wattage=4, Current=2, Voltage=1.
Therefore if you want all parameters sending regular r
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_101_4 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 65535 |
| Default Value | 4 |
#### 102: Report type to send to Group 2
The value is a combination number
##### Overview
The value is a combination number made up of the sum of the values for the individual parameters.
The parameters have the values: KWH=8, Wattage=4, Current=2, Voltage=1.
 Therefore if you want all parameters sending regular re
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_102_4 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 65535 |
| Default Value | 8 |
#### 103: Report type to send to Group 3
The value is a combination number
##### Overview
The value is a combination number <br> made up of the sum of the values for the individual parameters. <br> The parameters have the values: KWH=8, Wattage=4, Current=2, Voltage=1. <br> Therefore if you want all parameters sending regular re
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_103_4 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 65535 |
| Default Value | 0 |
#### 111: Interval to send out reports to Group 1
Time Interval to send reports to Group 1
##### Overview
Defines the time interval when the defined report of Reporting Group 1 is sent out.
0 s - 65535 s - Interval
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_111_4 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 65535 |
| Default Value | 720 |
#### 112: Interval to send out reports of group 2
Time interval to send reports of group 2
##### Overview
Defines the time interval when the defined report of Reporting Group 2 is sent out.
0 s - 65535 s - Interval
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_112_4 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 65535 |
| Default Value | 720 |
#### 113: Interval to send out reports of group 3
Time interval when report of Reporting Group 3 is sent.
##### Overview
Defines the time interval when the defined report of Reporting Group 3 is sent out.
0 s - 65535 s - Interval
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_113_4 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 65535 |
| Default Value | 65535 |
#### 252: Enable/disable Configuration Lock
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_252_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 0 |
| Options | Disable (0) |
| | Enable (1) |
#### 1: Group 1
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | group_1 |
| Data Type | TEXT |
| Range | to |
#### 2: Group 2
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | group_2 |
| Data Type | TEXT |
| Range | to |
---
Did you spot an error in the above definition or want to improve the content?
You can edit the database [here](http://www.cd-jackson.com/index.php/zwave/zwave-device-database/zwave-device-list/devicesummary/83).

289
_addons_bindings/zwave/doc/aeon_zw078_00_000.md Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,289 @@
---
layout: documentation
title: ZW078 - ZWave
---
{% include base.html %}
# ZW078 Heavy Duty Switch
This describes the Z-Wave device *ZW078*, manufactured by *AEON Labs* with the thing type UID of ```aeon_zw078_00_000```.
Heavy Duty Switch
## Channels
The following table summarises the channels available for the ZW078 Heavy Duty Switch.
| Channel | Channel Id | Channel Type UID | Category | Item Type |
|---------|------------|------------------|----------|-----------|
| Switch | switch_binary | switch_binary | Switch | Switch |
| Electric meter (kWh) | meter_kwh | meter_kwh | Energy | Number |
| Electric meter (amps) | meter_current | meter_current | Energy | Number |
| Electric meter (volts) | meter_voltage | meter_voltage | Energy | Number |
| Electric meter (watts) | meter_watts | meter_watts | Energy | Number |
### Device Configuration
The following table provides a summary of the configuration parameters available in the ZW078 Heavy Duty Switch.
Detailed information on each parameter can be found below.
| Parameter | Description |
|-------------|-------------|
| 3: Current Overload Protection | Load will be closed when current more that 39.5A and time more 5 seconds |
| 20: Output Load Status | Configure the output load status after re‐power on. |
| 80: Notification on Status Change | Send to group 1 on load change |
| 90: Send report on value change | Toggle automated report sending on change |
| 91: Minimum Change to send Report (Watt) | The value represents the minimum change in Wattage for a Report to be sent. |
| 92: Minimum Change to send Report (%) | Percent change in wattage to send report |
| 101: reports to send automatically | See overview |
| 102: which reports to send to group 2 | see overview |
| 103: which reports to send to group 3 | see overview |
| 111: Interval to send out reports of group 1 | |
| 112: Interval to send out reports of group 2 | |
| 113: Interval to send out reports of group 3 | |
| 120: Turn External Button Mode | Parameter to set External button type |
| 1: Group 1 | |
| 2: Group 2 | |
#### 3: Current Overload Protection
Load will be closed when current more that 39.5A and time more 5 seconds
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_3_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 0 |
| Options | Deactivate (0) |
| | Activate (1) |
#### 20: Output Load Status
Configure the output load status after re‐power on.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_20_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 0 |
| Options | Last Status (0) |
| | Always ON (1) |
| | Always OFF (2) |
#### 80: Notification on Status Change
Send to group 1 on load change
##### Overview
Parameter to Enable to send notification to associated devices (Group 1) when the state of Micro Smart Switch's load changed
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_80_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 0 |
| Options | Deactivate (0) |
| | Hail CC Sent (1) |
| | Basic CC Report Sent (2) |
#### 90: Send report on value change
Toggle automated report sending on change
##### Overview
Parameter to Enable/Disable automated sending of a Report triggered by minimal change of value.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_90_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 0 |
| Options | Deavtivate (0) |
| | Activate (1) |
#### 91: Minimum Change to send Report (Watt)
The value represents the minimum change in Wattage for a Report to be sent.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_91_2 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 65535 |
| Default Value | 25 |
#### 92: Minimum Change to send Report (%)
Percent change in wattage to send report
##### Overview
The value represents the minimum change in Wattage Percent for a report to be sent.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_92_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 255 |
| Default Value | 5 |
#### 101: reports to send automatically
See overview
##### Overview
The value is a combination number made up of the sum of the values for the individual parameters.                                                       
The parameters have the values: KWH=8, Wattage=4, Current=2, Voltage=1.                          
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_101_4 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 65535 |
| Default Value | 4 |
#### 102: which reports to send to group 2
see overview
##### Overview
The value is a combination number made up of the sum of the values for the individual parameters.                                                       
The parameters have the values: KWH=8, Wattage=4, Current=2, Voltage=1.                          
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_102_4 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 65535 |
| Default Value | 8 |
#### 103: which reports to send to group 3
see overview
##### Overview
The value is a combination number made up of the sum of the values for the individual parameters.                                                       
The parameters have the values: KWH=8, Wattage=4, Current=2, Voltage=1.                          
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_103_4 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 65535 |
| Default Value | 0 |
#### 111: Interval to send out reports of group 1
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_111_4 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 1 to 2678400 |
| Default Value | 3 |
#### 112: Interval to send out reports of group 2
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_112_4 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 1 to 2678400 |
| Default Value | 600 |
#### 113: Interval to send out reports of group 3
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_113_4 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 1 to 2678400 |
| Default Value | 600 |
#### 120: Turn External Button Mode
Parameter to set External button type
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_120_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 255 |
| Options | Momentary Button Mode (0) |
| | 2 State Switch Mode (1) |
| | 3 Way Switch Mode (2) |
#### 1: Group 1
##### Overview
The Node IDs in Group 1 will receive Hail Command/Basic report (configurable) when Heavy Duty Smart Switch Gen5's level changed.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | group_1 |
| Data Type | TEXT |
| Range | to |
#### 2: Group 2
##### Overview
When the Heavy Duty Smart Switch Gen5 receives the commands Basic Set, Switch Binary Set, or Scene Activation Set it will forward the commands to all node IDs (in Group 2).
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | group_2 |
| Data Type | TEXT |
| Range | to |
---
Did you spot an error in the above definition or want to improve the content?
You can edit the database [here](http://www.cd-jackson.com/index.php/zwave/zwave-device-database/zwave-device-list/devicesummary/65).

150
_addons_bindings/zwave/doc/aeon_zw080_00_000.md Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,150 @@
---
layout: documentation
title: ZW080 - ZWave
---
{% include base.html %}
# ZW080 Siren Gen5
This describes the Z-Wave device *ZW080*, manufactured by *AEON Labs* with the thing type UID of ```aeon_zw080_00_000```.
Siren Gen5
## Overview
Update command classes -:
METER:5 :: ADD
METER:6 :: ADD
### Inclusion Information
1. Install Siren, and plug it into the socket of AC Power.
2. Let the primary controller into inclusion mode (If you don’t know how to do this, please refer to its manual).
3. Press the Action Button.
4. If the Learning is failed, please repeat the process from step 2.
### Exclusion Information
1. Install Siren, and plug it into the socket of AC Power.
2. Let the primary controller into exclusion mode (If you don’t know how to do this, refer to its manual). 3. Press the Action Button.
4. If the remove is failed, please repeat the process from step 2.
Note: If Siren is removed from Z‐wave network, it will be reset to factory default.
## Channels
The following table summarises the channels available for the ZW080 Siren Gen5.
| Channel | Channel Id | Channel Type UID | Category | Item Type |
|---------|------------|------------------|----------|-----------|
| Switch | switch_binary | switch_binary | Switch | Switch |
| Sound and Volume | config_decimal_param37 | aeon_zw080_00_000_config_decimal_param37 | | Number |
### Device Configuration
The following table provides a summary of the configuration parameters available in the ZW080 Siren Gen5.
Detailed information on each parameter can be found below.
| Parameter | Description |
|-------------|-------------|
| 37: Siren Sound | |
| 37: Siren Volume | |
| 80: Enable Notifications to Group 1 | what type of notification to send to Group 1 |
| 200: Partner ID | |
| 252: Enable/disable Lock Configuration | |
| 1: Group 1 | |
#### 37: Siren Sound
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_37_2_000000FF |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 5 || Default Value | 1 |
| Options | Do not change the current Siren sound (0) |
| | Siren sound 1 is selected (1) |
| | Siren sound 2 is selected (2) |
| | Siren sound 3 is selected (3) |
| | Siren sound 4 is selected (4) |
| | Siren sound 5 is selected (5) |
#### 37: Siren Volume
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_37_2_0000FF00 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 3 || Default Value | 3 |
| Options | Do not change the current volume (0) |
| | Set the volume to 88 dB (1) |
| | Set the volume to 100 dB (2) |
| | Set the volume to 105 dB (3) |
#### 80: Enable Notifications to Group 1
what type of notification to send to Group 1
##### Overview
Enable to send notifications to associated devices (Group1) when the state of Siren changed (0=nothing,1=hailCC,2=basic CC report).
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_80_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 255 |
| Default Value | 25 |
#### 200: Partner ID
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_200_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 255 |
| Default Value | 0 |
#### 252: Enable/disable Lock Configuration
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_252_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 1 || Default Value | 0 |
| Options | Setting of configuration parameters is allowed (0) |
| | All configuration parameters cannot be set (Locked) (1) |
#### 1: Group 1
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | group_1 |
| Data Type | TEXT |
| Range | to |
---
Did you spot an error in the above definition or want to improve the content?
You can edit the database [here](http://www.cd-jackson.com/index.php/zwave/zwave-device-database/zwave-device-list/devicesummary/90).

149
_addons_bindings/zwave/doc/aeon_zw088_01_000.md Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,149 @@
---
layout: documentation
title: ZW088 - ZWave
---
{% include base.html %}
# ZW088 4 button keyfob - Gen 5
This describes the Z-Wave device *ZW088*, manufactured by *AEON Labs* with the thing type UID of ```aeon_zw088_01_000```.
4 button keyfob - Gen 5
## Overview
Key Fob Gen5 is a fully functional Z-wave remote controller, which can include, exclude and control the other Z-Wave certified devices. It also can be acted a secondary controller in a network.
### Inclusion Information
Short press the “Include” button on the Key Fob, it will go into inclusion state and its blue LED will blink slowly to wait including other slave Z-Wave devices.
## Channels
The following table summarises the channels available for the ZW088 4 button keyfob - Gen 5.
| Channel | Channel Id | Channel Type UID | Category | Item Type |
|---------|------------|------------------|----------|-----------|
| Scene Number | scene_number | scene_number | | Number |
| | battery-level | system.battery-level | | |
### Device Configuration
The following table provides a summary of the configuration parameters available in the ZW088 4 button keyfob - Gen 5.
Detailed information on each parameter can be found below.
| Parameter | Description |
|-------------|-------------|
| 250: Use Mode setting | Defines the Use Mode setting of the fob |
| 1: Scene 1 | |
| 2: Scene 2 | |
| 3: Scene 3 | |
| 4: Scene 4 | |
| 5: Scene 5 | |
| 6: Scene 6 | |
| 7: Scene 7 | |
| 8: Scene 8 | |
#### 250: Use Mode setting
Defines the Use Mode setting of the fob
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_250_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 0 |
| Options | Group Mode (0) |
| | Scene Mode (1) |
#### 1: Scene 1
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | group_1 |
| Data Type | TEXT |
| Range | to |
#### 2: Scene 2
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | group_2 |
| Data Type | TEXT |
| Range | to |
#### 3: Scene 3
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | group_3 |
| Data Type | TEXT |
| Range | to |
#### 4: Scene 4
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | group_4 |
| Data Type | TEXT |
| Range | to |
#### 5: Scene 5
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | group_5 |
| Data Type | TEXT |
| Range | to |
#### 6: Scene 6
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | group_6 |
| Data Type | TEXT |
| Range | to |
#### 7: Scene 7
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | group_7 |
| Data Type | TEXT |
| Range | to |
#### 8: Scene 8
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | group_8 |
| Data Type | TEXT |
| Range | to |
---
Did you spot an error in the above definition or want to improve the content?
You can edit the database [here](http://www.cd-jackson.com/index.php/zwave/zwave-device-database/zwave-device-list/devicesummary/87).

227
_addons_bindings/zwave/doc/aeon_zw089_00_000.md Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,227 @@
---
layout: documentation
title: ZW089 - ZWave
---
{% include base.html %}
# ZW089 Recessed Door Sensor Gen5
This describes the Z-Wave device *ZW089*, manufactured by *AEON Labs* with the thing type UID of ```aeon_zw089_00_000```.
Recessed Door Sensor Gen5
## Overview
Aeon Labs Recessed Door Sensor Gen5 is a door detector that can detect the state of the door's open/close.
### Inclusion Information
1. Power on the Recessed Door Sensor Gen5.
2. Let the primary controller into inclusion mode (If you don’t know how to do this, refer to its manual).
3. Press the Z‐Wave button.
4. If the inclusion is success, Recessed Door Sensor Gen5’s LED will be kept turning on for 10 minutes. If the LED still blinks slowly, in which you need to repeat the process from step 2.  
### Exclusion Information
1. Power on the Recessed Door Sensor Gen5.
2. Let the primary controller into exclusion mode (If you don’t know how to do this, refer to its manual).
3. Press the Z‐Wave button.
4. If the exclusion is success, Recessed Door Sensor Gen5’s LED will blink slowly. If LED still be solid status for 3 seconds after you short press the Z‐Wave button, in which you need to repeat the process from step 2
### Wakeup Information
Press and hold the Z‐wave Button for 6 seconds. It will sleep after you released the z‐wave button for 10 seconds, or sleep right away when received the Wake Up No More Information and then the led will turn off.   
## Channels
The following table summarises the channels available for the ZW089 Recessed Door Sensor Gen5.
| Channel | Channel Id | Channel Type UID | Category | Item Type |
|---------|------------|------------------|----------|-----------|
| Door Status | sensor_door | sensor_door | Door | Contact |
| Alarm | alarm_general | alarm_general | Door | Switch |
| | battery-level | system.battery-level | | |
### Device Configuration
The following table provides a summary of the configuration parameters available in the ZW089 Recessed Door Sensor Gen5.
Detailed information on each parameter can be found below.
| Parameter | Description |
|-------------|-------------|
| 1: Send Sensor binary report on open/close events | |
| 3: Send Basic Set on open/close event | |
| 101: Low battery voltage check | low battery check when voltage is less than warn voltage |
| 111: Low battery voltage check time | Minimum battery low check Interval time is 4 minutes |
| 121: Configuration Value 4(LSB) SENSOR BINARY | Configuration Value 4(LSB) SENSOR BINARY |
| 121: Config value 3 - BASIC SET | Set BASIC SET reporting |
| 252: Permit other configurations | Lock or Unlock other configuration set function |
| 255: Reset to default | Reset to the default configuration |
| 1: State Updates | |
| 2: Battery Warnings | |
#### 1: Send Sensor binary report on open/close events
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_1_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 0 |
| Options | On for opened, Off for closed (0) |
| | Off for opened, On for closed (1) |
#### 3: Send Basic Set on open/close event
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_3_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 0 |
| Options | On for opened, Off for closed (0) |
| | Off for opened, On for closed (1) |
#### 101: Low battery voltage check
low battery check when voltage is less than warn voltage
##### Overview
Enable/disable the function of low battery checking, when the current voltage is less than the warning voltage, it will send the Battery Low Warning Report. (00==Disable, 1==Enable) 
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_101_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 0 |
| Options | Disable (0) |
| | Enable (1) |
#### 111: Low battery voltage check time
Minimum battery low check Interval time is 4 minutes
##### Overview
The Interval time of low battery checking (0~0xFFFFFFFF seconds). The minimum unit of interval time is 4 minutes. If the value is set to 1 minute, the interval time will be 4 minutes. The same is if the value is set to 7 minutes, the interval time will be 8 minutes. Note: 1, This parameter only will be activated after the function of low battery checking (parameter 101) is enabled. 2, Recessed Door Sensor also will check the current battery voltage when it was wake up as other ways (e. g. the Z ‐ Wave button trigger, magnet switch trigger, and the Wake Up Interval Set timeout trigger) after the function of low battery checking (parameter 101) is enabled.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_111_4 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 240 to 2147483647 |
| Default Value | 86640 |
#### 121: Configuration Value 4(LSB) SENSOR BINARY
Configuration Value 4(LSB) SENSOR BINARY
##### Overview
set to 16 for sensor binary (recommended)
set to 0 for factory default
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_121_4_000000FF |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 0 |
| Options | disable SENSOR BINARY (factory) (0) |
| | enable SENSOR BINARY (16) |
#### 121: Config value 3 - BASIC SET
Set BASIC SET reporting
##### Overview
Set to 1 for BASIC SET report (factory default)
Set to 0 to disable BASIC SET report
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_121_4_0000FF00 |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 1 |
| Options | do not send BASIC SET (0) |
| | send BASIC SET (factory default) (1) |
#### 252: Permit other configurations
Lock or Unlock other configuration set function
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_252_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 0 |
| Options | Unlock (0) |
| | Lock (1) |
#### 255: Reset to default
Reset to the default configuration
##### Overview
Reset all configuration parameters (except the parameter 254) to default settings
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_255_1_wo |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | to |
| Default Value | 0 |
#### 1: State Updates
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | group_1 |
| Data Type | TEXT |
| Range | to |
#### 2: Battery Warnings
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | group_2 |
| Data Type | TEXT |
| Range | to |
---
Did you spot an error in the above definition or want to improve the content?
You can edit the database [here](http://www.cd-jackson.com/index.php/zwave/zwave-device-database/zwave-device-list/devicesummary/64).

183
_addons_bindings/zwave/doc/aeon_zw090_00_000.md Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,183 @@
---
layout: documentation
title: ZW090 - ZWave
---
{% include base.html %}
# ZW090 Z‐Stick Gen5 USB Controller
This describes the Z-Wave device *ZW090*, manufactured by *AEON Labs* with the thing type UID of ```aeon_zw090_00_000```.
Z‐Stick Gen5 USB Controller
## Overview
Aeon Labs Z‐Stick Gen5 is a self‐powered Z‐Wave USB adapter with remote network creation capabilities
(independent from external power and host microprocessor).  By being able to remotely include/remove Z‐
Wave devices, this greatly simplifies Z‐Wave network installation.  When connected to a host controller (via
USB), it enables the host controller to take part in the Z‐Wave Network.
It can be included and operated in any Z‐wave network with other Z‐wave certified devices from other
manufacturers and/or other applications. All non‐battery operated nodes within the network will act as
repeaters regardless of vendor to increase reliability of the network. 
### Inclusion Information
Push the include button.  Controller will blink slowly.  It is in include mode.  Press again to cancel.
### Exclusion Information
1. Unplug the Z‐Stick from the USB connector. Then press and hold the Action Button for
approximately 2 seconds. (The orange LED will blinking fast.)
2. To remove a Z‐Wave device from the network, simply go to the device with the Z‐Stick
and press the Action Button on the device you wish to remove. (The LED on the Z‐Stick will
become blue and Immediately stay solid for 2 seconds to indicate successful removal from
the network.)
3.   The orange LED will then return to blinking fast, indicating readiness for further device
exclusions. Repeat step 1 for each device as you wish to exclude
### Wakeup Information
N/A
## Channels
The following table summarises the channels available for the ZW090 Z‐Stick Gen5 USB Controller.
| Channel | Channel Id | Channel Type UID | Category | Item Type |
|---------|------------|------------------|----------|-----------|
### Device Configuration
The following table provides a summary of the configuration parameters available in the ZW090 Z‐Stick Gen5 USB Controller.
Detailed information on each parameter can be found below.
| Parameter | Description |
|-------------|-------------|
| 81: Enable/disable the LED indicator | This parameter is used to enable/disable the LED indicator. |
| 220: RF power level | RF power level |
| 242: Security network enabled | Security network enabled |
| 243: Security Network Key | Security Network Key |
| 252: Lock Configuration | Configuration lock. 1=enable, 0=disable |
| 1: Z-Stick Gen5 (ZW090-A) | Z-Wave Plus Lifeline |
#### 81: Enable/disable the LED indicator
This parameter is used to enable/disable the LED indicator.
##### Overview
When the USB power supply, the LED indicator light configuration
(0 =disable, 1 = enable)
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_81_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 1 |
| Options | Disable (0) |
| | (0) |
| | Enable (1) |
#### 220: RF power level
RF power level
##### Overview
Configuration of the RF power level
1~10, other= ignore. A total of 10 levels, level 1
as the weak output power, and so on, 10 for
most output power level.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_220_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 1 to 10 |
| Default Value | 10 |
#### 242: Security network enabled
Security network enabled
##### Overview
Security network enabled
(0 =disable, 1 = enable)
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_242_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 0 |
| Options | disable (0) |
| | enable (1) |
#### 243: Security Network Key
Security Network Key
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_243_16 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 4294967295 |
| Default Value | 0 |
#### 252: Lock Configuration
Configuration lock. 1=enable, 0=disable
##### Overview
Enable/disable Lock Configuration (0 =disable, 1= enable, other= ignore)
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_252_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 0 |
| Options | disable (0) |
| | enable (1) |
#### 1: Z-Stick Gen5 (ZW090-A)
Z-Wave Plus Lifeline
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | group_1 |
| Data Type | TEXT |
| Range | to |
---
Did you spot an error in the above definition or want to improve the content?
You can edit the database [here](http://www.cd-jackson.com/index.php/zwave/zwave-device-database/zwave-device-list/devicesummary/265).

477
_addons_bindings/zwave/doc/aeon_zw095_00_000.md Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,477 @@
---
layout: documentation
title: ZW095 - ZWave
---
{% include base.html %}
# ZW095 Home Energy Meter - Gen 5
This describes the Z-Wave device *ZW095*, manufactured by *AEON Labs* with the thing type UID of ```aeon_zw095_00_000```.
Home Energy Meter - Gen 5
## Overview
Aeon Labs Home Energy Meter is energy meter for the entire home. It can wirelessly report instantaneous
Power, KWH, Voltage and Amperage measurements to Z‐Wave gateway/controller. It can send Z‐Wave
REPORTS (Meter v3 Command Class) at any time when it receives Z‐Wave Get Commands.
The HEM can be setup to send automatic reports to any associated nodes in association group 1 at an
interval time
The HEM can independently report the measurements from the Clamps via the Multi Channel Command
Class encapsulation.
It can be included and operated in any Z‐wave network with other Z‐wave certified devices from other
manufacturers and/or other applications. All non‐battery operated nodes within the network will act as
repeaters regardless of vendor to increase reliability of the network.
It also supports Security Command Class and has the AES‐128 bit security encryption built right in. While a
Security enabled Controller is needed in order to fully use the security feature.
## Channels
The following table summarises the channels available for the ZW095 Home Energy Meter - Gen 5.
| Channel | Channel Id | Channel Type UID | Category | Item Type |
|---------|------------|------------------|----------|-----------|
| Electric meter (amps) | meter_current | meter_current | Energy | Number |
| Electric meter (watts) | meter_watts | meter_watts | Energy | Number |
| Electric meter (kWh) | meter_kwh | meter_kwh | Energy | Number |
| Electric meter (volts) | meter_voltage | meter_voltage | Energy | Number |
| Reset Meter | meter_reset | meter_reset | Energy | Switch |
| Electric meter (amps) 1 | meter_current1 | meter_current | Energy | Number |
| Electric meter (watts) 1 | meter_watts1 | meter_watts | Energy | Number |
| Electric meter (kWh) 1 | meter_kwh1 | meter_kwh | Energy | Number |
| Electric meter (volts) 1 | meter_voltage1 | meter_voltage | Energy | Number |
| Electric meter (amps) 2 | meter_current2 | meter_current | Energy | Number |
| Electric meter (watts) 2 | meter_watts2 | meter_watts | Energy | Number |
| Electric meter (kWh) 2 | meter_kwh2 | meter_kwh | Energy | Number |
| Electric meter (volts) 2 | meter_voltage2 | meter_voltage | Energy | Number |
| Electric meter (amps) 3 | meter_current3 | meter_current | Energy | Number |
| Electric meter (watts) 3 | meter_watts3 | meter_watts | Energy | Number |
| Electric meter (kWh) 3 | meter_kwh3 | meter_kwh | Energy | Number |
| Electric meter (volts) 3 | meter_voltage3 | meter_voltage | Energy | Number |
### Device Configuration
The following table provides a summary of the configuration parameters available in the ZW095 Home Energy Meter - Gen 5.
Detailed information on each parameter can be found below.
| Parameter | Description |
|-------------|-------------|
| 2: Energy detection mode | This parameter is used to configure the energy detection mode. |
| 3: Selective Reporting | Enable selective reporting. |
| 4: Current Threshold - Whole HEM | Threshold change in wattage (Whole HEM). |
| 5: Current Threshold - Clamp 1 | Threshold change in wattage (Clamp 1). |
| 6: Current Threshold - Clamp 2 | Threshold change in wattage (Clamp 2). |
| 7: Current Threshold - Clamp 3 | Threshold change in wattage (Clamp 3). |
| 8: Percent Change - Whole HEM | Percentage change in wattage (Whole HEM). |
| 9: Percent Change - Clamp 1 | Percentage change in wattage (Clamp 1). |
| 10: Percent Change - Clamp 2 | Percentage change in wattage (Clamp 2). |
| 11: Percent Change - Clamp 3 | Percentage change in wattage (Clamp3) |
| 13: Enable /Disable CRC-16 Encapsulation | |
| 101: Report Group 1 | Which reports need to send in Report group 1 |
| 102: Report Group 2 | Which reports need to send in Report group 2 |
| 103: Report Group 3 | Which reports need to send in Report group 3 |
| 111: Interval to send out reports of group 1 | |
| 112: Interval to send out reports of group 2 | |
| 113: Interval to send out reports of group 3 | |
| 252: Lock Configuration | Enable/Disable Lock Configuration |
| 255: Reset to Default Factory Setting | Reset all settings to factory defaults |
| 1: Group 1 | |
| 2: Group 2 | |
| 3: Group 3 | |
#### 2: Energy detection mode
This parameter is used to configure the energy detection mode.
##### Overview
This parameter is used to configure the energy detection mode when the parameter 101~103 have been configured:
0 = report Wattage and the absolute KWH value (default);
1 = report positive/negative Wattage and the algebraic sum KWH value;
2 = report positive/negative Wattage and the positive KWH value (consuming electricity);
3 = report positive/negative Wattage and the negative KWH value (generating electricity).
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_2_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 0 |
| Options | Disabled (0) |
| | Enabled (1) |
#### 3: Selective Reporting
Enable selective reporting.
##### Overview
Enable selective reporting only when power change reaches
a certain threshold or percentage set in 4‐10 below. This is
used to reduce network traffic. (0 == disable, 1 == enable)
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_3_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 16 |
| Default Value | 1 |
#### 4: Current Threshold - Whole HEM
Threshold change in wattage (Whole HEM).
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_4_2 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 60000 |
| Default Value | 50 |
#### 5: Current Threshold - Clamp 1
Threshold change in wattage (Clamp 1).
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_5_2 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 60000 |
| Default Value | 50 |
#### 6: Current Threshold - Clamp 2
Threshold change in wattage (Clamp 2).
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_6_2 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 60000 |
| Default Value | 50 |
#### 7: Current Threshold - Clamp 3
Threshold change in wattage (Clamp 3).
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_7_2 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 60000 |
| Default Value | 50 |
#### 8: Percent Change - Whole HEM
Percentage change in wattage (Whole HEM).
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_8_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 100 |
| Default Value | 10 |
#### 9: Percent Change - Clamp 1
Percentage change in wattage (Clamp 1).
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_9_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 100 |
| Default Value | 10 |
#### 10: Percent Change - Clamp 2
Percentage change in wattage (Clamp 2).
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_10_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 100 |
| Default Value | 10 |
#### 11: Percent Change - Clamp 3
Percentage change in wattage (Clamp3)
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_11_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 100 |
| Default Value | 10 |
#### 13: Enable /Disable CRC-16 Encapsulation
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_13_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 0 |
| Options | Disabled (0) |
| | Enabled (1) |
#### 101: Report Group 1
Which reports need to send in Report group 1
##### Overview
This page provides examples for setting the type of reports you want from the clamps and total readings using Parameter 101-103 for Home Energy Meter Gen5 and form part of the larger Home Energy Meter Gen5 user guide.
To set specific reports for your HEM Gen5, refer to the decimal table below if you do not know how to read a binary table. All you will need to do is add the decimal values together of all the settings you want, and then utilize the sum as the parameter setting value.
You may download an easy excel sheet by clicking here, or clicking on the attachment below.
ie. Parameter 101 \[4 byte dec\]: 6927 \[This reports kwh and watt for total HEM, clamp 1, and clamp 2 + Voltage and Amperage for Total HEM readings\]
ie2. Parameter 101 \[4 btye dec\]: 3 (from 1 + 2)  (reports kWh and Watt on Total Readings) 
Byte \# Decimal Value Output Clamp \# HEM Restriction
byte 4 1 kWh Total Readings  
byte 4 2 Watt Total Readings  
byte 4 4 Voltage Total Readings  
byte 4 8 Amperage Total Readings  
byte 4 16 kVarh Total Readings Gen5 only
byte 4 32 kVar Total Readings Gen5 only
byte 4 64 Reserved    
byte 4 128 Reserved    
byte 3 256 Watt Clamp 1  
byte 3 512 Watt Clamp 2  
byte 3 1024 Watt Clamp 3  
byte 3 2048 kWh Clamp 1  
byte 3 4096 kWh Clamp 2  
byte 3 8192 kWh Clamp 3  
byte 3 16384 Reserved    
byte 3 32768 Reserved    
byte 2 65536 Voltage Clamp 1  
byte 2 131072 Voltage Clamp 2  
byte 2 262144 Voltage Clamp 3  
byte 2 524288 Amperage Clamp 1  
byte 2 1048576 Amperage Clamp 2  
byte 2 2097152 Amperage Clamp 3  
byte 2 4194304 Reserved    
byte 2 8388608 Reserved    
byte 1 16777216 kVah Clamp 1 Gen5 only
byte 1 33554432 kVah Clamp 2 Gen5 only
byte 1 67108864 kVah Clamp 3 Gen5 only
byte 1 134217728 kVar Clamp 1 Gen5 only
byte 1 268435456 kVar Clamp 2 Gen5 only
byte 1 536870912 kVar Clamp 3 Gen5 only
byte 1 1073741824 Reserved    
byte 1 2147483648 Reserved    
The table above shows a decimal representation of all flags that can be set on  parameter 101-103 to report specific data.
**Example use of the Report Table.**
For example, if you want to report only the total KWH consumption, and the  Wattage for clamp 3, you would add 1 + 1024 and set the sum (1025) to parameter 101, 102, or 103. 
As another example, if you want to report Wattage and KWH power consumption  for all clamps, you would add 256 + 512 + 1024 + 2048 + 4096 + 8192, then set the sum (16128) to parameter 101, 102, or 103. 
And if you want to report everything, you would add the whole table together and set it to 101, and set 102 and 103 to 0 values. 
**Setting an automatic report interval.**
Parameter 111-113 \[4 byte dec\] can be configured through your gateway in case  the default settings of your HEM is not what you desire. 
Parameter 111 will set the interval for Group 1 (parameter 101), parameter 112 will set the interval for Group 2 (parameter 102), and parameter 113 will set the interval for Group 3 (parameter 103). 
As an example, you have set parameter 101 to report the total KWH consumption  and the wattage for clamp 3, and you want to report it every 500 seconds. Set Parameter 111 \[4 byte dec\] to 500.
**Utilizing different groups.**
Your Home Energy Meter has 3 different groups that you may setup, from the  settings and examples above, you may configure each group to report different clamps and total reports to report at different interval. Group 1 uses Parameter 101 and 111, group 2 uses parameter 102 and 112, and group 3 uses parameter 103 and 113.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_101_4 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 2147483647 |
| Default Value | 2 |
#### 102: Report Group 2
Which reports need to send in Report group 2
##### Overview
See Report Group 1
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_102_4 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 2147483647 |
| Default Value | 1 |
#### 103: Report Group 3
Which reports need to send in Report group 3
##### Overview
See Report Group 1
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_103_4 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 2147483647 |
| Default Value | 0 |
#### 111: Interval to send out reports of group 1
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_111_4 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 1 to 2147483647 |
| Default Value | 60 |
#### 112: Interval to send out reports of group 2
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_112_4 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 1 to 2147483647 |
| Default Value | 120 |
#### 113: Interval to send out reports of group 3
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_113_4 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 1 to 2147483647 |
| Default Value | 120 |
#### 252: Lock Configuration
Enable/Disable Lock Configuration
##### Overview
Enable/Disable Lock Configuration
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_252_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 0 |
| Options | All configuration parameters are configurable. (0) |
| | All configuration parameters are not configurable (Locked). (1) |
#### 255: Reset to Default Factory Setting
Reset all settings to factory defaults
##### Overview
Will reset the configuration to factory defaults.  If you upgrade firmware and are getting crazy readings back, reset the unit and reconfigure it.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_255_4_wo |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 0 |
| Options | Do nothing (0) |
| | Reset to Factory Defaults (1) |
| | Reset the product to default factory setting and exclude (1431655765) |
#### 1: Group 1
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | group_1 |
| Data Type | TEXT |
| Range | to |
#### 2: Group 2
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | group_2 |
| Data Type | TEXT |
| Range | to |
#### 3: Group 3
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | group_3 |
| Data Type | TEXT |
| Range | to |
---
Did you spot an error in the above definition or want to improve the content?
You can edit the database [here](http://www.cd-jackson.com/index.php/zwave/zwave-device-database/zwave-device-list/devicesummary/375).

634
_addons_bindings/zwave/doc/aeon_zw096_00_000.md Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,634 @@
---
layout: documentation
title: ZW096 - ZWave
---
{% include base.html %}
# ZW096 Smart Switch 6
This describes the Z-Wave device *ZW096*, manufactured by *AEON Labs* with the thing type UID of ```aeon_zw096_00_000```.
Smart Switch 6
## Overview
Aeon Labs Smart Switch is a Z-Wave power binary switch device based on Z-Wave enhanced 232 slave library V6.51.06.
Its surface has the Smart RGB LEDs on, which can be used for indicating the output load status, the strength of wireless signal. You can also configure its indication colour according to your favour.
It can be included and operated in any Z-wave network with other Z-wave certified devices from other manufacturers and/or other applications. All non-battery operated nodes within the network will act as repeaters regardless of vendor to increase reliability of the network.
It is also a security Z-wave device and supports the Over The Air (OTA) feature for the product’s firmware upgrade.
As soon as Smart Switch is removed from a z-wave network it will be restored into default factory setting.
Reset Smart Switch to factory Default:
1. Make sure the Smart Switch has been connected to the power supply.
2. Press and hold the Z-wave button for 20 seconds.
3. If holding time more than one second, the LED will blink faster and faster. If holding time more than 20seconds, the green LED will be on for 2 seconds and then remain colorful gradient status, it indicates reset success, otherwise please repeat step 2.
Note:
1. This procedure should only be used when the primary controller is inoperable.
2. Reset Smart Switch to factory default settings will: sets the Smart Switch to not in Z-Wave network state; delete the Association setting, power measure value, Scene Configuration Settings and restore the Configuration setting to the default
### Inclusion Information
Add Smart Switch into a z-wave network:
1. Insert the Smart Switch to power socket, The purple LED will be colorful gradient status.
2. Let the primary controller into inclusion mode (If you don’t know how to do this, refer to its manual).
3. Press the Action button.
4. If the inclusion success, Smart Switch LED will be solid. Otherwise, the LED will remain colorful gradient status, in which you need to repeat the process from step 2.
### Exclusion Information
Remove Smart Switch from a z-wave network:
1. Insert the Smart Switch to power socket, The Smart Switch LED will be solid.
2. Let the primary controller into remove mode (If you don’t know how to do this, refer to its manual).
3. Press the Action button.
4. If the remove is successful, Smart Switch LED will blink slowly. If Smart Switch LED still be solid, please repeat the process from step 2.
### Wakeup Information
mains device
## Channels
The following table summarises the channels available for the ZW096 Smart Switch 6.
| Channel | Channel Id | Channel Type UID | Category | Item Type |
|---------|------------|------------------|----------|-----------|
| Switch | switch_binary | switch_binary | Switch | Switch |
| Electric meter (kWh) | meter_kwh | meter_kwh | Energy | Number |
| Electric meter (amps) | meter_current | meter_current | Energy | Number |
| Electric meter (volts) | meter_voltage | meter_voltage | Energy | Number |
| Electric meter (watts) | meter_watts | meter_watts | Energy | Number |
| Reset Meter | meter_reset | meter_reset | Energy | Switch |
| Color | color_color | color_color | | Color |
### Device Configuration
The following table provides a summary of the configuration parameters available in the ZW096 Smart Switch 6.
Detailed information on each parameter can be found below.
| Parameter | Description |
|-------------|-------------|
| 3: Current overload protection enable | Current overload protection enable |
| 20: Output load after re-power | Configure the output load status after re‐power |
| 80: Enable send to associated devices | Enable to send notifications to Group 1 |
| 81: Configure LED state | Configure the state of the LED |
| 83: Color in night light mode | |
| 83: Blue night light color value | Blue night light color value |
| 83: Green night light color value | Green night light color value |
| 83: Red night light color value | Configure the RGB value when it is in Night light mode |
| 84: Color in energy mode | |
| 84: Green brightness in energy mode (%) | Green brightness in energy mode (%) |
| 84: Yellow brightness in energy mode (%) | Yellow brightness in energy mode (%) |
| 84: Red brightness in energy mode (%) | Red brightness in energy mode (%) |
| 90: Enable items 91 and 92 | Enables/disables parameter 91 and 92 |
| 91: Wattage Threshold | minimum change in wattage to trigger |
| 92: Wattage Percent Change | minimum change in wattage percent |
| 101: Values to send to group 1 | Which reports need to send in Report group 1 |
| 102: Values to send to group 2 | Which reports need to send in Report group 2 |
| 103: Values to send to group 3 | Which reports need to send in Report group 3 |
| 111: Time interval for sending to group 1 | Group 1 automatic update interval |
| 112: Time interval for sending to group 2 | Group 2 automatic update interval |
| 113: Time interval for sending to group 3 | Group 3 automatic update interval |
| 252: Configuration Locked | Enable/disable Configuration Locked (0 =disable, 1 = enable). |
| 33: RGB LED color testing | Set the RGB LED color value for testing. |
| 100: Set 101‐103 to default. | Set 101‐103 to default. |
| 110: Set 111‐113 to default. | Set 111‐113 to default. |
| 255: RESET | Reset the device to defaults |
| 1: Group 1 | load notification type (lifeline) |
| 2: Group 2 | forwarding basic set (retransmit) |
#### 3: Current overload protection enable
Current overload protection enable
##### Overview
Current Overload Protection. Load will be closed when the Current overrun (US: 15.5A, other country: 16.2A) and the time more than 2 minutes (0=disabled, 1=enabled).
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_3_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 0 |
| Options | disabled (0) |
| | enabled (1) |
#### 20: Output load after re-power
Configure the output load status after re‐power
##### Overview
Configure the output load status after re-power on
(0=last status, 1=always on, 2=always off)
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_20_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 0 |
| Options | last status (0) |
| | always on (1) |
| | always off (2) |
#### 80: Enable send to associated devices
Enable to send notifications to Group 1
##### Overview
Enable to send notifications to associated devices (Group 1) when the state of Micro Switch’s load changed (0=nothing, 1=hail CC, 2=basic CC report).
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_80_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 0 |
| Options | nothing (0) |
| | hail CC (1) |
| | basic CC report (2) |
#### 81: Configure LED state
Configure the state of the LED
##### Overview
Configure the state of LED when it is in 3 modes below:
* 0= The LED will follow the status (on/off) of its load (Energy mode).
* 1= When the state of Switch’s load changed, The LED will follow the status (on/off) of its load, but the red LED will turn off after 5 seconds if there is no any switch action (momentary indicate mode).
* 2= Night light mode.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_81_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 0 |
| Options | LED follows load (0) |
| | LED follows load for 5 seconds (1) |
| | Night light mode (2) |
#### 83: Color in night light mode
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_83_3 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 16777215 |
| Default Value | 0 |
#### 83: Blue night light color value
Blue night light color value
##### Overview
Value for parameter 83, night light blue color
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_83_3_000000FF |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 255 |
| Default Value | 221 |
#### 83: Green night light color value
Green night light color value
##### Overview
Green color value for parameter 83, night light mode.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_83_3_0000FF00 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 255 |
| Default Value | 160 |
#### 83: Red night light color value
Configure the RGB value when it is in Night light mode
##### Overview
Configure the RGB value when it is in Night light mode.
Value1: Red color value
Value2: Green color value
Value3: Blue color value
defaults:
Value1=0xDD
Value2=0xA0
Value3=0xDD
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_83_3_00FF0000 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 255 |
| Default Value | 221 |
#### 84: Color in energy mode
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_84_3 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 16777215 |
| Default Value | 0 |
#### 84: Green brightness in energy mode (%)
Green brightness in energy mode (%)
##### Overview
Configure the brightness level of RGB LED (0%-100%) when
it is in Energy Mode/momentary indicate mode.
Value1: green color value.
Value2: yellow color value.
Value3: red color value.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_84_3_000000FF |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 100 |
| Default Value | 50 |
#### 84: Yellow brightness in energy mode (%)
Yellow brightness in energy mode (%)
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_84_3_0000FF00 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 100 |
| Default Value | 50 |
#### 84: Red brightness in energy mode (%)
Red brightness in energy mode (%)
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_84_3_00FF0000 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 100 |
| Default Value | 50 |
#### 90: Enable items 91 and 92
Enables/disables parameter 91 and 92
##### Overview
Enables/disables parameter 91 and 92 below (1=enabled, 0=disabled).
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_90_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 1 |
| Options | disabled (0) |
| | enabled (1) |
#### 91: Wattage Threshold
minimum change in wattage to trigger
##### Overview
The value here represents minimum change in wattage (in
terms of wattage) for a REPORT to be sent (Valid values 0-
60000).
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_91_2 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 60000 |
| Default Value | 25 |
#### 92: Wattage Percent Change
minimum change in wattage percent
##### Overview
The value here represents minimum change in wattage
percent (in terms of percentage) for a REPORT to be sent
(Valid values 0-100).
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_92_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 100 |
| Default Value | 5 |
#### 101: Values to send to group 1
Which reports need to send in Report group 1
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_101_4 |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 4 |
| Options | Nothing (0) |
| | Voltage (1) |
| | Current (2) |
| | Wattage (4) |
| | kWh (8) |
| | All Values (15) |
#### 102: Values to send to group 2
Which reports need to send in Report group 2
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_102_4 |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 8 |
| Options | Nothing (0) |
| | Voltage (1) |
| | Current (2) |
| | Wattage (4) |
| | kWh (8) |
| | All Values (15) |
#### 103: Values to send to group 3
Which reports need to send in Report group 3
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_103_4 |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 0 |
| Options | Nothing (0) |
| | Voltage (1) |
| | Current (2) |
| | Wattage (4) |
| | kWh (8) |
| | All Values (15) |
#### 111: Time interval for sending to group 1
Group 1 automatic update interval
##### Overview
The time interval of sending Report group 1 (Valid values 0x01-0xFFFFFFFF).
Default value is 3
Note: Only up to 0x7fffffff is currently supported
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_111_4 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 1 to 2147483647 |
| Default Value | 3 |
#### 112: Time interval for sending to group 2
Group 2 automatic update interval
##### Overview
The time interval of sending Report group 1 (Valid values 0x01-0xFFFFFFFF).
Default value is 600
Note: Only up to 0x7fffffff is currently supported
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_112_4 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 1 to 2147483647 |
| Default Value | 600 |
#### 113: Time interval for sending to group 3
Group 3 automatic update interval
##### Overview
The time interval of sending Report group 1 (Valid values 0x01-0xFFFFFFFF).
Default value is 600
Note: Only up to 0x7fffffff is currently supported
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_113_4 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 1 to 2147483647 |
| Default Value | 600 |
#### 252: Configuration Locked
Enable/disable Configuration Locked (0 =disable, 1 = enable).
##### Overview
Enable/disable Configuration Locked (0 =disable, 1 =enable).
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_252_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 0 |
| Options | disabled (0) |
| | enabled (1) |
#### 33: RGB LED color testing
Set the RGB LED color value for testing.
##### Overview
Value1: Reserved
Value2: Red value
Value3: Green value
Value4: Blue value
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_33_4_wo |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 4294967295 |
| Default Value | 0 |
#### 100: Set 101‐103 to default.
Set 101‐103 to default.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_100_1_wo |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 0 |
| Options | False (0) |
| | True (1) |
#### 110: Set 111‐113 to default.
Set 111‐113 to default.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_110_1_wo |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 0 |
| Options | False (0) |
| | True (1) |
#### 255: RESET
Reset the device to defaults
##### Overview
Reset configuration set up to default setting.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_255_1_wo |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | to |
| Default Value | 0 |
#### 1: Group 1
load notification type (lifeline)
##### Overview
When the state of Smart Switch (turn on/off the load ) is changed:
1. Set Configuration parameter 80 to 0 Reserved (Default).
2. Set Configuration parameter 80 to 1 Send Hail CC.
3. Set Configuration parameter 80 to 2: Send the Basic Report.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | group_1 |
| Data Type | TEXT |
| Range | to |
#### 2: Group 2
forwarding basic set (retransmit)
##### Overview
Forward the Basic Set, Switch Binary Set to associated nodes in Group 2 when the Smart Switch receives the Basic Set, Switch Binary Set commands from main controller.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | group_2 |
| Data Type | TEXT |
| Range | to |
---
Did you spot an error in the above definition or want to improve the content?
You can edit the database [here](http://www.cd-jackson.com/index.php/zwave/zwave-device-database/zwave-device-list/devicesummary/63).

169
_addons_bindings/zwave/doc/aeon_zw097_00_000.md Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,169 @@
---
layout: documentation
title: ZW097 - ZWave
---
{% include base.html %}
# ZW097 Dry Contact Sensor
This describes the Z-Wave device *ZW097*, manufactured by *AEON Labs* with the thing type UID of ```aeon_zw097_00_000```.
Dry Contact Sensor
## Channels
The following table summarises the channels available for the ZW097 Dry Contact Sensor.
| Channel | Channel Id | Channel Type UID | Category | Item Type |
|---------|------------|------------------|----------|-----------|
| Binary Sensor | sensor_binary | sensor_binary | Door | Switch |
| Alarm (smoke) | alarm_smoke | alarm_smoke | Door | Switch |
| Alarm (CO) | alarm_co | alarm_co | Door | Switch |
| Alarm (CO2) | alarm_co2 | alarm_co2 | Door | Switch |
| Alarm (heat) | alarm_heat | alarm_heat | | Switch |
| Alarm (water) | alarm_flood | alarm_flood | Door | Switch |
| Alarm (access control) | alarm_access | alarm_access | Door | Switch |
| Alarm (burglar) | alarm_burglar | alarm_burglar | Door | Switch |
| Alarm (power) | alarm_power | alarm_power | Door | Switch |
| Alarm (system) | alarm_system | alarm_system | | Switch |
| Alarm (emergency) | alarm_emergency | alarm_emergency | Door | Switch |
| Alarm (clock) | alarm_clock | alarm_clock | Door | Switch |
| | battery-level | system.battery-level | | |
### Device Configuration
The following table provides a summary of the configuration parameters available in the ZW097 Dry Contact Sensor.
Detailed information on each parameter can be found below.
| Parameter | Description |
|-------------|-------------|
| 1: Send Sensor binary report on open/close events | |
| 2: Enable wake up 10 minutes when power on | |
| 3: Send Basic Set on open/close event | |
| 39: Send battery report when less than percentage | |
| 111: Set the interval time of battery report | Value is specified in number of seconds. |
| 121: Send Sensor Binary report to associated devices | |
| 121: Send Basic report to associated devices | |
| 122: Notification type to send | |
| 1: Group 1 | |
#### 1: Send Sensor binary report on open/close events
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_1_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 0 |
| Options | On for opened, Off for closed (0) |
| | Off for opened, On for closed (1) |
#### 2: Enable wake up 10 minutes when power on
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_2_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 0 |
| Options | No (0) |
| | Yes (1) |
#### 3: Send Basic Set on open/close event
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_3_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 0 |
| Options | On for opened, Off for closed (0) |
| | Off for opened, On for closed (1) |
#### 39: Send battery report when less than percentage
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_39_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 10 to 50 |
| Default Value | 10 |
#### 111: Set the interval time of battery report
Value is specified in number of seconds.
##### Overview
Values greater than 10 will be rounded up to the nearest 4 minutes (10 through 240 = 4 minutes, 241 through 480 = 8 minutes, etc.)
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_111_4 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 2147483647 |
| Default Value | 0 |
#### 121: Send Sensor Binary report to associated devices
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_121_4_00000010 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 1 |
| Default Value | 0 |
#### 121: Send Basic report to associated devices
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_121_4_00000100 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 1 |
| Default Value | 1 |
#### 122: Notification type to send
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_122_1_wo |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 6 |
| Options | Smoke alarm (1) |
| | CO alarm (2) |
| | CO2 alarm (3) |
| | Heat alarm (4) |
| | Water alarm (5) |
| | Access control (6) |
| | Home security (7) |
| | Power management (8) |
| | System (9) |
| | Emergency alarm (10) |
| | Timer ended (11) |
#### 1: Group 1
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | group_1 |
| Data Type | TEXT |
| Range | to |
---
Did you spot an error in the above definition or want to improve the content?
You can edit the database [here](http://www.cd-jackson.com/index.php/zwave/zwave-device-database/zwave-device-list/devicesummary/267).

576
_addons_bindings/zwave/doc/aeon_zw098_00_000.md Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,576 @@
---
layout: documentation
title: ZW098 - ZWave
---
{% include base.html %}
# ZW098 LED Bulb
This describes the Z-Wave device *ZW098*, manufactured by *AEON Labs* with the thing type UID of ```aeon_zw098_00_000```.
LED Bulb
### Inclusion Information
Non-secure inclusion:
1. Power on your LED Bulb.
2. Set the primary controller into inclusion mode (If you don’t know how to do this, please refer to its manual).
3. Turn off the LED Bulb and then turn on.
4. If the inclusion is failed, please repeat the process from step 2. 
Secure inclusion:
1. Power on your LED Bulb.
2. Set the primary controller into inclusion mode (If you don’t know how to do this, please refer to its manual).
3. Turn off the LED Bulb and then turn on it on 3 times within 2 seconds.
4. If the inclusion fails, please repeat the process from step 2.
Note: If LED Bulb has been successfully included into your Z-Wave network, its warm white LED will be solid. If the linking was unsuccessful and the LED Bulb continues to be active with a colourful gradient. 
### Exclusion Information
1. Power on your LED Bulb.
2. Set the primary controller into exclusion mode (If you don’t know how to do this, please refer to its manual).
3. Turn off the LED Bulb and then turn on 3 times within 2 seconds.
4. If the exclusion fails, please repeat the process from step 2.
Note: If LED Bulb has been successfully excluded from your Z-Wave network, its warm white LED will be active with a colourful gradient. If the exclusion was unsuccessful and the LED Bulb continues to be solid. 
## Channels
The following table summarises the channels available for the ZW098 LED Bulb.
| Channel | Channel Id | Channel Type UID | Category | Item Type |
|---------|------------|------------------|----------|-----------|
| Dimmer | switch_dimmer | switch_dimmer | DimmableLight | Dimmer |
| Color Control | color_color | color_color | | Color |
| Color Temperature | color_temperature | color_temperature | ColorLight | Dimmer |
### Dimmer
#### Restore Last Value
Restore Last Dimming level on ON.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_restoreLastValue |
| Data Type | BOOLEAN || Default Value | true |
| Options | Restore Last Value (true) |
| | Restore Full Brightness (false) |
### Device Configuration
The following table provides a summary of the configuration parameters available in the ZW098 LED Bulb.
Detailed information on each parameter can be found below.
| Parameter | Description |
|-------------|-------------|
| 32: Toggle send report on color change | Toggle send report on color change |
| 34: Allow external switch to toggle bulb | Allow external switch to toggle bulb |
| 35: Allow external switch to change color | Allow external switch to change color |
| 37: Colour Residence Time | Colour Residence Time |
| 37: Colour Change Speed | Colour Change Speed |
| 37: Cycle count | Cycle count |
| 37: Color transitions (Value 1 MSB) see Overview | Value 1 (MSB) see Overview |
| 38: Color index configuration for multi mode (1,2) | Color index configuration for multi mode (1,2) |
| 38: Color index configuration for multi mode (3,4) | Color index configuration for multi mode (3,4) |
| 38: Color index configuration for multi mode (5.6) | Color index configuration for multi mode (5,6) |
| 38: Color index configuration for multi mode (7,8) | Color index configuration for multi mode (7,8) |
| 80: Enable notifications | set send notifications type for Group 1 |
| 252: Lock configuration | Enable/disable the ability to configure the device. |
| 36: Control color mode | Reboot/save/exit Colorful mode |
| 1: Group 1 | |
| 2: Group 2 | |
#### 32: Toggle send report on color change
Toggle send report on color change
##### Overview
Enable/disable to send out a report when the color is changed.
0=disable.<default>
1=Hail CC.
Others=ignore.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_32_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 0 |
| Options | disable color updates (0) |
| | send HAIL CC (1) |
#### 34: Allow external switch to toggle bulb
Allow external switch to toggle bulb
##### Overview
Enable/disable the function of using External Switch to turn
on/off the bulb.
0=disable.
1=enable.
Others=ignore.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_34_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 0 |
| Options | disabled (0) |
| | enabled (1) |
#### 35: Allow external switch to change color
Allow external switch to change color
##### Overview
Enable/disable the function of using External Switch to changes
the bulb’s color.
0=disable.
1=enable.
Others=ignore.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_35_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 1 |
| Options | disabled (0) |
| | enabled (1) |
#### 37: Colour Residence Time
Colour Residence Time
##### Overview
0-254 : Corresponds from 0 to 25.4 seconds.
255 : no change
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_37_4_000000FF |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 255 |
| Default Value | 0 |
#### 37: Colour Change Speed
Colour Change Speed
##### Overview
Colour Change Speed (8 bits)
This field specifies the transition speed when one colour changes to another.
0 is slowest adn 254 is fastest.  255 will have no effect.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_37_4_0000FF00 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 255 |
| Default Value | 0 |
#### 37: Cycle count
Cycle count
##### Overview
The Cycle Count is used to define the number of repetitions/cycles displayed by your LED Bulb in Colour
Display Cycle before stopping.
0 = Unlimited
1-254 = cycle this number and then stop
255 = no change to setting
For example:
When the Bulb is in Rainbow mode, the colour change from red to pink (Red Orange Yellow Green
Cyan Blue Purple Pink), going through the colours is regarded as 1 cycle.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_37_4_00FF0000 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 255 |
| Default Value | 0 |
#### 37: Color transitions (Value 1 MSB) see Overview
Value 1 (MSB) see Overview
##### Overview
scroll to bottom for examples.
bits 7 and 6 for colour transition style
bits 5 and 4 are reserved (always 0)
bits 3,2,1,0 are colour display
colour display options are:
0 single colour mode
1 Rainbow Mode(red, orange, yellow, green, cyan, blue, violet,pinkish)
2 Multi Colour Mode(colours cycle between selected colours)
3 Random mode
15 Inactive (keep current mode)
Single colour mode: The Bulb is solid with one colour in this mode. If you want to change its current
colour, you need to turn the Bulb off and on 2 times via wall switch within 1 second, the Bulb will enter
into colour change status. During this time, turning the wall switch off when your desired colour appears,
will be used as the colour of the bulb when it is on.
→
Rainbow mode: The Bulb has 8 colours to display and will change through a range of colors (Red
Orange Yellow Green Cyan Blue Violet pinkish).
Multi-colour mode: The Bulb can change between multiple colours according to the colour index which
is configurable through configuration parameter 38, see the configuration table of parameter 38 below.
Random mode: The Bulb’s colour will be displayed randomly.
Colour Transition Style (2 bits)
0 Smooth transitions
1 Fast/Direct transition
2 Fade out/Fade in
3 Inactive (keep current configuration)
**examples:**
Default is 00 single color mode with smooth color transitions. 
Set to 01 for rainbow mode with smooth color transitions
Set to 02 for multi color mode with smooth color transitions
Set to 03 for random mode with smooth color transitions
Set to 64 for single color mode with direct color transitions
Set to 65 for rainbow color mode with direct color transitions
Set to 66 for multi color mode with direct color transitions
Set to 67 for random color mode with direct color transitions
**Note:** The four modes below are available to the bulb, but not currently available in openHAB.
Set to 128 for single color mode with fade out/fade in transitions
Set to 129 for rainbow color mode with fade out/fade in transitions
Set to 130 for multi color mode with fade out/fade in transitions
Set to 131 for random color mode with fade out/fade in transitions
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_37_4_7F000000 |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 0 |
| Options | single color mode with smooth color transitions (default) (0) |
| | rainbow mode with smooth color transitions (1) |
| | multi color mode with smooth color transitions (2) |
| | random mode with smooth color transitions (3) |
| | single color mode with direct color transitions (64) |
| | rainbow color mode with direct color transitions (65) |
| | multi color mode with direct color transitions (66) |
| | random color mode with direct color transitions (67) |
| | single color mode with fade out/fade in transitions (128) |
| | rainbow color mode with fade out/fade in transitions (129) |
| | multi color mode with fade out/fade in transitions (130) |
| | random color mode with fade out/fade in transitions (131) |
#### 38: Color index configuration for multi mode (1,2)
Color index configuration for multi mode (1,2)
##### Overview
The colour will be changed from index 1 to index 8 circularly when your bulb is in Multi colour mode.
This value controls indexes 1 and 2
Values are additive.  The smaller numbers control index 1, and the larger control index 2. 
**Example:**
You want to have the 1st color be red and the 2nd color switched to to be blue.  Set this value to 97 (1+96)
The colors are:
1,16 = red
2,32 = orange
3,48 = yellow
4,64 = green
5,80 = cyan
6,96 = blue
7,112 = violet
8,128 = pinkish (Aeon's term)
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_38_4_000000FF |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 136 |
| Default Value | 0 |
#### 38: Color index configuration for multi mode (3,4)
Color index configuration for multi mode (3,4)
##### Overview
The colour will be changed from index 1 to index 8 circularly when your bulb is in Multi colour mode.
This value controls indexes 3 and 4
Values are additive.  The smaller numbers control index 3, and the larger control index 4. 
**Example:**
You want to have the 3rd color be red and the 4th color switched to to be blue.  Set this value to 97 (1+96)
The colors are:
1,16 = red
2,32 = orange
3,48 = yellow
4,64 = green
5,80 = cyan
6,96 = blue
7,112 = violet
8,128 = pinkish (Aeon's term)
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_38_4_0000FF00 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 136 |
| Default Value | 0 |
#### 38: Color index configuration for multi mode (5.6)
Color index configuration for multi mode (5,6)
##### Overview
The colour will be changed from index 1 to index 8 circularly when your bulb is in Multi colour mode.
This value controls indexes 5 and 6
Values are additive.  The smaller numbers control index 5, and the larger control index 6. 
**Example:**
You want to have the 5th color be red and the 6th color switched to to be blue.  Set this value to 97 (1+96)
The colors are:
1,16 = red
2,32 = orange
3,48 = yellow
4,64 = green
5,80 = cyan
6,96 = blue
7,112 = violet
8,128 = pinkish (Aeon's term)
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_38_4_00FF0000 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 136 |
| Default Value | 0 |
#### 38: Color index configuration for multi mode (7,8)
Color index configuration for multi mode (7,8)
##### Overview
The colour will be changed from index 1 to index 8 circularly when your bulb is in Multi colour mode.
This is value 1, the MSB.  It controls indexes 7 and 8
Values are additive.  The smaller numbers control index 7, and the larger control index 8. 
**Example:**
You want to have the 7th color be red and the 8th color switched to to be blue.  Set this value to 97 (1+96)
The colors are:
1,16 = red
2,32 = orange
3,48 = yellow
4,64 = green
5,80 = cyan
6,96 = blue
7,112 = violet
8,128 = pinkish (Aeon's term)
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_38_4_7F000000 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 136 |
| Default Value | 0 |
#### 80: Enable notifications
set send notifications type for Group 1
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_80_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 0 |
| Options | Disable (0) |
| | Hail (1) |
| | Basic (2) |
#### 252: Lock configuration
Enable/disable the ability to configure the device.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_252_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 0 |
| Options | disabled (0) |
| | enabled (1) |
#### 36: Control color mode
Reboot/save/exit Colorful mode
##### Overview
Reboot/save/exit Colorful mode.
0==Un-reboot Colorful mode.
1==Reboot Colorful mode.
2==Exit Colorful mode.
3==Save the current Colorful mode value and then exit
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_36_1_wo |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 0 |
| Options | reboot normal mode (0) |
| | boot into color programming (1) |
| | exit color programming (2) |
| | save and exit color programming (3) |
#### 1: Group 1
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | group_1 |
| Data Type | TEXT |
| Range | to |
#### 2: Group 2
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | group_2 |
| Data Type | TEXT |
| Range | to |
---
Did you spot an error in the above definition or want to improve the content?
You can edit the database [here](http://www.cd-jackson.com/index.php/zwave/zwave-device-database/zwave-device-list/devicesummary/91).

594
_addons_bindings/zwave/doc/aeon_zw099_00_000.md Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,594 @@
---
layout: documentation
title: ZW099 - ZWave
---
{% include base.html %}
# ZW099 Smart Dimmer 6
This describes the Z-Wave device *ZW099*, manufactured by *AEON Labs* with the thing type UID of ```aeon_zw099_00_000```.
Smart Dimmer 6
## Overview
Turn the primary controller of Z-Wave network into inclusion mode, short press the product’s Action button that you can find on the product's housing.
Endpoint 1 is used to Set/Get the state of output load.
Endpoint 2 is used to Set/Get the brightness level of RGB LED when it is in Night light mode. 
### Inclusion Information
1. Insert the Smart Dimmer to power socket, The RGB LED will be colorful gradient status.
2. Let the primary controller into inclusion mode (If you don’t know how to do this, refer to its manual).
3. Press the Action button.
4. If the inclusion success, Smart Dimmer LED will be solid. Otherwise, the LED will remain colorful gradient status, in which you need to repeat the process from step 2. 
### Exclusion Information
1. Insert the Smart Dimmer to power socket, The Smart Dimmer LED will be solid.
2. Let the primary controller into remove mode (If you don’t know how to do this, refer to its manual).
3. Press the Action button.
4. If the remove is successful, Smart Dimmer LED will be colorful gradient status. If Smart Dimmer LED still be solid, please repeat the process from step 2.
## Channels
The following table summarises the channels available for the ZW099 Smart Dimmer 6.
| Channel | Channel Id | Channel Type UID | Category | Item Type |
|---------|------------|------------------|----------|-----------|
| Dimmer | switch_dimmer | switch_dimmer | DimmableLight | Dimmer |
| Power Consumption (kWh) | meter_kwh | meter_kwh | Energy | Number |
| Energy Consumption (watts) | meter_watts | meter_watts | Energy | Number |
| Night mode color | color_color | color_color | | Color |
### Dimmer
#### Restore Last Value
Restore Last Dimming level on ON.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_restoreLastValue |
| Data Type | BOOLEAN || Default Value | true |
| Options | Restore Last Value (true) |
| | Restore Full Brightness (false) |
### Device Configuration
The following table provides a summary of the configuration parameters available in the ZW099 Smart Dimmer 6.
Detailed information on each parameter can be found below.
| Parameter | Description |
|-------------|-------------|
| 3: Current Overload Protection | Toggle current overload protection |
| 20: Initial Load State | Configure the iniital output load state after re-power on |
| 33: RGB LED Color Test | Set the RGB LED color value for testing |
| 80: Notification on Status Change | Enable notifications for Group 1 device associations. |
| 81: LED Indicator Mode | Configure the LED mode. |
| 83: LED Color for Night Light | Configure the RGB value when it is in Night light mode |
| 84: LED Brightness | Brightness level of RGB LED (0%-100%) |
| 91: Minimum Change to send Report (Watt) | The minimum change in wattage value for a report to be sent |
| 92: Minimum Change to send Report (%) | The minimum change in wattage percentage for a report to be sent |
| 101: Reports for Group 1 | Define which reports to send in report group 1. |
| 102: Reports for Group 2 | Define which reports to send in report group 2. |
| 103: Reports for Group 3 | Define which reports to send in report group 3. |
| 111: Report Group 1 Time Interval | The time interval of sending Report group . |
| 112: Report Group 2 Time Interval | The time interval of sending Report group 2. |
| 113: Report Group 3 Time Interval | The time interval of sending Report group 3. |
| 200: Partner ID | Partner ID (0= Aeon Labs Standard Product, 1= others). |
| 252: Configuration Lock | Enable/disable Configuration Lock |
| 254: Device Tag | Device Tag |
| 255: Reset to Factory Default Settings | Reset to Factory Default Settings |
| 90: Enable Report triggered by minimal change of value | Enables/disables parameter 91 and 92 (reporting minimum wattage) |
| 100: Reset Report Assignments for All Groups | Reset the reports to send to each report group to default values. |
| 110: Reset Report Time Intervals for All Groups | Reset the reports time interval for each report group to default values. |
| 1: Group 1 | Lifeline |
| 2: Group 2 | Retransmit |
#### 3: Current Overload Protection
Toggle current overload protection
##### Overview
Output Load will be turned off automatically when the Current overrun 2.6A and the time more than 2 minutes (0=disabled, 1=enabled). 
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_3_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 0 |
| Options | Disabled (0) |
| | Enabled (1) |
#### 20: Initial Load State
Configure the iniital output load state after re-power on
##### Overview
Configure the output load status after re-power on (0=last status, 1=always on, 2=always off) 
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_20_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 0 |
| Options | Last Status (0) |
| | Always On (1) |
| | Always Off (2) |
#### 33: RGB LED Color Test
Set the RGB LED color value for testing
##### Overview
Set the RGB LED color value for testing (64-bit value).
* Value1: Red value (0-255) (16-bits: 48-63)
* Value2: Green value (0-255) (16-bits: 32-47)
* Value3: Blue value (0-255) (16-bits: 16-31)
* Value4: Reserved (0-255) (16-bits: 0-15)
Example Values:
* Red = -16777216 (0xFF000000)
* Green = 16711680 (0x00FF0000)
* Blue = 65280 (0x0000FF00)
**NOTE:**
In OpenHAB and HABmin (or other Java software) To enter an unsigned integer value greater than 2147483647 you must convert the value to a signed 32-bit value.  
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_33_4 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 2147483647 |
| Default Value | 0 |
#### 80: Notification on Status Change
Enable notifications for Group 1 device associations.
##### Overview
Enable to send notifications to associated devices (Group 1) when the state of Smart Dimmer’s load changed (0=nothing, 1=hail CC, 2=basic CC report). 
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_80_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 0 |
| Options | None (0) |
| | Hail (1) |
| | Basic CC Report (2) |
#### 81: LED Indicator Mode
Configure the LED mode.
##### Overview
Configure the state of LED when it is in 3 modes below:
* 0= Energy mode, the LED will follow the status (on/off) of its load.
* 1= Momentary indicate mode, when the state of Dimmer’s load changed, The LED will follow the status (on/off) of its load, but the red LED will turn off after 5 seconds if there is no any switch action.
* 2= Night light mode. 
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_81_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 0 |
| Options | Energy Mode (Load State) (0) |
| | Momentary Mode (1) |
| | Night Light Mode (2) |
#### 83: LED Color for Night Light
Configure the RGB value when it is in Night light mode
##### Overview
Configure the RGB value when it is in Night light mode. (48-bit value)
* Value1: Red color value (0-255) (16-bits: 32-47)
* Value2: Green color value (0-255) (16-bits: 16-31)
* Value3: Blue color value (0-255) (16-bits: 0-15)
Example Values:
* Blue = 255 (0x0000FF)
* Green = 65280 (0x00FF00)
* Red = 16711680 (0xFF0000)
* White = 1774619 (0xFFFFFF)
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_83_3 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 16777215 |
| Default Value | 1774619 |
#### 84: LED Brightness
Brightness level of RGB LED (0%-100%)
##### Overview
Configure the brightness level of RGB LED (0%-100%) when it is in Energy Mode/momentary indicate mode. (48-bit value)
* Value1: green brightness value. (0-100) (16-bits: 32-47)
* Value2: yellow brightness value. (0-100) (16-bits: 16-31)
* Value3: red brightness value. (0-100) (16-bits: 0-15)
Default value is 50% brightness on all colors: 3289650 (0x323232)
* Green=50 (0x320000)
* Yellow=50 (0x003200)
* Red=50 (0x000032)
Maximum value is 100% brightness on all colors: 6579300 (0x646464)
* Green=100 (0x640000)
* Yellow=100 (0x006400)
* Red=100 (0x000064)
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_84_3 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 6579300 |
| Default Value | 3289650 |
#### 91: Minimum Change to send Report (Watt)
The minimum change in wattage value for a report to be sent
##### Overview
The value here represents minimum change in wattage (in terms of wattage) for a REPORT to be sent (Valid values 0- 60000). 
Default value: 25 (watts)
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_91_2 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 60000 |
| Default Value | 25 |
#### 92: Minimum Change to send Report (%)
The minimum change in wattage percentage for a report to be sent
##### Overview
The value here represents minimum change in wattage percent (in terms of percentage) for a REPORT to be sent (Valid values 0-100).
Default value: 5 (%) 
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_92_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 100 |
| Default Value | 5 |
#### 101: Reports for Group 1
Define which reports to send in report group 1.
##### Overview
Which reports need to send in Report group 1 (See flags in user manual). 
See instruction manual for details on reporting configuration.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_101_4 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 2147483647 |
| Default Value | 0 |
#### 102: Reports for Group 2
Define which reports to send in report group 2.
##### Overview
Which reports need to send in Report group 2 (See flags in user manual). 
See instruction manual for details on reporting configuration.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_102_4 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 2147483647 |
| Default Value | 0 |
#### 103: Reports for Group 3
Define which reports to send in report group 3.
##### Overview
Which reports need to send in Report group 3 (See flags in user manual). 
See instruction manual for details on reporting configuration.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_103_4 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 2147483647 |
| Default Value | 0 |
#### 111: Report Group 1 Time Interval
The time interval of sending Report group .
##### Overview
The time interval of sending Report group 1 (Valid values 0x01-0x7FFFFFFF). 
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_111_4 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 2147483647 |
| Default Value | 600 |
#### 112: Report Group 2 Time Interval
The time interval of sending Report group 2.
##### Overview
The time interval of sending Report group 2 (Valid values 0x01-0x7FFFFFFF). 
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_112_4 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 2147483647 |
| Default Value | 600 |
#### 113: Report Group 3 Time Interval
The time interval of sending Report group 3.
##### Overview
The time interval of sending Report group 3 (Valid values 0x01-0x7FFFFFFF). 
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_113_4 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 2147483647 |
| Default Value | 600 |
#### 200: Partner ID
Partner ID (0= Aeon Labs Standard Product, 1= others).
##### Overview
Partner ID
(0= Aeon Labs Standard Product, 1= others). 
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_200_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 0 |
| Options | Aeon Labs Standard Product (0) |
| | Others (1) |
#### 252: Configuration Lock
Enable/disable Configuration Lock
##### Overview
Enable/disable Configuration Locked (0 =disable, 1 = enable). 
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_252_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 0 |
| Options | Disabled (0) |
| | Enabled (1) |
#### 254: Device Tag
Device Tag
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_254_2 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 65535 |
| Default Value | 0 |
#### 255: Reset to Factory Default Settings
Reset to Factory Default Settings
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_255_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 0 |
| Options | Reset (0) |
#### 90: Enable Report triggered by minimal change of value
Enables/disables parameter 91 and 92 (reporting minimum wattage)
##### Overview
Enables/disables parameter 91 (minimum change in wattage value) and 92 (minimum change in wattage percent).
Supported values: 1=enabled, 0=disabled
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_90_1_wo |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 0 |
| Options | Disabled (0) |
| | Enabled (1) |
#### 100: Reset Report Assignments for All Groups
Reset the reports to send to each report group to default values.
##### Overview
Reset the reports to send to each report group to default values.
Set configuration parameters 101-103 to default. 
See instruction manual for details on reporting configuration.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_100_1_wo |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 0 |
| Options | Do Nothing (0) |
| | Reset to Defaults (1) |
#### 110: Reset Report Time Intervals for All Groups
Reset the reports time interval for each report group to default values.
##### Overview
Reset the reports to time interval for each report group to default values.
Set configuration parameters 111-113 to default. 
See instruction manual for details on reporting configuration.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_110_1_wo |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 0 |
| Options | Do Nothing (0) |
| | Reset to Defaults (1) |
#### 1: Group 1
Lifeline
##### Overview
When the state of Smart Dimmer(on/off/dim the load ) is changed:
1. Set Configuration parameter 80 to 0:Reserved (Default).
2. Set Configuration parameter 80 to 1:Send Hail CC.
3. Set Configuration parameter 80 to 2: Send the Basic Report.  
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | group_1 |
| Data Type | TEXT |
| Range | to |
#### 2: Group 2
Retransmit
##### Overview
Forward the Basic Set, Switch Multilevel Start Level Change, Switch Multilevel Stop Level Change, Switch Multilevel Set to associated nodes in Group 2 when the Smart Dimmer receives the Basic Set, Switch Multilevel Start Level Change, Switch Multilevel Stop Level Change, Switch Multilevel Set commands from main controller.  
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | group_2 |
| Data Type | TEXT |
| Range | to |
---
Did you spot an error in the above definition or want to improve the content?
You can edit the database [here](http://www.cd-jackson.com/index.php/zwave/zwave-device-database/zwave-device-list/devicesummary/275).

644
_addons_bindings/zwave/doc/aeon_zw100_00_000.md Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,644 @@
---
layout: documentation
title: ZW100 - ZWave
---
{% include base.html %}
# ZW100 MultiSensor 6
This describes the Z-Wave device *ZW100*, manufactured by *AEON Labs* with the thing type UID of ```aeon_zw100_00_000```.
MultiSensor 6
## Channels
The following table summarises the channels available for the ZW100 MultiSensor 6.
| Channel | Channel Id | Channel Type UID | Category | Item Type |
|---------|------------|------------------|----------|-----------|
| Sensor (motion) | sensor_binary | sensor_binary | Door | Switch |
| Sensor (relative humidity) | sensor_relhumidity | sensor_relhumidity | Humidity | Number |
| Sensor (ultraviolet) | sensor_ultraviolet | sensor_ultraviolet | Temperature | Number |
| Sensor (temperature) | sensor_temperature | sensor_temperature | Temperature | Number |
| Sensor (luminance) | sensor_luminance | sensor_luminance | Temperature | Number |
| Alarm (general) | alarm_general | alarm_general | Door | Switch |
| | battery-level | system.battery-level | | |
### Sensor (temperature)
#### Scale
Select the scale for temperature readings
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_scale |
| Data Type | TEXT || Default Value | 0 |
| Options | Celsius (0) |
| | Fahrenheit (1) |
### Device Configuration
The following table provides a summary of the configuration parameters available in the ZW100 MultiSensor 6.
Detailed information on each parameter can be found below.
| Parameter | Description |
|-------------|-------------|
| 2: Stay Awake in Battery Mode | Stay awake for 10 minutes at power on |
| 3: Motion Sensor reset timeout | Motion Sensor reset timeout |
| 4: Motion sensor sensitivity | Sensitivity level of PIR sensor (1=minimum, 5=maximum) |
| 5: Motion Sensor Triggered Command | |
| 39: Low Battery Report | Report Low Battery if below this value |
| 40: Selective Reporting | Select to report on thresholds |
| 41: Temperature Threshold | Temperature change threshold |
| 42: Humidity Threshold | Humidity percent change threshold |
| 43: Luminance Threshold | Luminance change threshold |
| 44: Battery Threshold | Battery level threshold |
| 45: Ultraviolet Threshold | Ultraviolet change threshold |
| 46: Send Alarm Report if low temperature | Send an alarm report if temperature is less than -15 °C |
| 101: Group 1 Periodic Reports | Periodic reports to send to Group 1 |
| 102: Group 2 Periodic Reports | Periodic reports to send to Group 2 |
| 103: Group 3 Periodic Reports | Periodic reports to send to Group 3 |
| 111: Group 1 Report Interval | How often to update Group 1 |
| 112: Group 2 Report Interval | Group 2 Report Interval |
| 113: Group 3 Report Interval | Group 3 Report Interval |
| 201: Temperature Calibration | Temperature calibration in 0.1 deg steps |
| 202: Humidity Sensor Calibration | Humidity Sensor Calibration |
| 203: Luminance Sensor Calibration | Luminance Sensor Calibration |
| 204: Ultraviolet Sensor Calibration | Ultraviolet Sensor Calibration |
| 252: Lock Configuration Parameters | |
| 100: Set parameters 101-103 to default. | Reset 101-103 to defaults |
| 110: Set parameters 111-113 to default. | Set parameters 111-113 to default. |
| 255: Reset to default factory settings | |
| 1: Group 1 | |
| 2: Group 2 | |
| 3: Group 3 | |
#### 2: Stay Awake in Battery Mode
Stay awake for 10 minutes at power on
##### Overview
Enable/Disable waking up for 10 minutes when re-power on (battery mode) the MultiSensor.
1. Value = 0, disable.
2. Value =others, enable.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_2_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 0 |
| Options | Disable (0) |
| | enable (1) |
#### 3: Motion Sensor reset timeout
Motion Sensor reset timeout
##### Overview
1. The default PIR time is 4 minutes. The Multisensor will send BASIC SET CC (0x00) to the associated nodes if no motion is triggered again in 4 minutes.
2. Range: 10~3600.
**Note**:
1. The time unit is second if the value range is in 10 to 255.
2. If the value range is in 256 to 3600, the time unit will be minute and its value should follow the below rules:
a), Interval time =Value/60, if the interval time can be divided by 60 and without remainder.
b), Interval time= (Value/60) +1, if the interval time can be divided by 60 and has remainder.
3. Other values will be ignored.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_3_2 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 10 to 3600 |
| Default Value | 240 |
#### 4: Motion sensor sensitivity
Sensitivity level of PIR sensor (1=minimum, 5=maximum)
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_4_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 5 |
| Options | Disable (0) |
| | Enable, sensitivity level 1 (minimum) (1) |
| | Enable, sensitivity level 2 (2) |
| | Enable, sensitivity level 3 (3) |
| | Enable, sensitivity level 4 (4) |
| | Enable, sensitivity level 5 (maximum) (5) |
#### 5: Motion Sensor Triggered Command
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_5_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 1 |
| Options | Send Basic Set CC (1) |
| | Send Sensor Binary Report CC (2) |
#### 39: Low Battery Report
Report Low Battery if below this value
##### Overview
Configure low battery value.
Value=10 to 50.(10% to 50%)
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_39_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 10 to 50 |
| Default Value | 20 |
#### 40: Selective Reporting
Select to report on thresholds
##### Overview
Enable/disable the selective reporting only when measurements reach a certain threshold or percentage set in 41-44 below. This is used to reduce network traffic. (0 == disable, 1 == enable)
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_40_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 0 |
| Options | Disable (0) |
| | Enable (1) |
#### 41: Temperature Threshold
Temperature change threshold
##### Overview
Threshold change in temperature to induce an automatic report.
**Note**:
1. The unit is Fahrenheit for US version, Celsius for EU/AU version.
2. The value contains one decimal point. E.g. if the value is set to 20, the threshold value =2.0°C (EU/AU version) or 2.0 °F (US version). When the current temperature gap is more then 2.0, which will induce a temperature report to be sent out.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_41_2 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 100 |
| Default Value | 20 |
#### 42: Humidity Threshold
Humidity percent change threshold
##### Overview
Threshold change in humidity to induce an automatic report.
Note:
1. The unit is %.
2. The default value is 10, which means that if the current humidity gap is
more than 10%, it will send out a humidity report.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_42_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 100 |
| Default Value | 10 |
#### 43: Luminance Threshold
Luminance change threshold
##### Overview
Threshold change in luminance to induce an automatic report.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_43_2 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 1000 |
| Default Value | 100 |
#### 44: Battery Threshold
Battery level threshold
##### Overview
Threshold change in battery level to induce an automatic report.
Note:
1. The unit is %.
2. The default value is 10, which means that if the current battery level gap is
more than 10%, it will send out a battery report.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_44_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 100 |
| Default Value | 10 |
#### 45: Ultraviolet Threshold
Ultraviolet change threshold
##### Overview
Threshold change in ultraviolet to induce an automatic report.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_45_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 100 |
| Default Value | 2 |
#### 46: Send Alarm Report if low temperature
Send an alarm report if temperature is less than -15 °C
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_46_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 0 |
| Options | Disable (0) |
| | Enable (1) |
#### 101: Group 1 Periodic Reports
Periodic reports to send to Group 1
##### Overview
This value is a combination number made up of the sum of the values for the individual sensors and battery. The sensors have these values:
* Battery=1
* Ultraviolet=16
* Temperature=32
* Humidity=64
* Light=128
1+16+32+64+128 = 241 and is the default value
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_101_4_000000FF |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 65535 |
| Default Value | 241 |
#### 102: Group 2 Periodic Reports
Periodic reports to send to Group 2
##### Overview
This value is a combination number made up of the sum of the values for the individual sensors and battery. The sensors have these values:
* Battery=1
* Ultraviolet=16
* Temperature=32
* Humidity=64
* Light=128
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_102_4_000000FF |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 65535 |
| Default Value | 0 |
#### 103: Group 3 Periodic Reports
Periodic reports to send to Group 3
##### Overview
This value is a combination number made up of the sum of the values for the individual sensors and battery. The sensors have these values:
* Battery=1
* Ultraviolet=16
* Temperature=32
* Humidity=64
* Light=128
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_103_4_000000FF |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 65535 |
| Default Value | 0 |
#### 111: Group 1 Report Interval
How often to update Group 1
##### Overview
The interval time of sending reports in Report group 1 (Valid values 0x05-0x28DE80).
1. The unit of interval time is second if USB power.
2. If battery power, the minimum interval time is 60 minutes by default, for example, if the value is set to be more than 5 and less than 3600, the interval time is 60 minutes, if the value is set to be more than 3600 and less than 7200, the interval time is 120 minutes. You can also change the minimum interval time to 4 minutes via setting the interval value(3 bytes) to 240 in Wake Up Interval Set CC.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_111_4 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 5 to 2678400 |
| Default Value | 3600 |
#### 112: Group 2 Report Interval
Group 2 Report Interval
##### Overview
The interval time of sending reports in Report group 2 (Valid values 0x05-
0x28DE80).
Note:
1. The unit of interval time is second if USB power.
2. If battery power, the minimum interval time is 60 minutes by default, for
example, if the value is set to be more than 5 and less than 3600, the interval
time is 60 minutes, if the value is set to be more than 3600 and less than 7200,
the interval time is 120 minutes. You can also change the minimum interval time
to 4 minutes via setting the interval value(3 bytes) to 240 in Wake Up Interval Set
CC.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_112_4 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 5 to 2678400 |
| Default Value | 3600 |
#### 113: Group 3 Report Interval
Group 3 Report Interval
##### Overview
The interval time of sending reports in Report group 3
1. The unit of interval time is second if USB power.
2. If battery power, the minimum interval time is 60 minutes by default, for example, if the value is set to be more than 5 and less than 3600, the interval time is 60 minutes, if the value is set to be more than 3600 and less than 7200, the interval time is 120 minutes. You can also change the minimum interval time to 4 minutes via setting the interval value(3 bytes) to 240 in Wake Up Interval Set CC.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_113_4 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 5 to 2678400 |
| Default Value | 3600 |
#### 201: Temperature Calibration
Temperature calibration in 0.1 deg steps
##### Overview
Temperature calibration (the available value range is \[-100,100\] or \[-10°C ,10 °C \] ).
**Note**:
1. The value contains one decimal point. E.g. if the value is set to 20, the calibration value is 2.0°C (EU/AU version) or 2.0 °F (US version)
2. The calibration value = standard value - measure value. °C and the standard value = 23.2 °C , so the calibration value= 23.2 °C - 25.3 °C = -2.1 °C (0xEB).
If the measure value =30.1 °C and the standard value = 33.2 °C , so the calibration value= 33.2 °C - 30.1 °C =3.1 °C (0x1F).
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_201_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | -100 to 100 |
| Default Value | 0 |
#### 202: Humidity Sensor Calibration
Humidity Sensor Calibration
##### Overview
Humidity sensor calibration (the available value range is \[-50, 50\]).
The calibration value = standard value - measure value.
E.g. If measure value =80RH and the standard value = 75RH, so the calibration
value= 75RH – 80RH= -5RH (0xFB).
If the measure value =85RH and the standard value = 90RH, so the calibration
value= 90RH – 85RH=5RH (0x05).
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_202_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | -50 to 50 |
| Default Value | 0 |
#### 203: Luminance Sensor Calibration
Luminance Sensor Calibration
##### Overview
Luminance sensor calibration (the available value range is \[-1000, 1000\]).
The calibration value = standard value - measure value.
E.g. If measure value =800Lux and the standard value = 750Lux, so the
calibration value= 750 – 800= -50 (0xFFCE).
If the measure value =850Lux and the standard value = 900Lux, so the calibration
value= 900 – 850=50 (0x0032).
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_203_2 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | -1000 to 1000 |
| Default Value | 0 |
#### 204: Ultraviolet Sensor Calibration
Ultraviolet Sensor Calibration
##### Overview
Ultraviolet sensor calibration (the available value range is \[-10, 10\]).
The calibration value = standard value - measure value.
E.g. If measure value =9 and the standard value = 8, so the calibration value= 8 –
9= -1 (0xFE).
If the measure value =7 and the standard value = 9, so the calibration value= 9 –
7=2 (0x02).
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_204_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | -10 to 10 |
| Default Value | 0 |
#### 252: Lock Configuration Parameters
##### Overview
Enable/disable Configuration Locked (0 =disable, 1 = enable).
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_252_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 0 |
| Options | Disable (0) |
| | Enable (1) |
#### 100: Set parameters 101-103 to default.
Reset 101-103 to defaults
##### Overview
Set 101-103 to default.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_100_1_wo |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | to |
| Default Value | 0 |
#### 110: Set parameters 111-113 to default.
Set parameters 111-113 to default.
##### Overview
Set parameters 111-113 to default.   
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_110_1_wo |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | to |
| Default Value | 0 |
#### 255: Reset to default factory settings
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_255_4_wo |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 0 |
| Options | Resets all configuration parameters to defaults (1) |
| | Reset to default factory settings and be excluded (1431655765) |
#### 1: Group 1
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | group_1 |
| Data Type | TEXT |
| Range | to |
#### 2: Group 2
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | group_2 |
| Data Type | TEXT |
| Range | to |
#### 3: Group 3
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | group_3 |
| Data Type | TEXT |
| Range | to |
---
Did you spot an error in the above definition or want to improve the content?
You can edit the database [here](http://www.cd-jackson.com/index.php/zwave/zwave-device-database/zwave-device-list/devicesummary/73).

768
_addons_bindings/zwave/doc/aeon_zw100_01_007.md Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,768 @@
---
layout: documentation
title: ZW100 - ZWave
---
{% include base.html %}
# ZW100 MultiSensor 6
This describes the Z-Wave device *ZW100*, manufactured by *AEON Labs* with the thing type UID of ```aeon_zw100_01_007```.
MultiSensor 6
## Overview
Technical Specifications: Operating distance:  Up to 500 feet/150 meters outdoors   Operating temperature: 0°C to 40°C   Relative humidity: 8% RH to 80% RH       Function of Z\_Wave Button: Click one time:
1. Send non-security Node Info Frame
2. Add MultiSensor into Z-wave network (non security inclusion)
3. Remove MultiSensor from Z-wave network
  Short press 2 times within 1 second:
1. Send Security Node Info Frame
2. Add Multisensor into Z-Wave network (security inclusion)
3. Remove MultiSensor from network
  Press and hold for 3 seconds:
Enable/Disable wake up for 10 minutes.
(when it is enabled, the orange Led will fast blink)
  Press and hold for 20 seconds:
Reset MultiSensor to factory default (see documentation)
### Inclusion Information
see "Device Overview"
### Exclusion Information
see "Device Overview"
## Channels
The following table summarises the channels available for the ZW100 MultiSensor 6.
| Channel | Channel Id | Channel Type UID | Category | Item Type |
|---------|------------|------------------|----------|-----------|
| Binary Sensor | sensor_binary | sensor_binary | Door | Switch |
| Sensor (relative humidity) | sensor_relhumidity | sensor_relhumidity | Humidity | Number |
| Sensor (ultraviolet) | sensor_ultraviolet | sensor_ultraviolet | Temperature | Number |
| Sensor (temperature) | sensor_temperature | sensor_temperature | Temperature | Number |
| Sensor (luminance) | sensor_luminance | sensor_luminance | Temperature | Number |
| Motion Alarm | alarm_motion | alarm_motion | Door | Switch |
| Tamper Alarm | alarm_tamper | alarm_tamper | | Switch |
| | battery-level | system.battery-level | | |
### Sensor (temperature)
#### Scale
Select the scale for temperature readings
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_scale |
| Data Type | TEXT || Default Value | 0 |
| Options | Celsius (0) |
| | Fahrenheit (1) |
### Device Configuration
The following table provides a summary of the configuration parameters available in the ZW100 MultiSensor 6.
Detailed information on each parameter can be found below.
| Parameter | Description |
|-------------|-------------|
| 2: Stay Awake in Battery Mode | Stay awake for 10 minutes at power on |
| 3: Motion Sensor reset timeout | Motion Sensor reset timeout |
| 4: Motion sensor sensitivity | Sensitivity level of PIR sensor (1=minimum, 5=maximum) |
| 5: Motion Sensor Triggered Command | |
| 9: Report the current power mode | Report the current power mode and the product state of battery power mode |
| 39: Low Battery Report | Report Low Battery if below this value |
| 40: Selective Reporting | Select to report on thresholds |
| 41: Temperature Threshold | Temperature change threshold |
| 41: Temperature Threshold Unit | Sets the unit of the threshold |
| 41: Temperature Threshold | Threshold change in temperature to induce an automatic report. |
| 42: Humidity Threshold | Humidity percent change threshold |
| 43: Luminance Threshold | Luminance change threshold |
| 44: Battery Threshold | Battery level threshold |
| 45: Ultraviolet Threshold | Ultraviolet change threshold |
| 46: Send Alarm Report if low temperature | Send an alarm report if temperature is less than -15 °C |
| 101: Group 1 Periodic Reports | Periodic reports to send to Group 1 |
| 102: Group 2 Periodic Reports | Periodic reports to send to Group 2 |
| 103: Group 3 Periodic Reports | Periodic reports to send to Group 3 |
| 111: Group 1 Report Interval | How often to update Group 1 |
| 112: Group 2 Report Interval | Group 2 Report Interval |
| 113: Group 3 Report Interval | Group 3 Report Interval |
| 201: Temperature Calibration | Temperature calibration in 0.1 deg steps |
| 201: Temperature Calibration Unit | |
| 201: Temperature Calibration Value | Calibration value containing one decimal point |
| 202: Humidity Sensor Calibration | Humidity Sensor Calibration |
| 203: Luminance Sensor Calibration | Luminance Sensor Calibration |
| 204: Ultraviolet Sensor Calibration | Ultraviolet Sensor Calibration |
| 252: Lock Configuration Parameters | Enable/disable Configuration Locked (0 =disable, 1 = enable) |
| 100: Set parameters 101-103 to default. | Reset 101-103 to defaults |
| 110: Set parameters 111-113 to default. | Set parameters 111-113 to default. |
| 255: Reset to default factory settings | |
| 1: Group 1 | |
| 2: Group 2 | |
| 3: Group 3 | |
#### 2: Stay Awake in Battery Mode
Stay awake for 10 minutes at power on
##### Overview
Enable/Disable waking up for 10 minutes when re-power on (battery mode) the MultiSensor.
1. Value = 0, disable.
2. Value =others, enable.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_2_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 0 |
| Options | Disable (0) |
| | enable (1) |
#### 3: Motion Sensor reset timeout
Motion Sensor reset timeout
##### Overview
1. The default PIR time is 4 minutes. The Multisensor will send BASIC SET CC (0x00) to the associated nodes if no motion is triggered again in 4 minutes.
2. Range: 10~3600.
**Note**:
1. The time unit is second if the value range is in 10 to 255.
2. If the value range is in 256 to 3600, the time unit will be minute and its value should follow the below rules:
a), Interval time =Value/60, if the interval time can be divided by 60 and without remainder.
b), Interval time= (Value/60) +1, if the interval time can be divided by 60 and has remainder.
3. Other values will be ignored.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_3_2 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 10 to 3600 |
| Default Value | 240 |
#### 4: Motion sensor sensitivity
Sensitivity level of PIR sensor (1=minimum, 5=maximum)
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_4_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 5 |
| Options | Disable (0) |
| | Enable, sensitivity level 1 (minimum) (1) |
| | Enable, sensitivity level 2 (2) |
| | Enable, sensitivity level 3 (3) |
| | Enable, sensitivity level 4 (4) |
| | Enable, sensitivity level 5 (maximum) (5) |
#### 5: Motion Sensor Triggered Command
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_5_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 1 |
| Options | Send Basic Set CC (1) |
| | Send Sensor Binary Report CC (2) |
#### 9: Report the current power mode
Report the current power mode and the product state of battery power mode
##### Overview
Value1 (MSB): 0x00=USB power mode, 0x01=Battery power mode
Value2 (LSB): 0x00=keep sleep state for Battery power mode, 0x01=keep awake for 10 minutes for battery power mode
NOTE: this parameter cannot be used as Get/Set usage
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_9_2 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 1 |
| Default Value | 0 |
#### 39: Low Battery Report
Report Low Battery if below this value
##### Overview
Configure low battery value.
Value=10 to 50.(10% to 50%)
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_39_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 10 to 50 |
| Default Value | 20 |
#### 40: Selective Reporting
Select to report on thresholds
##### Overview
Enable/disable the selective reporting only when measurements reach a certain threshold or percentage set in 41-44 below. This is used to reduce network traffic. (0 == disable, 1 == enable)
Note: If USB Power, the Sensor will check threshold every 10 seconds. If battery power, the Sensor will check the threshold when it is waken up.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_40_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 0 |
| Options | Disable (0) |
| | Enable (1) |
#### 41: Temperature Threshold
Temperature change threshold
##### Overview
Threshold change in temperature to induce an automatic report.
**Note**:
1. The unit is Fahrenheit for US version, Celsius for EU/AU version.
2. High byte is the threshold value. Low byte is the unit (0x01=Celsius, 0x02=Fahrenheit).
3. The threshold value (high byte) contains one decimal point. E.g. if the value is set to 20 (0x1401), the threshold value =2.0°C (EU/AU version) or if the value is set to 20 (0x1402), the threshold value=2.0 °F (US version). When the current temperature gap is more then 2.0, which will induce a temperature report to be sent out.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_41_3 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 100 |
| Default Value | 20 |
#### 41: Temperature Threshold Unit
Sets the unit of the threshold
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_41_3_0000000F |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 1 |
| Options | Celsius (1) |
| | Fahrenheit (2) |
#### 41: Temperature Threshold
Threshold change in temperature to induce an automatic report.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_41_3_00FFFF00 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 100 |
| Default Value | 0 |
#### 42: Humidity Threshold
Humidity percent change threshold
##### Overview
Threshold change in humidity to induce an automatic report.
Note:
1. The unit is %.
2. The default value is 10, which means that if the current humidity gap is
more than 10%, it will send out a humidity report.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_42_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 100 |
| Default Value | 10 |
#### 43: Luminance Threshold
Luminance change threshold
##### Overview
Threshold change in luminance to induce an automatic report.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_43_2 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 1000 |
| Default Value | 100 |
#### 44: Battery Threshold
Battery level threshold
##### Overview
Threshold change in battery level to induce an automatic report.
Note:
1. The unit is %.
2. The default value is 10, which means that if the current battery level gap is
more than 10%, it will send out a battery report.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_44_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 100 |
| Default Value | 10 |
#### 45: Ultraviolet Threshold
Ultraviolet change threshold
##### Overview
Threshold change in ultraviolet to induce an automatic report.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_45_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 100 |
| Default Value | 2 |
#### 46: Send Alarm Report if low temperature
Send an alarm report if temperature is less than -15 °C
##### Overview
Enable/Disable to send the alarm report of low temperature (<-15°C)
Value=0, disable
Value=1, enable (The MultiSensor will send a report of Multi Level Temperature CC to controller if the current temperature is less then -15°C).
Note: The battery activity will reduced at low temperatures (-15 degrees Celsius and below), wich will lead to the product may not work normally. It is recommended to use USB power at low temperatures.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_46_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 0 |
| Options | Disable (0) |
| | Enable (1) |
#### 101: Group 1 Periodic Reports
Periodic reports to send to Group 1
##### Overview
This value is a combination number made up of the sum of the values for the individual sensors and battery. The sensors have these values:
* Battery=1
* Ultraviolet=16
* Temperature=32
* Humidity=64
* Light=128
1+16+32+64+128 = 241 and is the default value
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_101_4 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 65535 |
| Default Value | 241 |
#### 102: Group 2 Periodic Reports
Periodic reports to send to Group 2
##### Overview
This value is a combination number made up of the sum of the values for the individual sensors and battery. The sensors have these values:
* Battery=1
* Ultraviolet=16
* Temperature=32
* Humidity=64
* Light=128
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_102_4 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 65535 |
| Default Value | 0 |
#### 103: Group 3 Periodic Reports
Periodic reports to send to Group 3
##### Overview
This value is a combination number made up of the sum of the values for the individual sensors and battery. The sensors have these values:
* Battery=1
* Ultraviolet=16
* Temperature=32
* Humidity=64
* Light=128
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_103_4 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 65535 |
| Default Value | 0 |
#### 111: Group 1 Report Interval
How often to update Group 1
##### Overview
The interval time of sending reports in Report group 1 (Valid values 0x05-0x28DE80).
1. The unit of interval time is second if USB power.
2. If battery power, the minimum interval time is 60 minutes by default, for example, if the value is set to be more than 5 and less than 3600, the interval time is 60 minutes, if the value is set to be more than 3600 and less than 7200, the interval time is 120 minutes. You can also change the minimum interval time to 4 minutes via setting the interval value(3 bytes) to 240 in Wake Up Interval Set CC.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_111_4 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 5 to 2678400 |
| Default Value | 3600 |
#### 112: Group 2 Report Interval
Group 2 Report Interval
##### Overview
The interval time of sending reports in Report group 2 (Valid values 0x05-
0x28DE80).
Note:
1. The unit of interval time is second if USB power.
2. If battery power, the minimum interval time is 60 minutes by default, for
example, if the value is set to be more than 5 and less than 3600, the interval
time is 60 minutes, if the value is set to be more than 3600 and less than 7200,
the interval time is 120 minutes. You can also change the minimum interval time
to 4 minutes via setting the interval value(3 bytes) to 240 in Wake Up Interval Set
CC.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_112_4 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 5 to 2678400 |
| Default Value | 3600 |
#### 113: Group 3 Report Interval
Group 3 Report Interval
##### Overview
The interval time of sending reports in Report group 3
1. The unit of interval time is second if USB power.
2. If battery power, the minimum interval time is 60 minutes by default, for example, if the value is set to be more than 5 and less than 3600, the interval time is 60 minutes, if the value is set to be more than 3600 and less than 7200, the interval time is 120 minutes. You can also change the minimum interval time to 4 minutes via setting the interval value(3 bytes) to 240 in Wake Up Interval Set CC.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_113_4 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 5 to 2678400 |
| Default Value | 3600 |
#### 201: Temperature Calibration
Temperature calibration in 0.1 deg steps
##### Overview
Temperature calibration (the available value range is \[-128,127\] or \[-12.8°C ,12.7 °C \] ).
**Note**:
1. High byte is the calibration value. Low byte is the unit (0x01=Celsius, 0x02=Fahrenheit).
2. The calibration value (high byte) contains one decimal point. E.g. if the value is set to 20 (0x1401), the calibration value is 2.0°C (EU/AU version) or if the value is set to 20 (0x1402), the calibration value is 2.0 °F (US version)
3. The calibration value = standard value - measure value. °C and the standard value = 23.2 °C , so the calibration value= 23.2 °C - 25.3 °C = -2.1 °C (0xEB). If the measure value =30.1 °C and the standard value = 33.2 °C , so the calibration value= 33.2 °C - 30.1 °C =3.1 °C (0x1F).
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_201_2 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | -128 to 127 |
| Default Value | 0 |
#### 201: Temperature Calibration Unit
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_201_2_000000FF |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 1 |
| Options | Celsius (1) |
| | Fahrenheit (2) |
#### 201: Temperature Calibration Value
Calibration value containing one decimal point
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_201_2_0000FF00 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | -127 to 127 |
| Default Value | 0 |
#### 202: Humidity Sensor Calibration
Humidity Sensor Calibration
##### Overview
Humidity sensor calibration (the available value range is \[-50, 50\]).
The calibration value = standard value - measure value.
E.g. If measure value =80RH and the standard value = 75RH, so the calibration
value= 75RH – 80RH= -5RH (0xFB).
If the measure value =85RH and the standard value = 90RH, so the calibration
value= 90RH – 85RH=5RH (0x05).
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_202_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | -50 to 50 |
| Default Value | 0 |
#### 203: Luminance Sensor Calibration
Luminance Sensor Calibration
##### Overview
Luminance sensor calibration (the available value range is \[-1000, 1000\]).
The calibration value = standard value - measure value.
E.g. If measure value =800Lux and the standard value = 750Lux, so the
calibration value= 750 – 800= -50 (0xFFCE).
If the measure value =850Lux and the standard value = 900Lux, so the calibration
value= 900 – 850=50 (0x0032).
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_203_2 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | -1000 to 1000 |
| Default Value | 0 |
#### 204: Ultraviolet Sensor Calibration
Ultraviolet Sensor Calibration
##### Overview
Ultraviolet sensor calibration (the available value range is \[-10, 10\]).
The calibration value = standard value - measure value.
E.g. If measure value =9 and the standard value = 8, so the calibration value= 8 –
9= -1 (0xFE).
If the measure value =7 and the standard value = 9, so the calibration value= 9 –
7=2 (0x02).
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_204_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | -10 to 10 |
| Default Value | 0 |
#### 252: Lock Configuration Parameters
Enable/disable Configuration Locked (0 =disable, 1 = enable)
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_252_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 0 |
| Options | Disable (0) |
| | Enable (1) |
#### 100: Set parameters 101-103 to default.
Reset 101-103 to defaults
##### Overview
Set 101-103 to default.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_100_1_wo |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | to |
| Default Value | 0 |
#### 110: Set parameters 111-113 to default.
Set parameters 111-113 to default.
##### Overview
Set parameters 111-113 to default.   
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_110_1_wo |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | to |
| Default Value | 0 |
#### 255: Reset to default factory settings
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_255_4_wo |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 0 |
| Options | Resets all configuration parameters to defaults (1) |
| | Reset to default factory settings and be excluded (1431655765) |
#### 1: Group 1
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | group_1 |
| Data Type | TEXT |
| Range | to |
#### 2: Group 2
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | group_2 |
| Data Type | TEXT |
| Range | to |
#### 3: Group 3
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | group_3 |
| Data Type | TEXT |
| Range | to |
---
Did you spot an error in the above definition or want to improve the content?
You can edit the database [here](http://www.cd-jackson.com/index.php/zwave/zwave-device-database/zwave-device-list/devicesummary/355).

836
_addons_bindings/zwave/doc/aeon_zw100_01_008.md Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,836 @@
---
layout: documentation
title: ZW100 - ZWave
---
{% include base.html %}
# ZW100 MultiSensor 6
This describes the Z-Wave device *ZW100*, manufactured by *AEON Labs* with the thing type UID of ```aeon_zw100_01_008```.
MultiSensor 6
## Overview
RESET - Press and hold for 20 seconds
* Reset MultiSensor to factory default:
1. Press and hold the Action Button for 20 seconds.
2. If holding time more than one second, the LED will blink faster and faster. If holding time more than
20 seconds, the LED will be on for 2 seconds, which indicates reset is success, otherwise please
repeat step 2.
* Note:
1, This procedure should only be used when the primary controller is inoperable.
2, Reset MultiSensor to factory default settings, it will:
a ), let the MultiSensor to be excluded in Z-Wave network;
b), delete the Association settings;
c), restore the Configuration settings to the default.  
### Inclusion Information
## Click one time
1. Send **non-security** Node Info frame  
* Add MultiSensor into Z-Wave network(non-security inclusion):
1. Power on MultiSensor. The MultiSensor’s LED will blink slowly when you short press the Action
Button.
2. Let the primary controller into inclusion mode (If you don’t know how to do this, refer to its manual).
3. Press the Action Button.
4. If the inclusion is success, MultiSensor’s LED will be kept turning on for 8 seconds when you short
press the Action Button. If the LED is still in slow blink, in which you need to repeat the process from
step 2.
## Short press 2 times within 1 second
* 1. Send **Security** Node Info frame.
2. Add MultiSensor into z-wave network(Security inclusion):
1. Power on MultiSensor. The MultiSensor’s LED will blink slowly when you short press the Action
Button.
2. Let the primary controller into inclusion mode (If you don’t know how to do this, refer to its manual).
3. Press the Action Button.
4. If the inclusion is success, MultiSensor’s LED will be kept turning on for 8 seconds when you short
press the Action Button. If the LED is still in slow blink, in which you need to repeat the process from
step 2. 
### Exclusion Information
Remove MultiSensor from Z-wave network:
1. Power on MultiSensor. The MultiSensor’s LED will be kept turning on for 8 seconds when you short
press the Action Button.
2. Let the primary controller into exclusion mode (If you don’t know how to do this, refer to its manual).
3. Press the Action Button.
4. If the exclusion is success, MultiSensor’s LED will blink slowly when you short press the Action
Button. If MultiSensor’s LED still keeps on status, in which you need to repeat the process from step 2.  
### Wakeup Information
## Press and hold for 3 seconds
Enable/disable wake up for 10 minutes.
(When it is enabled, the orange Led will fast blink) 
## Channels
The following table summarises the channels available for the ZW100 MultiSensor 6.
| Channel | Channel Id | Channel Type UID | Category | Item Type |
|---------|------------|------------------|----------|-----------|
| Binary Sensor | sensor_binary | sensor_binary | Door | Switch |
| Sensor (relative humidity) | sensor_relhumidity | sensor_relhumidity | Humidity | Number |
| Sensor (temperature) | sensor_temperature | sensor_temperature | Temperature | Number |
| Sensor (luminance) | sensor_luminance | sensor_luminance | Temperature | Number |
| Sensor (ultraviolet) | sensor_ultraviolet | sensor_ultraviolet | Temperature | Number |
| Tamper Alarm | alarm_tamper | alarm_tamper | | Switch |
| Motion Alarm | alarm_motion | alarm_motion | Door | Switch |
| | battery-level | system.battery-level | | |
### Sensor (temperature)
#### Scale
Select the scale for temperature readings
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_scale |
| Data Type | TEXT || Default Value | 0 |
| Options | Celsius (0) |
| | Fahrenheit (1) |
### Device Configuration
The following table provides a summary of the configuration parameters available in the ZW100 MultiSensor 6.
Detailed information on each parameter can be found below.
| Parameter | Description |
|-------------|-------------|
| 2: Stay Awake in Battery Mode | Stay awake for 10 minutes at power on |
| 3: Motion Sensor reset timeout | Motion Sensor reset timeout |
| 4: Motion sensor sensitivity | Sensitivity level of PIR sensor (1=minimum, 5=maximum) |
| 5: Motion Sensor Triggered Command | |
| 8: Timeout after wake up | Set the timeout of awake after the Wake Up CC is sent out... |
| 9: Report the current power mode | Report the current power mode and the product state of battery power mode |
| 39: Low Battery Report | Report Low Battery if below this value |
| 40: Selective Reporting | Select to report on thresholds |
| 41: Temperature Threshold Unit | Sets the unit of the threshold |
| 41: Temperature Threshold | Threshold change in temperature to induce an automatic report. |
| 42: Humidity Threshold | Humidity percent change threshold |
| 43: Luminance Threshold | Luminance change threshold |
| 44: Battery Threshold | Battery level threshold |
| 45: Ultraviolet Threshold | Ultraviolet change threshold |
| 46: Send Alarm Report if low temperature | Send an alarm report if temperature is less than -15 °C |
| 81: LED function | Disable/Enable LED function |
| 101: Group 1 Periodic Reports | Periodic reports to send to Group 1 |
| 102: Group 2 Periodic Reports | Periodic reports to send to Group 2 |
| 103: Group 3 Periodic Reports | Periodic reports to send to Group 3 |
| 111: Group 1 Report Interval | How often to update Group 1 |
| 112: Group 2 Report Interval | Group 2 Report Interval |
| 113: Group 3 Report Interval | Group 3 Report Interval |
| 201: Temperature Calibration | Temperature calibration in 0.1 deg steps |
| 201: Temperature Calibration Unit | |
| 201: Temperature Calibration Value | Calibration value containing one decimal point |
| 202: Humidity Sensor Calibration | Humidity Sensor Calibration |
| 203: Luminance Sensor Calibration | Luminance Sensor Calibration |
| 204: Ultraviolet Sensor Calibration | Ultraviolet Sensor Calibration |
| 252: Lock Configuration Parameters | Enable or Disable changing of configuration parameters |
| 41: Temperature Threshold | Temperature change threshold |
| 100: Set parameters 101-103 to default. | Reset 101-103 to defaults |
| 110: Set parameters 111-113 to default. | Set parameters 111-113 to default. |
| 255: Reset to default factory settings | |
| 1: Group 1 | |
| 2: Group 2 | |
| 3: Group 3 | |
#### 2: Stay Awake in Battery Mode
Stay awake for 10 minutes at power on
##### Overview
Enable/Disable waking up for 10 minutes when re-power on (battery mode) the MultiSensor.
1. Value = 0, disable.
2. Value =others, enable.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_2_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 0 |
| Options | Disable (0) |
| | enable (1) |
#### 3: Motion Sensor reset timeout
Motion Sensor reset timeout
##### Overview
1. The default PIR time is 4 minutes. The Multisensor will send BASIC SET CC (0x00) to the associated nodes if no motion is triggered again in 4 minutes.
2. Range: 10~3600.
**Note**:
1. The time unit is second if the value range is in 10 to 255.
2. If the value range is in 256 to 3600, the time unit will be minute and its value should follow the below rules:
a), Interval time =Value/60, if the interval time can be divided by 60 and without remainder.
b), Interval time= (Value/60) +1, if the interval time can be divided by 60 and has remainder.
3. Other values will be ignored.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_3_2 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 10 to 3600 |
| Default Value | 240 |
#### 4: Motion sensor sensitivity
Sensitivity level of PIR sensor (1=minimum, 5=maximum)
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_4_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 5 |
| Options | Disable (0) |
| | Enable, sensitivity level 1 (minimum) (1) |
| | Enable, sensitivity level 2 (2) |
| | Enable, sensitivity level 3 (3) |
| | Enable, sensitivity level 4 (4) |
| | Enable, sensitivity level 5 (maximum) (5) |
#### 5: Motion Sensor Triggered Command
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_5_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 1 |
| Options | Send Basic Set CC (1) |
| | Send Sensor Binary Report CC (2) |
#### 8: Timeout after wake up
Set the timeout of awake after the Wake Up CC is sent out...
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_8_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 8 to 255 |
| Default Value | 30 |
#### 9: Report the current power mode
Report the current power mode and the product state of battery power mode
##### Overview
Value1 (MSB): 0x00=USB power mode, 0x01=Battery power mode
Value2 (LSB): 0x00=keep sleep state for Battery power mode, 0x01=keep awake for 10 minutes for battery power mode
NOTE: this parameter cannot be used as Get/Set usage
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_9_2 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 1 |
| Default Value | 0 |
#### 39: Low Battery Report
Report Low Battery if below this value
##### Overview
Configure low battery value.
Value=10 to 50.(10% to 50%)
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_39_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 10 to 50 |
| Default Value | 20 |
#### 40: Selective Reporting
Select to report on thresholds
##### Overview
Enable/disable the selective reporting only when measurements reach a certain threshold or percentage set in 41-44 below. This is used to reduce network traffic. (0 == disable, 1 == enable)
Note: If USB Power, the Sensor will check threshold every 10 seconds. If battery power, the Sensor will check the threshold when it is waken up.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_40_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 0 |
| Options | Disable (0) |
| | Enable (1) |
#### 41: Temperature Threshold Unit
Sets the unit of the threshold
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_41_2_000000FF |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 1 |
| Options | Celsius (1) |
| | Fahrenheit (2) |
#### 41: Temperature Threshold
Threshold change in temperature to induce an automatic report.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_41_2_0000FF00 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 100 |
| Default Value | 0 |
#### 42: Humidity Threshold
Humidity percent change threshold
##### Overview
Threshold change in humidity to induce an automatic report.
Note:
1. The unit is %.
2. The default value is 10, which means that if the current humidity gap is
more than 10%, it will send out a humidity report.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_42_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 100 |
| Default Value | 10 |
#### 43: Luminance Threshold
Luminance change threshold
##### Overview
Threshold change in luminance to induce an automatic report.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_43_2 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 1000 |
| Default Value | 100 |
#### 44: Battery Threshold
Battery level threshold
##### Overview
Threshold change in battery level to induce an automatic report.
Note:
1. The unit is %.
2. The default value is 10, which means that if the current battery level gap is
more than 10%, it will send out a battery report.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_44_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 100 |
| Default Value | 10 |
#### 45: Ultraviolet Threshold
Ultraviolet change threshold
##### Overview
Threshold change in ultraviolet to induce an automatic report.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_45_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 100 |
| Default Value | 2 |
#### 46: Send Alarm Report if low temperature
Send an alarm report if temperature is less than -15 °C
##### Overview
Enable/Disable to send the alarm report of low temperature (<-15°C)
Value=0, disable
Value=1, enable (The MultiSensor will send a report of Multi Level Temperature CC to controller if the current temperature is less then -15°C).
Note: The battery activity will reduced at low temperatures (-15 degrees Celsius and below), wich will lead to the product may not work normally. It is recommended to use USB power at low temperatures.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_46_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 0 |
| Options | Disable (0) |
| | Enable (1) |
#### 81: LED function
Disable/Enable LED function
##### Overview
Disable/Enable LED function (0: enabled 1: disabled)
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_81_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 1 |
| Default Value | 0 |
#### 101: Group 1 Periodic Reports
Periodic reports to send to Group 1
##### Overview
This value is a combination number made up of the sum of the values for the individual sensors and battery. The sensors have these values:
* Battery=1
* Ultraviolet=16
* Temperature=32
* Humidity=64
* Light=128
1+16+32+64+128 = 241 and is the default value
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_101_4 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 65535 |
| Default Value | 241 |
#### 102: Group 2 Periodic Reports
Periodic reports to send to Group 2
##### Overview
This value is a combination number made up of the sum of the values for the individual sensors and battery. The sensors have these values:
* Battery=1
* Ultraviolet=16
* Temperature=32
* Humidity=64
* Light=128
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_102_4 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 65535 |
| Default Value | 0 |
#### 103: Group 3 Periodic Reports
Periodic reports to send to Group 3
##### Overview
This value is a combination number made up of the sum of the values for the individual sensors and battery. The sensors have these values:
* Battery=1
* Ultraviolet=16
* Temperature=32
* Humidity=64
* Light=128
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_103_4 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 65535 |
| Default Value | 0 |
#### 111: Group 1 Report Interval
How often to update Group 1
##### Overview
The interval time of sending reports in Report group 1 (Valid values 0x05-0x28DE80).
1. The unit of interval time is second if USB power.
2. If battery power, the minimum interval time is 60 minutes by default, for example, if the value is set to be more than 5 and less than 3600, the interval time is 60 minutes, if the value is set to be more than 3600 and less than 7200, the interval time is 120 minutes. You can also change the minimum interval time to 4 minutes via setting the interval value(3 bytes) to 240 in Wake Up Interval Set CC.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_111_4 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 5 to 2678400 |
| Default Value | 3600 |
#### 112: Group 2 Report Interval
Group 2 Report Interval
##### Overview
The interval time of sending reports in Report group 2 (Valid values 0x05-
0x28DE80).
Note:
1. The unit of interval time is second if USB power.
2. If battery power, the minimum interval time is 60 minutes by default, for
example, if the value is set to be more than 5 and less than 3600, the interval
time is 60 minutes, if the value is set to be more than 3600 and less than 7200,
the interval time is 120 minutes. You can also change the minimum interval time
to 4 minutes via setting the interval value(3 bytes) to 240 in Wake Up Interval Set
CC.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_112_4 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 5 to 2678400 |
| Default Value | 3600 |
#### 113: Group 3 Report Interval
Group 3 Report Interval
##### Overview
The interval time of sending reports in Report group 3
1. The unit of interval time is second if USB power.
2. If battery power, the minimum interval time is 60 minutes by default, for example, if the value is set to be more than 5 and less than 3600, the interval time is 60 minutes, if the value is set to be more than 3600 and less than 7200, the interval time is 120 minutes. You can also change the minimum interval time to 4 minutes via setting the interval value(3 bytes) to 240 in Wake Up Interval Set CC.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_113_4 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 5 to 2678400 |
| Default Value | 3600 |
#### 201: Temperature Calibration
Temperature calibration in 0.1 deg steps
##### Overview
Temperature calibration (the available value range is \[-128,127\] or \[-12.8°C ,12.7 °C \] ).
**Note**:
1. High byte is the calibration value. Low byte is the unit (0x01=Celsius, 0x02=Fahrenheit).
2. The calibration value (high byte) contains one decimal point. E.g. if the value is set to 20 (0x1401), the calibration value is 2.0°C (EU/AU version) or if the value is set to 20 (0x1402), the calibration value is 2.0 °F (US version)
3. The calibration value = standard value - measure value. °C and the standard value = 23.2 °C , so the calibration value= 23.2 °C - 25.3 °C = -2.1 °C (0xEB). If the measure value =30.1 °C and the standard value = 33.2 °C , so the calibration value= 33.2 °C - 30.1 °C =3.1 °C (0x1F).
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_201_2 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | -128 to 127 |
| Default Value | 0 |
#### 201: Temperature Calibration Unit
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_201_2_000000FF |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 1 |
| Options | Celsius (1) |
| | Fahrenheit (2) |
#### 201: Temperature Calibration Value
Calibration value containing one decimal point
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_201_2_0000FF00 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | -127 to 127 |
| Default Value | 0 |
#### 202: Humidity Sensor Calibration
Humidity Sensor Calibration
##### Overview
Humidity sensor calibration (the available value range is \[-50, 50\]).
The calibration value = standard value - measure value.
E.g. If measure value =80RH and the standard value = 75RH, so the calibration
value= 75RH – 80RH= -5RH (0xFB).
If the measure value =85RH and the standard value = 90RH, so the calibration
value= 90RH – 85RH=5RH (0x05).
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_202_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | -50 to 50 |
| Default Value | 0 |
#### 203: Luminance Sensor Calibration
Luminance Sensor Calibration
##### Overview
Luminance sensor calibration (the available value range is \[-1000, 1000\]).
The calibration value = standard value - measure value.
E.g. If measure value =800Lux and the standard value = 750Lux, so the
calibration value= 750 – 800= -50 (0xFFCE).
If the measure value =850Lux and the standard value = 900Lux, so the calibration
value= 900 – 850=50 (0x0032).
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_203_2 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | -1000 to 1000 |
| Default Value | 0 |
#### 204: Ultraviolet Sensor Calibration
Ultraviolet Sensor Calibration
##### Overview
Ultraviolet sensor calibration (the available value range is \[-10, 10\]).
The calibration value = standard value - measure value.
E.g. If measure value =9 and the standard value = 8, so the calibration value= 8 –
9= -1 (0xFE).
If the measure value =7 and the standard value = 9, so the calibration value= 9 –
7=2 (0x02).
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_204_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | -10 to 10 |
| Default Value | 0 |
#### 252: Lock Configuration Parameters
Enable or Disable changing of configuration parameters
##### Overview
Enable/disable Configuration Locked (0 =disable, 1 = enable).
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_252_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 0 |
| Options | Disable (0) |
| | Enable (1) |
#### 41: Temperature Threshold
Temperature change threshold
##### Overview
Threshold change in temperature to induce an automatic report.
**Note**:
1. The unit is Fahrenheit for US version, Celsius for EU/AU version.
2. High byte is the threshold value. Low byte is the unit (0x01=Celsius, 0x02=Fahrenheit).
3. The threshold value (high byte) contains one decimal point. E.g. if the value is set to 20 (0x1401), the threshold value =2.0°C (EU/AU version) or if the value is set to 20 (0x1402), the threshold value=2.0 °F (US version). When the current temperature gap is more then 2.0, which will induce a temperature report to be sent out.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_41_2_wo |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 20 |
| Options | Temperature Threshold Unit (0) |
#### 100: Set parameters 101-103 to default.
Reset 101-103 to defaults
##### Overview
Set 101-103 to default.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_100_1_wo |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | to |
| Default Value | 0 |
#### 110: Set parameters 111-113 to default.
Set parameters 111-113 to default.
##### Overview
Set parameters 111-113 to default.   
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_110_1_wo |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | to |
| Default Value | 0 |
#### 255: Reset to default factory settings
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_255_4_wo |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 0 |
| Options | Resets all configuration parameters to defaults (1) |
| | Reset to default factory settings and be excluded (1431655765) |
#### 1: Group 1
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | group_1 |
| Data Type | TEXT |
| Range | to |
#### 2: Group 2
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | group_2 |
| Data Type | TEXT |
| Range | to |
#### 3: Group 3
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | group_3 |
| Data Type | TEXT |
| Range | to |
---
Did you spot an error in the above definition or want to improve the content?
You can edit the database [here](http://www.cd-jackson.com/index.php/zwave/zwave-device-database/zwave-device-list/devicesummary/387).

1353
_addons_bindings/zwave/doc/aeon_zw100_01_010.md Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

691
_addons_bindings/zwave/doc/aeon_zw111_00_000.md Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,691 @@
---
layout: documentation
title: ZW111 - ZWave
---
{% include base.html %}
# ZW111 Nano Dimmer
This describes the Z-Wave device *ZW111*, manufactured by *AEON Labs* with the thing type UID of ```aeon_zw111_00_000```.
Nano Dimmer
## Overview
Aeotec Nano Dimmer is a Z-Wave Smart Dimmer specifically used to enable Z-Wave command and control (on/off/dim) of any wall switches. It can report immediate wattage consumption or kWh energy usage over a period of time. In the event of power failure, non-volatile memory retains all programmed information relating to the unit’s operating status.
It can connect to 2 external manual switches to control the load ON/OFF independently. Its surface has a pin socket, which can be used for connecting to the touch panel, so you can also use the touch panel to control the Nano Dimmer.
The Nano Dimmer is also a security Z-Wave plus device and supports Over The Air (OTA) feature for the products firmware upgrade.
## Channels
The following table summarises the channels available for the ZW111 Nano Dimmer.
| Channel | Channel Id | Channel Type UID | Category | Item Type |
|---------|------------|------------------|----------|-----------|
| Switch | switch_binary | switch_binary | Switch | Switch |
| Dimmer | switch_dimmer | switch_dimmer | DimmableLight | Dimmer |
| Scene Number | scene_number | scene_number | | Number |
| Electric meter (kWh) | meter_kwh | meter_kwh | Energy | Number |
| Electric meter (watts) | meter_watts | meter_watts | Energy | Number |
| Electric meter (volts) | meter_voltage | meter_voltage | Energy | Number |
| Electric meter (amps) | meter_current | meter_current | Energy | Number |
| Alarm (power) | alarm_power | alarm_power | Door | Switch |
| Alarm (heat) | alarm_heat | alarm_heat | | Switch |
| Clock Time Offset | time_offset | time_offset | Temperature | Number |
### Dimmer
#### Restore Last Value
Restore Last Dimming level on ON.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_restoreLastValue |
| Data Type | BOOLEAN || Default Value | true |
| Options | Restore Last Value (true) |
| | Restore Full Brightness (false) |
### Clock Time Offset
#### Automatic Update Offset
The number of seconds difference in the time before it is reset
Setting this will automatically update the devices clock when the time difference between the device, and the computer exceeds this number of seconds.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_offset |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 10 to 600 || Default Value | 60 |
| Options | Disable Auto Update (0) |
### Device Configuration
The following table provides a summary of the configuration parameters available in the ZW111 Nano Dimmer.
Detailed information on each parameter can be found below.
| Parameter | Description |
|-------------|-------------|
| 3: Current Overload Protection | Current Overload Protection |
| 4: Overheat protection | Overheat protection |
| 20: Configure the output status after re-power on it | Configure the output status after re-power on it |
| 80: Group 1 notificaiton | Set notification sent to associated nodes (group 1) |
| 81: Group 3 notificaiton | Set notification sent to associated nodes (group 3) |
| 82: Group 4 notificaiton | Set notification sent to associated nodes (group 4) |
| 85: Set appointment 1 | Set appointment 1 |
| 86: Set appointment 2 | Set appointment 2 |
| 90: (En/dis)able 91 and 92 | Enables/disables parameter 91 and 92 |
| 91: Set the threshold value of wattage | Threshold change in wattage (in terms of wattage) to induce an automatic report |
| 92: Set the threshold value of wattage | Threshold change in wattage (in terms of percentage) |
| 101: Set group 1 reports | To set which reports need to be sent in Report group 1 |
| 102: Set group 2 reports | To set which reports need to be sent in Report group 2 |
| 103: To set which reports need to be sent in Report group 3 | To set which reports need to be sent in Report group 3 |
| 111: Automatic report interval group 1 | Set the interval of automatic report for Report group 1 |
| 112: Automatic report interval group 2 | Set the interval of automatic report for Report group 2 |
| 113: Automatic report interval group 3 | Set the interval of automatic report for Report group 3 |
| 121: Configure the external switch mode for S2 | Configure the external switch mode for S2 |
| 122: Get the state of touch panel port | Get the state of touch panel port |
| 123: Set the control destination for external switch S1 | Set the control destination for external switch S1 |
| 124: Set the control destination for external switch S2 | Set the control destination for external switch S2 |
| 125: Set the default dimming rate | The value range is 1 to 255 seconds |
| 128: Get the current working mode | Get the current working mode |
| 129: Set the dimming principle | Set the dimming principle |
| 130: To get what type of load the Dimmer is connected to | To get what type of load the Dimmer is connected to. |
| 131: Set the min brightness level that the load can reach to | Set the min brightness level that the load can reach to |
| 132: Set the max brightness level that the load can reach to | Set the max brightness level that the load can reach to |
| 249: Set the recognition way of load | Set the recognition way of load |
| 252: Lock/unlock configuration parameters | Lock/unlock configuration parameters |
| 255: Reset the Nano Dimmer | Reset the Nano Dimmer |
| 100: Reset 101-103 to default | Reset parameters 101-103 to default values |
| 110: Reset 111-113 to default | Reset parameters 111-113 to default values |
| 120: Configure the external switch mode for S1 | Configure the external switch mode for S1 |
| 1: Z-Wave Plus Lifeline | Z-Wave Plus Lifeline |
| 2: Forward | |
| 3: Send Basic Set (Group 3) Sw 1 | |
| 4: Send Basic Set (Group 3) Sw 2 | |
#### 3: Current Overload Protection
Current Overload Protection
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_3_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 1 |
| Options | Disable (0) |
| | (Default) Enable (1) |
#### 4: Overheat protection
Overheat protection
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_4_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 0 |
| Options | (Default) Disable (0) |
| | Enable (1) |
#### 20: Configure the output status after re-power on it
Configure the output status after re-power on it
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_20_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 0 |
| Options | (Default) Last status (0) |
| | Always on (1) |
| | Always off (2) |
#### 80: Group 1 notificaiton
Set notification sent to associated nodes (group 1)
##### Overview
To set which notification would be sent to the associated devices (Group 1) when the state of Nano Dimmer’s load is changed.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_80_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 0 |
| Options | (Default) Send Nothing (0) |
| | Send Hail CC (1) |
| | Send Basic CC report (2) |
| | Send Multilevel Switch report (3) |
| | Send Hail CC when using the manual switch (4) |
#### 81: Group 3 notificaiton
Set notification sent to associated nodes (group 3)
##### Overview
set notification sent to associated nodes (group 4)
To set which notification would be sent to the associated nodes in association Group 3 when using the external switch 1 to switch the loads.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_81_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 0 |
| Options | Send Nothing (0) |
| | (Default) Send Basic Set CC (1) |
#### 82: Group 4 notificaiton
Set notification sent to associated nodes (group 4)
##### Overview
To set which notification would be sent to the associated nodes in association Group 4 when using the external switch 2 to switch the loads.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_82_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 1 |
| Options | Send Nothing (0) |
| | (Default) Send Basic Set CC (1) |
#### 85: Set appointment 1
Set appointment 1
##### Overview
0 to 99     The brightness level
256 to 316     The minute value of ON time
65536 to 65560     The hour value of ON time
16777215 to 16777222     The day value (Mon to Sun)
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_85_4 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 16843197 |
| Default Value | 0 |
#### 86: Set appointment 2
Set appointment 2
##### Overview
0 to 99     The brightness level
256 to 316     The minute value of ON time
65536 to 65560     The hour value of ON time
16777215 to 16777222     The day value (Mon to Sun)
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_86_4 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 16843197 |
| Default Value | 0 |
#### 90: (En/dis)able 91 and 92
Enables/disables parameter 91 and 92
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_90_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 0 |
| Options | (Default) Disable (0) |
| | Enable (1) |
#### 91: Set the threshold value of wattage
Threshold change in wattage (in terms of wattage) to induce an automatic report
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_91_2 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 60000 |
| Default Value | 25 |
#### 92: Set the threshold value of wattage
Threshold change in wattage (in terms of percentage)
##### Overview
Threshold change in wattage (in terms of percentage) to induce an automatic report
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_92_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 100 |
| Default Value | 5 |
#### 101: Set group 1 reports
To set which reports need to be sent in Report group 1
##### Overview
1     Send Meter Report of voltage (V)
2     Send Meter Report of current (A)
4     Send Meter Report of wattage (W)
8     Send Meter Report of energy (kWh)
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_101_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 255 |
| Default Value | 0 |
#### 102: Set group 2 reports
To set which reports need to be sent in Report group 2
##### Overview
1     Send Meter Report of voltage (V)
2     Send Meter Report of current (A)
4     Send Meter Report of wattage (W)
8     Send Meter Report of energy (kWh)
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_102_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 255 |
| Default Value | 0 |
#### 103: To set which reports need to be sent in Report group 3
To set which reports need to be sent in Report group 3
##### Overview
1     Send Meter Report of voltage (V)
2     Send Meter Report of current (A)
4     Send Meter Report of wattage (W)
8     Send Meter Report of energy (kWh)
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_103_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 15 |
| Default Value | 0 |
#### 111: Automatic report interval group 1
Set the interval of automatic report for Report group 1
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_111_4 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 1 to 2147483647 |
| Default Value | 2147483647 |
#### 112: Automatic report interval group 2
Set the interval of automatic report for Report group 2
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_112_4 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 1 to 2147483647 |
| Default Value | 2147483647 |
#### 113: Automatic report interval group 3
Set the interval of automatic report for Report group 3
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_113_4 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 2147483647 |
| Default Value | 2147483647 |
#### 121: Configure the external switch mode for S2
Configure the external switch mode for S2
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_121_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 0 |
| Options | (Default) Unknown mode (0) |
| | 2-state switch mode (1) |
| | 3 way switch mode (2) |
| | Momentary push button mode (3) |
| | Enter automatic identification mode (4) |
#### 122: Get the state of touch panel port
Get the state of touch panel port
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_122_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 0 |
| Options | (Default) the touch panel is not connected. (0) |
| | the touch panel is connected (5) |
#### 123: Set the control destination for external switch S1
Set the control destination for external switch S1
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_123_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 3 |
| Options | control the output loads of itself (1) |
| | control the other nodes (2) |
| | (Default) control the output loads of itself and other nodes (3) |
#### 124: Set the control destination for external switch S2
Set the control destination for external switch S2
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_124_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 3 |
| Options | control the output loads of itself (1) |
| | control the other nodes (2) |
| | (Default) control the output loads of itself and other nodes (3) |
#### 125: Set the default dimming rate
The value range is 1 to 255 seconds
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_125_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 1 to 255 |
| Default Value | 255 |
#### 128: Get the current working mode
Get the current working mode
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_128_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 0 |
| Options | (Default) Unknown working mode (0) |
| | 2-wire mode (1) |
| | 3-wire mode (2) |
#### 129: Set the dimming principle
Set the dimming principle
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_129_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 1 |
| Options | Trailing edge mode (0) |
| | (Default) Leading edge mode (1) |
#### 130: To get what type of load the Dimmer is connected to
To get what type of load the Dimmer is connected to.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_130_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 0 |
| Options | (Default) Unknown load (0) |
| | Resistive load (1) |
| | Capacitive load (2) |
| | Inductive load (3) |
#### 131: Set the min brightness level that the load can reach to
Set the min brightness level that the load can reach to
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_131_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 99 |
| Default Value | 99 |
#### 132: Set the max brightness level that the load can reach to
Set the max brightness level that the load can reach to
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_132_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 99 |
| Default Value | 99 |
#### 249: Set the recognition way of load
Set the recognition way of load
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_249_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 2 |
| Options | Never recognize the load when power on (0) |
| | Only recognize once when first power on (1) |
| | (Default) Recognize the load once power on (2) |
#### 252: Lock/unlock configuration parameters
Lock/unlock configuration parameters
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_252_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 0 |
| Options | (Default) Unlock (0) |
| | Lock (1) |
#### 255: Reset the Nano Dimmer
Reset the Nano Dimmer
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_255_4 |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 0 |
| Options | (Default) factory default (0) |
| | factory default and remove (1431655765) |
#### 100: Reset 101-103 to default
Reset parameters 101-103 to default values
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_100_1_wo |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 0 |
| Options | Reset the parameter 101-103 (0) |
#### 110: Reset 111-113 to default
Reset parameters 111-113 to default values
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_110_1_wo |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 0 |
| Options | Reset the parameter 111-113 (0) |
#### 120: Configure the external switch mode for S1
Configure the external switch mode for S1
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_120_1_wo |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 0 |
| Options | (Default) Unknown mode (0) |
| | 2-state switch mode (1) |
| | 3 way switch mode (2) |
| | Momentary push button mode (3) |
| | Enter automatic identification mode (4) |
#### 1: Z-Wave Plus Lifeline
Z-Wave Plus Lifeline
##### Overview
Z-Wave Plus Lifeline. When the load state of Nano Dimmer (on/off/dim the load ) is changed, the Hail CC, Switch Multilevel Report and Basic Report (configured by parameter 80) can be sent to the associated nodes in this group.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | group_1 |
| Data Type | TEXT |
| Range | to |
#### 2: Forward
##### Overview
Forward the Basic Set, Switch Binary Set, Switch Multilevel Start Level Change, Switch Multilevel Stop Level Change, Switch Multilevel Set, Switch all to the associated nodes in Group 2 when the Nano Dimmer receives the Basic Set, Switch Binary Set, Switch Multilevel Start Level Change, Switch Multilevel Stop Level Change, Switch Multilevel Set, Switch all commands from main controller.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | group_2 |
| Data Type | TEXT |
| Range | to |
#### 3: Send Basic Set (Group 3) Sw 1
##### Overview
Send Basic Set (configured by parameter 0x51 ) to the associated nodes in Group 3 when the external switch S1 is operated
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | group_3 |
| Data Type | TEXT |
| Range | to |
#### 4: Send Basic Set (Group 3) Sw 2
##### Overview
Send Basic Set (configured by parameter 0x52) to the associated nodes in Group 4 when the external switch S2 is operated
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | group_4 |
| Data Type | TEXT |
| Range | to |
---
Did you spot an error in the above definition or want to improve the content?
You can edit the database [here](http://www.cd-jackson.com/index.php/zwave/zwave-device-database/zwave-device-list/devicesummary/576).

182
_addons_bindings/zwave/doc/aeon_zw112_00_000.md Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,182 @@
---
layout: documentation
title: ZW112 - ZWave
---
{% include base.html %}
# ZW112 Door/Window Sensor 6
This describes the Z-Wave device *ZW112*, manufactured by *AEON Labs* with the thing type UID of ```aeon_zw112_00_000```.
Door/Window Sensor 6
## Overview
Aeon Labs Door/ Window Sensor 6 is a smart Z-Wave sensor that can detect the status of door/window's open/close in real time. 
It’s a security Z-Wave device that supports security encryption. Also it supports the “Over the Air Firmware Updating” that allows you wirelessly update its firmware if needs. 
It can be included and operated in any Z-Wave network with other Z-Wave certified devices from manufacturers and/or other applications.
### Inclusion Information
Turn the primary controller into inclusion mode, short press the product’s Action Button that you can find in the back of the product. 
### Exclusion Information
Turn the primary controller into exclusion mode, short press the product’s Action Button that you can find in back of the product. 
### Wakeup Information
Press the Action Button once, which will trigger sending out the Wake up notification command, press and hold the Action Button for 3 seconds, which will toggle on/off the Sensor be waked up for 10 minutes. 
## Channels
The following table summarises the channels available for the ZW112 Door/Window Sensor 6.
| Channel | Channel Id | Channel Type UID | Category | Item Type |
|---------|------------|------------------|----------|-----------|
| Door Sensor | sensor_door | sensor_door | Door | Contact |
| | battery-level | system.battery-level | | |
### Device Configuration
The following table provides a summary of the configuration parameters available in the ZW112 Door/Window Sensor 6.
Detailed information on each parameter can be found below.
| Parameter | Description |
|-------------|-------------|
| 1: Value that will be sent on open/close events | |
| 39: Low battery threshold (10% to 50%) | The value the sensor will use to determine a low battery level |
| 101: Low battery voltage check | Enable or disables the low battery voltage check |
| 111: Low battery voltage check time | Sets the value of the interval for the low battery check time (in seconds) |
| 121: Reporting mode on open/close event | |
| 252: Lock/Unlock all configuration parameters | |
| 255: Reset sensor to factory default and remove from network | Reset sensor to factory default and remove from network |
| 1: Lifeline | Sends sensor report as configured in parameter 121 when the sensor is triggered |
#### 1: Value that will be sent on open/close events
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_1_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 0 |
| Options | On for opened, Off for closed (0) |
| | Off for opened, On for closed (1) |
#### 39: Low battery threshold (10% to 50%)
The value the sensor will use to determine a low battery level
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_39_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 10 to 50 |
| Default Value | 20 |
#### 101: Low battery voltage check
Enable or disables the low battery voltage check
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_101_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 1 |
| Options | Disable (0) |
| | Enable (1) |
#### 111: Low battery voltage check time
Sets the value of the interval for the low battery check time (in seconds)
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_111_4 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 240 to 134217727 |
| Default Value | 86640 |
#### 121: Reporting mode on open/close event
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_121_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 1 |
| Options | Send nothing (0) |
| | Send Basic Set CC (1) |
| | Send Sensor Binary Report CC (2) |
| | Send Basic Set CC and Sensor Binary Report CC (3) |
#### 252: Lock/Unlock all configuration parameters
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_252_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 0 |
| Options | Unlock (0) |
| | Lock (1) |
#### 255: Reset sensor to factory default and remove from network
Reset sensor to factory default and remove from network
##### Overview
Writing  1431655765 to this parameter will reset to factory default and the sensor will be removed from network.
If 1 byte is sent with a value of 0, then the senor will be reset to factory default, but the sensor will not be removed from the network.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_255_4_wo |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | to |
| Default Value | 1 |
#### 1: Lifeline
Sends sensor report as configured in parameter 121 when the sensor is triggered
##### Overview
1-5 nodes
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | group_1 |
| Data Type | TEXT |
| Range | to |
---
Did you spot an error in the above definition or want to improve the content?
You can edit the database [here](http://www.cd-jackson.com/index.php/zwave/zwave-device-database/zwave-device-list/devicesummary/274).

568
_addons_bindings/zwave/doc/aeon_zw116_00_000.md Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,568 @@
---
layout: documentation
title: ZW116 - ZWave
---
{% include base.html %}
# ZW116 Aeotec Nano Switch
This describes the Z-Wave device *ZW116*, manufactured by *AEON Labs* with the thing type UID of ```aeon_zw116_00_000```.
Aeotec Nano Switch
## Overview
Aeotec Nano Switch is a Z-Wave Smart Switch specifically used to enable Z-Wave command and control (on/off) of any wall switches. It can report immediate wattage consumption or kWh energy usage over a period of time. In the event of power failure, non-volatile memory retains all programmed information relating to the unit’s operating status.
It can connect to 2 external manual switches to control the load ON/OFF independently. Its surface has a pin socket, which can be used for connecting to the touch panel, so you can also use the touch panel to control the Dual Nano Switch.
The Nano Switch is also a security Z-Wave device and supports Over The Air (OTA) feature for the products firmware upgrade.
## Channels
The following table summarises the channels available for the ZW116 Aeotec Nano Switch.
| Channel | Channel Id | Channel Type UID | Category | Item Type |
|---------|------------|------------------|----------|-----------|
| Switch | switch_binary | switch_binary | Switch | Switch |
| Scene Number | scene_number | scene_number | | Number |
| Electric meter (watts) | meter_watts | meter_watts | Energy | Number |
| Electric meter (volts) | meter_voltage | meter_voltage | Energy | Number |
| Electric meter (kWh) | meter_kwh | meter_kwh | Energy | Number |
| Electric meter (amps) | meter_current | meter_current | Energy | Number |
| Alarm (power) | alarm_power | alarm_power | Door | Switch |
| Alarm (heat) | alarm_heat | alarm_heat | | Switch |
| Clock Time Offset | time_offset | time_offset | Temperature | Number |
### Clock Time Offset
#### Automatic Update Offset
The number of seconds difference in the time before it is reset
Setting this will automatically update the devices clock when the time difference between the device, and the computer exceeds this number of seconds.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_offset |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 10 to 600 || Default Value | 60 |
| Options | Disable Auto Update (0) |
### Device Configuration
The following table provides a summary of the configuration parameters available in the ZW116 Aeotec Nano Switch.
Detailed information on each parameter can be found below.
| Parameter | Description |
|-------------|-------------|
| 3: Current Overload Protection | Current Overload Protection |
| 4: Overheat protection | Overheat protection |
| 9: Instant Energy Autosend Interval (SENSOR_MULTILEVEL_REPORT) | Instant Energy Autosend Interval (SENSOR\_MULTILEVEL\_REPORT) |
| 20: Output status after re-power | Configure the output status after re-power on it |
| 80: Group 1 notifications | Group 1 notifications when the state of Nano Switch's load is changed |
| 81: Group 3 notifications | Notification to sent for Group 3 when using the external switch 1 |
| 82: Group 4 notifications | Notification to sent for Group 4 when using the external switch 2 |
| 83: Configure the state of LED | Configure the state of LED when it is in 3 modes |
| 84: Night light mode LED state | Set the ON/OFF time of the LED when it is in Night light mode |
| 86: Set appointment 1 | Set the ON time of output load. |
| 87: Set appointment 2 | Set the OFF time of output load |
| 90: Enables/disables parameter 91 and 92 | Enables/disables parameter 91 and 92 |
| 91: Set the threshold value of wattage | Threshold change in wattage (in terms of wattage) to induce an automatic report |
| 92: Set the threshold value of wattage | Threshold percentage change in wattage for an automatic report |
| 101: Set group 1 reports | To set which reports need to be sent in Report group 1. |
| 102: Set group 2 reports | To set which reports need to be sent in Report group 2. |
| 103: Set group 3 reports | To set which reports need to be sent in Report group 3. |
| 110: Reset the parameter 111-113 | Set parameter 111-113 to default value. |
| 111: Interval for automatic report group 1. | Set the interval of automatic report for Report group 1. |
| 112: Interval for automatic report group 2 | Set the interval of automatic report for Report group 2. |
| 113: Interval for automatic group 3 report | Set the interval of automatic report for Report group 3 |
| 120: External switch mode for S1 | Configure the external switch mode for S1 |
| 121: External switch mode for S2 | Configure the external switch mode for S2 |
| 122: Control destination of external switch | Set the control destination for external switch |
| 252: Lock/unlock configuration parameters | Lock/unlock configuration parameters |
| 255: Reset the Nano Switch | |
| 100: Set parameter 101-103 to default value | Reset the parameter 101-103 |
| 100: Set parameter 101-103 to default value | Reset the parameter 101-103 |
| 1: Z-Wave Plus Lifeline | |
| 2: Forward Group 2 | |
| 3: Send Basic Set to Group 3 | |
#### 3: Current Overload Protection
Current Overload Protection
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_3_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 1 |
| Options | Disable (0) |
| | (Default) Enable (1) |
#### 4: Overheat protection
Overheat protection
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_4_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 0 |
| Options | (Default) Disable (0) |
| | Enable (1) |
#### 9: Instant Energy Autosend Interval (SENSOR_MULTILEVEL_REPORT)
Instant Energy Autosend Interval (SENSOR\_MULTILEVEL\_REPORT)
##### Overview
Send SENSOR\_MULTILEVEL\_REPORT at this interval
0 means to not send
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_9_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 255 |
| Default Value | 0 |
#### 20: Output status after re-power
Configure the output status after re-power on it
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_20_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 0 |
| Options | Last status (0) |
| | Always on (1) |
| | Always off (2) |
#### 80: Group 1 notifications
Group 1 notifications when the state of Nano Switch's load is changed
##### Overview
To set which notification would be sent to the associated devices (Group 1) when the state of Nano Switch's load is changed.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_80_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 3 |
| Options | Send Nothing (0) |
| | Send Hail CC (1) |
| | Send Basic Report CC (2) |
| | Send Hail CC when using the manual switch to change the load (3) |
#### 81: Group 3 notifications
Notification to sent for Group 3 when using the external switch 1
##### Overview
To set which notification would be sent to the associated nodes in association Group 3 when using the external switch 1 to switch the loads.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_81_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 1 |
| Options | Send Nothing (0) |
| | Send Basic Set CC (1) |
#### 82: Group 4 notifications
Notification to sent for Group 4 when using the external switch 2
##### Overview
To set which notification would be sent to the associated nodes in association Group 4 when using the external switch 2 to switch the loads.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_82_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 1 |
| Options | Send Nothing (0) |
| | Send Basic Set CC (1) |
#### 83: Configure the state of LED
Configure the state of LED when it is in 3 modes
##### Overview
Configure the state of LED when it is in 3 modes (Energy mode, Momentary indicate mode, Night light mode)
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_83_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 0 |
| Options | Energy mode. The LED will follow the status (on/off) (0) |
| | Momentary indicate mode (1) |
| | Night light mode. The LED will remain ON state (2) |
#### 84: Night light mode LED state
Set the ON/OFF time of the LED when it is in Night light mode
##### Overview
0 to 60 The minute time of OFF 256 to 316 The hour time of OFF 65536 to 65596 The minute time of ON 16777216 to 16777276 The hour time of ON
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_84_4 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 4294967295 |
| Default Value | 301991936 |
#### 86: Set appointment 1
Set the ON time of output load.
##### Overview
65536 to 65543 The day value (Mon to Sun) 16777216 Enable the setting. 256 to 316 The hour value of ON time 16777215 Disable the setting. 0 to 60 The minute value of ON time
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_86_4 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 4294967295 |
| Default Value | 8327680 |
#### 87: Set appointment 2
Set the OFF time of output load
##### Overview
256 to 316 The hour value of ON time 65536 to 65543 The day value (Mon to Sun) 16777215 Disable the setting. 0 to 60 The minute value of ON time 16777216 Enable the setting.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_87_4 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 8327680 |
| Default Value | 8327680 |
#### 90: Enables/disables parameter 91 and 92
Enables/disables parameter 91 and 92
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_90_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 0 |
| Options | (Default) Disable (0) |
| | Enable (1) |
#### 91: Set the threshold value of wattage
Threshold change in wattage (in terms of wattage) to induce an automatic report
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_91_2 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 60000 |
| Default Value | 25 |
#### 92: Set the threshold value of wattage
Threshold percentage change in wattage for an automatic report
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_92_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 100 |
| Default Value | 5 |
#### 101: Set group 1 reports
To set which reports need to be sent in Report group 1.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_101_4 |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 0 |
| Options | Send Meter Report of energy (kWh) (1) |
| | Send Meter Report of wattage (W) (2) |
| | Send Meter Report of voltage (V) (4) |
| | Send Meter Report of current (A) (8) |
#### 102: Set group 2 reports
To set which reports need to be sent in Report group 2.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_102_4 |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 0 |
| Options | Send Meter Report of energy (kWh) (1) |
| | Send Meter Report of wattage (W) (2) |
| | Send Meter Report of voltage (V) (4) |
| | Send Meter Report of current (A) (8) |
#### 103: Set group 3 reports
To set which reports need to be sent in Report group 3.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_103_4 |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 0 |
| Options | Send Meter Report of voltage (V) (1) |
| | Send Meter Report of current (A) (2) |
| | Send Meter Report of wattage (W) (4) |
| | Send Meter Report of energy (kWh) (8) |
#### 110: Reset the parameter 111-113
Set parameter 111-113 to default value.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_110_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 255 |
| Default Value | 0 |
#### 111: Interval for automatic report group 1.
Set the interval of automatic report for Report group 1.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_111_4 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 1 to 2147483647 |
| Default Value | 600 |
#### 112: Interval for automatic report group 2
Set the interval of automatic report for Report group 2.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_112_4 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 1 to 2147483647 |
| Default Value | 600 |
#### 113: Interval for automatic group 3 report
Set the interval of automatic report for Report group 3
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_113_4 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 1 to 2147483647 |
| Default Value | 600 |
#### 120: External switch mode for S1
Configure the external switch mode for S1
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_120_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 0 |
| Options | Enter automatic identification mode (0) |
| | 2-state switch mode (1) |
| | 3 way switch mode (2) |
| | Momentary push button mode (3) |
#### 121: External switch mode for S2
Configure the external switch mode for S2
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_121_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 0 |
| Options | Enter automatic identification mode (0) |
| | 2-state switch mode (1) |
| | 3 way switch mode (2) |
| | Momentary push button mode (3) |
#### 122: Control destination of external switch
Set the control destination for external switch
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_122_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 3 |
| Options | control the output loads of itself (1) |
| | control the other nodes (2) |
| | control the output loads of itself and other nodes (3) |
#### 252: Lock/unlock configuration parameters
Lock/unlock configuration parameters
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_252_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 0 |
| Options | Unlock (0) |
| | Lock (1) |
#### 255: Reset the Nano Switch
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_255_4 |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 0 |
| Options | (Default) Reset all configuration parameters (0) |
| | Reset and remove from network (1431655765) |
#### 100: Set parameter 101-103 to default value
Reset the parameter 101-103
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_100_1_wo |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | to |
| Default Value | 0 |
#### 100: Set parameter 101-103 to default value
Reset the parameter 101-103
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_100_1_wo |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | to |
| Default Value | 0 |
#### 1: Z-Wave Plus Lifeline
##### Overview
When the load state of Nano Switch (turn on/off the load) is changed, the Hail CC and Basic Report (configured by parameter 80) can be sent to the associated nodes in this group.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | group_1 |
| Data Type | TEXT |
| Range | to |
#### 2: Forward Group 2
##### Overview
Forward the Basic Set, Switch All, Scene Activation Set to associated nodes in Group 2 when the Dual Nano Switch receives the Basic Set, Switch All, Scene Activation Set commands from main controller.
(E.g. Send/forward Basic Set to control the other nodes in association Group 2)
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | group_2 |
| Data Type | TEXT |
| Range | to |
#### 3: Send Basic Set to Group 3
##### Overview
Send Basic Set (configured by parameter 0x51 ) to the associated nodes in Group 3 when the external switch S1 is operated.
Note: The Switch Mode of external switch S1 should be identified successfully, which means that the value of Configuration parameter 0x78 should be non-zero, then the Basic Set can be sent to the associated nodes in Group 3 via triggering the S1 switch.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | group_3 |
| Data Type | TEXT |
| Range | to |
---
Did you spot an error in the above definition or want to improve the content?
You can edit the database [here](http://www.cd-jackson.com/index.php/zwave/zwave-device-database/zwave-device-list/devicesummary/591).

169
_addons_bindings/zwave/doc/aeon_zw117_00_000.md Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,169 @@
---
layout: documentation
title: ZW117 - ZWave
---
{% include base.html %}
# ZW117 Range Extender 6
This describes the Z-Wave device *ZW117*, manufactured by *AEON Labs* with the thing type UID of ```aeon_zw117_00_000```.
Range Extender 6
## Channels
The following table summarises the channels available for the ZW117 Range Extender 6.
| Channel | Channel Id | Channel Type UID | Category | Item Type |
|---------|------------|------------------|----------|-----------|
| Dimmer | switch_dimmer | switch_dimmer | DimmableLight | Dimmer |
| Color Control | color_color | color_color | | Color |
| Color Temperature | color_temperature | color_temperature | ColorLight | Dimmer |
### Dimmer
#### Restore Last Value
Restore Last Dimming level on ON.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_restoreLastValue |
| Data Type | BOOLEAN || Default Value | true |
| Options | Restore Last Value (true) |
| | Restore Full Brightness (false) |
### Device Configuration
The following table provides a summary of the configuration parameters available in the ZW117 Range Extender 6.
Detailed information on each parameter can be found below.
| Parameter | Description |
|-------------|-------------|
| 33: RGB value | Set the RGB value of the LED for the quality test of the LED diode. |
| 82: Default status of the LED | Set the default status of the LED when the Range Extender relays Z-Wave message. |
| 200: Partner ID | |
| 252: Enable/disable the Configuration to be locked | |
| 254: Device Tag. | |
| 255: Reset to factory default | Reset to factory default settings and removed from the z-wave network |
| 255: Reset configuration | Reset all configuration parameters to factory default settings |
| 1: Group 1 | Lifeline |
| 2: Group 2 | Retransmit |
#### 33: RGB value
Set the RGB value of the LED for the quality test of the LED diode.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_33_3_00000021 |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 2 |
| Options | Reserved (1) |
| | Red value (2) |
| | Green value (3) |
| | Blue value (4) |
#### 82: Default status of the LED
Set the default status of the LED when the Range Extender relays Z-Wave message.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_82_1_00000052 |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 0 |
| Options | The green LED remains On for 2 seconds (0) |
| | Off (1) |
#### 200: Partner ID
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_200_1_000000C8 |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 0 |
| Options | Aeon Labs Standard Product (0) |
| | others (1) |
#### 252: Enable/disable the Configuration to be locked
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_252_1_000000FC |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 0 |
| Options | disable (0) |
| | enable (1) |
#### 254: Device Tag.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_254_2_000000FE |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 65535 |
| Default Value | 0 |
#### 255: Reset to factory default
Reset to factory default settings and removed from the z-wave network
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_255_4_000000FF_wo |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 1 |
| Options | Reset to factory default (1431655765) |
#### 255: Reset configuration
Reset all configuration parameters to factory default settings
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_255_1_000000FF_wo |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 1 |
| Options | Reset configuration (0) |
#### 1: Group 1
Lifeline
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | group_1 |
| Data Type | TEXT |
| Range | to |
#### 2: Group 2
Retransmit
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | group_2 |
| Data Type | TEXT |
| Range | to |
---
Did you spot an error in the above definition or want to improve the content?
You can edit the database [here](http://www.cd-jackson.com/index.php/zwave/zwave-device-database/zwave-device-list/devicesummary/527).

142
_addons_bindings/zwave/doc/aeon_zw120_00_000.md Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,142 @@
---
layout: documentation
title: ZW120 - ZWave
---
{% include base.html %}
# ZW120 Door/Window sensor Gen5
This describes the Z-Wave device *ZW120*, manufactured by *AEON Labs* with the thing type UID of ```aeon_zw120_00_000```.
Door/Window sensor Gen5
## Channels
The following table summarises the channels available for the ZW120 Door/Window sensor Gen5.
| Channel | Channel Id | Channel Type UID | Category | Item Type |
|---------|------------|------------------|----------|-----------|
| Binary Sensor | sensor_binary | sensor_binary | Door | Switch |
| Alarm (general) | alarm_general | alarm_general | Door | Switch |
| | battery-level | system.battery-level | | |
### Device Configuration
The following table provides a summary of the configuration parameters available in the ZW120 Door/Window sensor Gen5.
Detailed information on each parameter can be found below.
| Parameter | Description |
|-------------|-------------|
| 1: Which value of the Sensor Binary Report or Basic Set will be sent when the Magnet is triggered On/Off. | |
| 2: Enable wake up 10 minutes when re-power on the sensor | Default setting: Disable |
| 3: Basic Set Report | Which value of the Basic Set will be sent when the door is Opened/Closed |
| 39: Set the low battery value. | 10% to 50% |
| 111: Set the interval time of low battery checking. | Minimum interval is 4 minutes, Range is 0 to 2147483647 |
| 121: Report type | To configure which sensor report will be sent when the Sensor is triggered Opened/Closed. ... |
| 255: Reset To Factory Defaults. | |
| 1: Group 1 | |
#### 1: Which value of the Sensor Binary Report or Basic Set will be sent when the Magnet is triggered On/Off.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_1_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 0 |
| Options | On&#x3D;Sensor Binary Report/Basic Set 0xFF; Off&#x3D;Sensor Binary Report/Basic (0) |
| | On&#x3D;Sensor Binary Report/Basic Set 0x00; Off&#x3D;Sensor Binary Report/Basic (1) |
#### 2: Enable wake up 10 minutes when re-power on the sensor
Default setting: Disable
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_2_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 1 |
| Options | Disable (0) |
| | Enable (1) |
#### 3: Basic Set Report
Which value of the Basic Set will be sent when the door is Opened/Closed
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_3_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 0 |
| Options | Open: 0xFF, Close: 0x00 (0) |
| | Open: 0x00, Close: 0xFF (1) |
#### 39: Set the low battery value.
10% to 50%
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_39_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 10 to 50 |
| Default Value | 10 |
#### 111: Set the interval time of low battery checking.
Minimum interval is 4 minutes, Range is 0 to 2147483647
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_111_4 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 2147483647 |
| Default Value | 86640 |
#### 121: Report type
To configure which sensor report will be sent when the Sensor is triggered Opened/Closed. Bitsets: 0->Battery report, 4->Sensor Binary, 8->Basic Set, Default setting: 0x00000100 (Basic Set).Ideal Setting for OZW is 17 (Sensor Binary and Battery Report).
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_121_4 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 65535 |
| Default Value | 1 |
#### 255: Reset To Factory Defaults.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_255_4 |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 0 |
| Options | Reset to factory default setting (0) |
| | Normal (1) |
| | Reset to factory default (1431655765) |
#### 1: Group 1
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | group_1 |
| Data Type | TEXT |
| Range | to |
---
Did you spot an error in the above definition or want to improve the content?
You can edit the database [here](http://www.cd-jackson.com/index.php/zwave/zwave-device-database/zwave-device-list/devicesummary/405).

320
_addons_bindings/zwave/doc/aeon_zw121_00_000.md Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,320 @@
---
layout: documentation
title: ZW121 - ZWave
---
{% include base.html %}
# ZW121 Aeotec LED Strip
This describes the Z-Wave device *ZW121*, manufactured by *AEON Labs* with the thing type UID of ```aeon_zw121_00_000```.
Aeotec LED Strip
## Overview
Aeotec LED Strip has been crafted to power connected lighting using Z-Wave Plus. It is powered by Aeotec’s Gen5 technology. The LED Strip is a multi-colored LED Strip which allows control (on/off/dim/color change) via Z-Wave commands.
Note that configuration parameters 37 and 39 only apply when the strip is in color transition mode. Color transition mode is entered when a change to parameter 37 or 39 is submitted. Color transition mode is exited when a change to any of the channels is submitted. 
### Inclusion Information
1. Set your Z-Wave controller into pairing mode.
2. Press the Action Button located on the back of the LED Strip's white controller box once (The network LED will blink green as an indication it is pairing insecurely, please refer to section "Enabling Security Encryption" in the Advanced Function section of the manual to pair it securely).
3. If the LED Strip has been successfully added to your Z-Wave network, its Network LED will become solid. If the pairing was unsuccessful, the red LED will be on for 2 seconds and then remain a colorful gradient, repeat the instructions above from step 1. 
### Exclusion Information
1. Set your Z-Wave controller into device removal mode.
2. Press the Action Button located on the back of the LED Strip's white controller box once.
3. If the LED Strip has been successfully removed from your  Z-Wave network, its Network LED will remain colorful gradient. If the removal was unsuccessful, the Network LED will still be solid, repeat the instructions above from step 1.
## Channels
The following table summarises the channels available for the ZW121 Aeotec LED Strip.
| Channel | Channel Id | Channel Type UID | Category | Item Type |
|---------|------------|------------------|----------|-----------|
| Dimmer | switch_dimmer | switch_dimmer | DimmableLight | Dimmer |
| Scene Number | scene_number | scene_number | | Number |
| Color Control | color_color | color_color | | Color |
| Color Temperature | color_temperature | color_temperature | ColorLight | Dimmer |
| Configuration Parameter 37 | meter_current_param37 | aeon_zw121_00_000_meter_current_param37 | | Number |
### Dimmer
#### Restore Last Value
Restore Last Dimming level on ON.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_restoreLastValue |
| Data Type | BOOLEAN || Default Value | true |
| Options | Restore Last Value (true) |
| | Restore Full Brightness (false) |
### Device Configuration
The following table provides a summary of the configuration parameters available in the ZW121 Aeotec LED Strip.
Detailed information on each parameter can be found below.
| Parameter | Description |
|-------------|-------------|
| 37: Color Change Speed Level | Applies only when the Color Transition Style is set to Fade Out/In |
| 37: Time Base of Color Change Speed | Applies only when the Color Transition Style is set to Fade Out/In |
| 37: Cycle Count | Defines the number of repetitions of the color transition cycle |
| 37: Brightness | Brightness when in color transition mode |
| 37: Color Display Cycle | Defines the mode for determining colors used in color transitions |
| 37: Color Change Speed Option | Applies only when the Color Transition Style is set to Fade Out/In |
| 37: Color Transition Style | Defines how the strip transitions between colors |
| 39: Multi Color, Single Color or Random Mode - Byte 4 | todo |
| 39: Multi Color, Single Color, or Random Mode - Byte 3 | todo |
| 39: Multi Color, Single Color, or Random Mode - Byte 2 | todo |
| 39: Multi Color, Single Color, or Random Mode - Byte 1 | todo |
| 80: Notifications for Association Group 1 | Send notifications about strip state changes to association group 1 |
| 1: Lifeline | Notification group for strip state changes |
| 2: Retransmit | Retransmit commands to associated nodes |
#### 37: Color Change Speed Level
Applies only when the Color Transition Style is set to Fade Out/In
##### Overview
Value 0 means constant speed. Value 1-30 sets the speed to accelerate/decelerate. 
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_37_4_0000001F |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 30 || Default Value | 0 |
| Options | (0) |
#### 37: Time Base of Color Change Speed
Applies only when the Color Transition Style is set to Fade Out/In
##### Overview
Amount of time spent to transition between colors.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_37_4_000000E0 |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 0 |
| Options | Time base is 1s (0) |
| | Time base is 10ms (1) |
| | Time base is 100ms (2) |
#### 37: Cycle Count
Defines the number of repetitions of the color transition cycle
##### Overview
When the end is reached the strip turns off.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_37_4_0000FF00 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 254 |
| Default Value | 0 |
#### 37: Brightness
Brightness when in color transition mode
##### Overview
Note that this setting only affects the brightness when in color transition mode. Use the "Brightness" channel to set the brightness outside of color transition mode.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_37_4_00FF0000 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 1 to 99 |
| Default Value | 99 |
#### 37: Color Display Cycle
Defines the mode for determining colors used in color transitions
##### Overview
Note that "Single Color Mode" does not select a constant single color (as the "Color Control" channel does), but instead cycles through a single color. 
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_37_4_07000000 |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 1 |
| Options | Inactive (keep the current configuration value) (0) |
| | Rainbow mode (1) |
| | Multi color mode (colors cycle between selected colors) (2) |
| | Random mode (3) |
| | Single color mode (4) |
#### 37: Color Change Speed Option
Applies only when the Color Transition Style is set to Fade Out/In
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_37_4_38000000 |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 0 |
| Options | Fade in for 1/2 second and fade out for 1/2 second (0) |
| | Fade in for 5ms and fade out for 5ms (1) |
| | Fade in for 50ms and fade out for 50ms (2) |
#### 37: Color Transition Style
Defines how the strip transitions between colors
##### Overview
Note that "Smooth Color Transition" will lead to invisible transitions when "Color Display Cycle" is set to "Single Color Mode".
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_37_4_40000000 |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 0 |
| Options | Smooth color transition (0) |
| | Fade out fade in transition (1) |
#### 39: Multi Color, Single Color or Random Mode - Byte 4
todo
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_39_4_000000FF |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 5 |
| Default Value | 0 |
#### 39: Multi Color, Single Color, or Random Mode - Byte 3
todo
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_39_4_0000FF00 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 5 |
| Default Value | 3 |
#### 39: Multi Color, Single Color, or Random Mode - Byte 2
todo
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_39_4_00FF0000 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 4294967295 |
| Default Value | 0 |
#### 39: Multi Color, Single Color, or Random Mode - Byte 1
todo
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_39_4_7F000000 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 5 |
| Default Value | 3 |
#### 80: Notifications for Association Group 1
Send notifications about strip state changes to association group 1
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_80_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 1 |
| Options | No notifications (0) |
| | Hail CC (1) |
| | Basic CC report (2) |
#### 1: Lifeline
Notification group for strip state changes
##### Overview
 Use configuration parameter 80 to define what notifications this group receives.
 
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | group_1 |
| Data Type | TEXT |
| Range | to |
#### 2: Retransmit
Retransmit commands to associated nodes
##### Overview
Forward the Basic Set, Switch Binary Set, Switch Multilevel Start Level Change, Switch Multilevel Stop Level Change, Switch Multilevel Set, Scene Activation Set to associated nodes in this group when the LED Strip receives the Basic Set, Switch Binary Set, Switch Multilevel Start Level Change, Switch Multilevel Stop Level Change, Switch Multilevel Set, Scene Activation Set commands from the main controller. 
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | group_2 |
| Data Type | TEXT |
| Range | to |
---
Did you spot an error in the above definition or want to improve the content?
You can edit the database [here](http://www.cd-jackson.com/index.php/zwave/zwave-device-database/zwave-device-list/devicesummary/639).

99
_addons_bindings/zwave/doc/aeon_zw122_00_000.md Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,99 @@
---
layout: documentation
title: ZW122 - ZWave
---
{% include base.html %}
# ZW122 Water Sensor 6
This describes the Z-Wave device *ZW122*, manufactured by *AEON Labs* with the thing type UID of ```aeon_zw122_00_000```.
Water Sensor 6
## Channels
The following table summarises the channels available for the ZW122 Water Sensor 6.
| Channel | Channel Id | Channel Type UID | Category | Item Type |
|---------|------------|------------------|----------|-----------|
| Sensor (temperature) | sensor_temperature | sensor_temperature | Temperature | Number |
| Alarm (burglar) | alarm_burglar | alarm_burglar | Door | Switch |
| Alarm (heat) | alarm_heat | alarm_heat | | Switch |
| Alarm (flood) | alarm_flood | alarm_flood | Door | Switch |
| | battery-level | system.battery-level | | |
| Alarm (flood) 1 | alarm_flood1 | alarm_flood | Door | Switch |
| Alarm (flood) 2 | alarm_flood2 | alarm_flood | Door | Switch |
### Sensor (temperature)
#### Scale
Select the scale for temperature readings
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_scale |
| Data Type | TEXT || Default Value | 0 |
| Options | Celsius (0) |
| | Fahrenheit (1) |
### Device Configuration
The following table provides a summary of the configuration parameters available in the ZW122 Water Sensor 6.
Detailed information on each parameter can be found below.
| Parameter | Description |
|-------------|-------------|
| 1: Lifeline | |
| 2: Sensor Status | |
| 3: Sensor 1 Alarm | |
| 4: Sensor 2 Alarm | |
#### 1: Lifeline
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | group_1 |
| Data Type | TEXT |
| Range | to |
#### 2: Sensor Status
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | group_2 |
| Data Type | TEXT |
| Range | to |
#### 3: Sensor 1 Alarm
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | group_3 |
| Data Type | TEXT |
| Range | to |
#### 4: Sensor 2 Alarm
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | group_4 |
| Data Type | TEXT |
| Range | to |
---
Did you spot an error in the above definition or want to improve the content?
You can edit the database [here](http://www.cd-jackson.com/index.php/zwave/zwave-device-database/zwave-device-list/devicesummary/721).

231
_addons_bindings/zwave/doc/aeon_zw129_00_000.md Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,231 @@
---
layout: documentation
title: ZW129 - ZWave
---
{% include base.html %}
# ZW129 Dual Wallmote
This describes the Z-Wave device *ZW129*, manufactured by *AEON Labs* with the thing type UID of ```aeon_zw129_00_000```.
Dual Wallmote
## Channels
The following table summarises the channels available for the ZW129 Dual Wallmote.
| Channel | Channel Id | Channel Type UID | Category | Item Type |
|---------|------------|------------------|----------|-----------|
| Switch | switch_binary | switch_binary | Switch | Switch |
| Dimmer | switch_dimmer | switch_dimmer | DimmableLight | Dimmer |
| Electric meter (watts) | meter_watts | meter_watts | Energy | Number |
| Electric meter (kWh) | meter_kwh | meter_kwh | Energy | Number |
### Dimmer
#### Restore Last Value
Restore Last Dimming level on ON.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_restoreLastValue |
| Data Type | BOOLEAN || Default Value | true |
| Options | Restore Last Value (true) |
| | Restore Full Brightness (false) |
### Device Configuration
The following table provides a summary of the configuration parameters available in the ZW129 Dual Wallmote.
Detailed information on each parameter can be found below.
| Parameter | Description |
|-------------|-------------|
| 1: Touch sound | Enable/disable the touch sound. |
| 2: Touch vibration | Enable/disable the touch vibration. |
| 3: Button slide | Enable/disable the function of button slide. |
| 4: Notification report | Which notification to be sent to the associated devices. |
| 39: Low battery value | Set the low battery value |
| 255: Reset the WallMote Quad | Reset the WallMote Quad to factory default. |
| 1: Z-Wave Plus Lifeline | Central Scene Notification |
| 2: Button 1 basic | On/off control via button 1 |
| 3: Button 1 multilevel | Dim control via button 1 |
| 4: Button 2 basic | On/off control via button 2 |
| 5: Button 2 multilevel | Dim control via button 2 |
#### 1: Touch sound
Enable/disable the touch sound.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_1_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 1 |
| Options | Disable (0) |
| | Enable (1) |
#### 2: Touch vibration
Enable/disable the touch vibration.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_2_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 1 |
| Options | Disable (0) |
| | Enable (1) |
#### 3: Button slide
Enable/disable the function of button slide.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_3_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 1 |
| Options | Disable (0) |
| | Enable (1) |
#### 4: Notification report
Which notification to be sent to the associated devices.
##### Overview
To set which notification would be sent to the associated devices (Group 1) when pressing the buttons. When the parameter is set to 3, slide functionality on the buttons is activated.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_4_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 1 |
| Options | Central scene (1) |
| | Central scene and config (3) |
#### 39: Low battery value
Set the low battery value
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_39_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 50 |
| Default Value | 5 |
#### 255: Reset the WallMote Quad
Reset the WallMote Quad to factory default.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_255_4_wo |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 0 |
| Options | Reset to factory default (0) |
| | Reset and remove (1431655765) |
#### 1: Z-Wave Plus Lifeline
Central Scene Notification
##### Overview
When touching the Button 1 to 4, the Central Scene Notificcation command will be sent to the associated node (1) in Association group 1.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | group_1 |
| Data Type | TEXT |
| Range | to |
#### 2: Button 1 basic
On/off control via button 1
##### Overview
When touching the Button 1, the Basic Set command will be sent to the associated nodes in Association group 2.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | group_2 |
| Data Type | TEXT |
| Range | to |
#### 3: Button 1 multilevel
Dim control via button 1
##### Overview
When touching the Button 1, the Multilevel Switch Set command will be sent to the associated nodes in Association group 3
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | group_3 |
| Data Type | TEXT |
| Range | to |
#### 4: Button 2 basic
On/off control via button 2
##### Overview
When touching the Button 2, the Basic Set command will be sent to the associated nodes in Association group 4.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | group_4 |
| Data Type | TEXT |
| Range | to |
#### 5: Button 2 multilevel
Dim control via button 2
##### Overview
When touching the Button 2, the Multilevel Switch Set command will be sent to the associated nodes in Association group 5.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | group_5 |
| Data Type | TEXT |
| Range | to |
---
Did you spot an error in the above definition or want to improve the content?
You can edit the database [here](http://www.cd-jackson.com/index.php/zwave/zwave-device-database/zwave-device-list/devicesummary/390).

331
_addons_bindings/zwave/doc/aeon_zw130_00_000.md Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,331 @@
---
layout: documentation
title: ZW130 - ZWave
---
{% include base.html %}
# ZW130 WallMote Quad
This describes the Z-Wave device *ZW130*, manufactured by *AEON Labs* with the thing type UID of ```aeon_zw130_00_000```.
WallMote Quad
## Overview
Aeotec WallMote Quad is an intelligent Z-Wave remote controller that mounted on a wall. It has 4 touch buttons that you can easily control the Z-Wave devices in your home network via touching, long pressing or sliding the button areas. Its surface has a RGB LED to indicate the button actions also accompanied by touch beep and vibration. The WallMote Quad is also a security Z-Wave device and supports Over The Air (OTA) feature for the products firmware upgrade.
### Inclusion Information
**Including WallMote Quad as a non-secure device:**
If you want your WallMote Quad as a non-security device in your Z-wave network, you just need to press the Action Button once on WallMote Quad when you use a controller/gateway to add/include it. The green LED will be on for 2 seconds and then the orange LED will fast blink for 10 minutes (if the WallMote Quad does not receive the Wake Up No More Info command from primary Controller) to indicate the inclusion is successful
**Including WallMote Quad as a secure device:**
In order to take full advantage of all functionality the WallMote Quad, you may want your WallMote Quad is a security device that uses secure/encrypted message to communicate in Z-wave network, so a security enabled controller/gateway is needed for the WallMote Quad to be used as a security device. You need to press the WallMote Quad’s Action Button 2 times within 1 second when your security controller/gateway starts the network inclusion. The blue LED will be on for 2 seconds and then the orange LED will fast blink for 10 minutes (if the WallMote Quad does not receive the Wake Up No More Info command from primary Controller) to indicate the inclusion is successful.
### Exclusion Information
Your WallMote Quad can be removed from your Z-Wave network at any time. You'll need to use your Z-Wave network's main controller/ gateway. To do this, please refer to the part of their respective manuals that tell you how to remove devices from your network.
1. Put your primary controller into device removal mode.
2. Unlock your WallMote Quad from the Back Mount plate and take the WallMote Quad unit near to your primary controller.
3. Press the Action Button on your WallMote Quad.
If your WallMote Quad is successfully removed from the Z-Wave network, the LED will become a colourful gradient for a few seconds and then turn off. If the removing was unsuccessful, the red LED will be solid for 2 seconds and then turn off, repeat the above steps.
### Wakeup Information
In order to send your WallMote Quad new configuration commands from your Z-Wave controller or gateway, it will need to be woken up.
Remove your WallMote Quad unit from its Back Mounting Plate, press and hold the Action Button for 3 seconds(the buzzer chirp once and the orange LED will be ON) on the back of the WallMote Quad unit and then release it. This will trigger and send a wake up notification command to your controller/gateway, then your WallMote Quad will wake up for 10 minutes and the orange LED will fast blink while it is awake (if the WallMote Quad does not receive the Wake Up No More Info from the primary Controller).
## Channels
The following table summarises the channels available for the ZW130 WallMote Quad.
| Channel | Channel Id | Channel Type UID | Category | Item Type |
|---------|------------|------------------|----------|-----------|
| Scene Number | scene_number | scene_number | | Number |
| Alarm (power) | alarm_power | alarm_power | Door | Switch |
| | battery-level | system.battery-level | | |
| Scene Number 1 | scene_number1 | scene_number | | Number |
| Scene Number 2 | scene_number2 | scene_number | | Number |
| Scene Number 3 | scene_number3 | scene_number | | Number |
| Scene Number 4 | scene_number4 | scene_number | | Number |
### Device Configuration
The following table provides a summary of the configuration parameters available in the ZW130 WallMote Quad.
Detailed information on each parameter can be found below.
| Parameter | Description |
|-------------|-------------|
| 1: Touch sound | Enable/disable the touch sound. |
| 2: Touch vibration | Enable/disable the touch vibration. |
| 3: Button slide | Enable/disable the function of button slide. |
| 4: Notification report | Which notification to be sent to the associated devices. |
| 39: Low battery value | Set the low battery value |
| 255: Reset the WallMote Quad | Reset the WallMote Quad to factory default. |
| 1: Lifeline | Central Scene Notification |
| 2: Button 1 basic | On/off control via button 1 |
| 3: Button 1 multilevel | Dim control via button 1 |
| 4: Button 2 basic | On/off control via button 2 |
| 5: Button 2 multilevel | Dim control via button 2 |
| 6: Button 3 basic | On/off control via button 3 |
| 7: Button 3 multilevel | Dim control via button 3 |
| 8: Button 4 basic | On/off control via button 4 |
| 9: Button 4 multilevel | Dim control via button 4 |
#### 1: Touch sound
Enable/disable the touch sound.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_1_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 1 |
| Options | Disable (0) |
| | Enable (1) |
#### 2: Touch vibration
Enable/disable the touch vibration.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_2_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 1 |
| Options | Disable (0) |
| | Enable (1) |
#### 3: Button slide
Enable/disable the function of button slide.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_3_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 1 |
| Options | Disable (0) |
| | Enable (1) |
#### 4: Notification report
Which notification to be sent to the associated devices.
##### Overview
To set which notification would be sent to the associated devices (Group 1) when pressing the buttons. When the parameter is set to 3, slide functionality on the buttons is activated.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_4_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 1 |
| Options | Central scene (1) |
| | Central scene and config (3) |
#### 39: Low battery value
Set the low battery value
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_39_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 50 |
| Default Value | 5 |
#### 255: Reset the WallMote Quad
Reset the WallMote Quad to factory default.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_255_4_wo |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 0 |
| Options | Reset to factory default (0) |
| | Reset and remove (1431655765) |
#### 1: Lifeline
Central Scene Notification
##### Overview
When touching the Button 1 to 4, the Central Scene Notificcation command will be sent to the associated node (1) in Association group 1.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | group_1 |
| Data Type | TEXT |
| Range | to |
#### 2: Button 1 basic
On/off control via button 1
##### Overview
When touching the Button 1, the Basic Set command will be sent to the associated nodes in Association group 2.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | group_2 |
| Data Type | TEXT |
| Range | to |
#### 3: Button 1 multilevel
Dim control via button 1
##### Overview
When touching the Button 1, the Multilevel Switch Set command will be sent to the associated nodes in Association group 3
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | group_3 |
| Data Type | TEXT |
| Range | to |
#### 4: Button 2 basic
On/off control via button 2
##### Overview
When touching the Button 2, the Basic Set command will be sent to the associated nodes in Association group 4.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | group_4 |
| Data Type | TEXT |
| Range | to |
#### 5: Button 2 multilevel
Dim control via button 2
##### Overview
When touching the Button 2, the Multilevel Switch Set command will be sent to the associated nodes in Association group 5.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | group_5 |
| Data Type | TEXT |
| Range | to |
#### 6: Button 3 basic
On/off control via button 3
##### Overview
When touching the Button 3, the Basic Set command will be sent to the associated nodes in Association group 6.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | group_6 |
| Data Type | TEXT |
| Range | to |
#### 7: Button 3 multilevel
Dim control via button 3
##### Overview
When touching the Button 3, the Multilevel Switch Set command will be sent to the associated nodes in Association group 7.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | group_7 |
| Data Type | TEXT |
| Range | to |
#### 8: Button 4 basic
On/off control via button 4
##### Overview
When touching the Button 4, the Basic Set command will be sent to the associated nodes in Association group 8.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | group_8 |
| Data Type | TEXT |
| Range | to |
#### 9: Button 4 multilevel
Dim control via button 4
##### Overview
When touching the Button 4, the Multilevel Switch Set command will be sent to the associated nodes in Association group 9.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | group_9 |
| Data Type | TEXT |
| Range | to |
---
Did you spot an error in the above definition or want to improve the content?
You can edit the database [here](http://www.cd-jackson.com/index.php/zwave/zwave-device-database/zwave-device-list/devicesummary/535).

467
_addons_bindings/zwave/doc/aeon_zw132_00_000.md Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,467 @@
---
layout: documentation
title: ZW132 - ZWave
---
{% include base.html %}
# ZW132 Dual Nano Switch with Energy Metering
This describes the Z-Wave device *ZW132*, manufactured by *AEON Labs* with the thing type UID of ```aeon_zw132_00_000```.
Dual Nano Switch with Energy Metering
## Channels
The following table summarises the channels available for the ZW132 Dual Nano Switch with Energy Metering.
| Channel | Channel Id | Channel Type UID | Category | Item Type |
|---------|------------|------------------|----------|-----------|
| Switch | switch_binary | switch_binary | Switch | Switch |
| Scene Number | scene_number | scene_number | | Number |
| Electric meter (kWh) | meter_kwh | meter_kwh | Energy | Number |
| Electric meter (watts) | meter_watts | meter_watts | Energy | Number |
| Electric meter (amps) | meter_current | meter_current | Energy | Number |
| Electric meter (volts) | meter_voltage | meter_voltage | Energy | Number |
| Alarm (power) | alarm_power | alarm_power | Door | Switch |
| Alarm (heat) | alarm_heat | alarm_heat | | Switch |
| Clock Time Offset | time_offset | time_offset | Temperature | Number |
| Switch 1 | switch_binary1 | switch_binary | Switch | Switch |
| Remove | switch_binary1 | switch_binary | Switch | Switch |
| Electric meter (kWh) 1 | meter_kwh1 | meter_kwh | Energy | Number |
| Electric meter (watts) 1 | meter_watts1 | meter_watts | Energy | Number |
| Electric meter (amps) 1 | meter_current1 | meter_current | Energy | Number |
| Electric meter (volts) 1 | meter_voltage1 | meter_voltage | Energy | Number |
| Switch 2 | switch_binary2 | switch_binary | Switch | Switch |
| Remove | switch_binary2 | switch_binary | Switch | Switch |
| Electric meter (kWh) 2 | meter_kwh2 | meter_kwh | Energy | Number |
| Electric meter (watts) 2 | meter_watts2 | meter_watts | Energy | Number |
| Electric meter (amps) 2 | meter_current2 | meter_current | Energy | Number |
| Electric meter (volts) 2 | meter_voltage2 | meter_voltage | Energy | Number |
### Clock Time Offset
#### Automatic Update Offset
The number of seconds difference in the time before it is reset
Setting this will automatically update the devices clock when the time difference between the device, and the computer exceeds this number of seconds.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_offset |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 10 to 600 || Default Value | 60 |
| Options | Disable Auto Update (0) |
### Device Configuration
The following table provides a summary of the configuration parameters available in the ZW132 Dual Nano Switch with Energy Metering.
Detailed information on each parameter can be found below.
| Parameter | Description |
|-------------|-------------|
| 3: Current Overload Protection. | Current Overload Protection. |
| 4: Overheat protection | Overheat protection |
| 20: Configure the output status after re-power on it. | Configure the output status after re-power on it. |
| 80: Group 1 notifications | To set which notification would be sent to the associated devices (Group 1) |
| 81: Group 3 notifications | To set which notification would be sent to association group 3 |
| 82: Group 4 notifications | To set which notification would be sent to association group 4 |
| 90: Enables/disables parameter 91 and 92 below: | Enables/disables parameter 91 and 92 below: |
| 91: Set the threshold value of wattage. | Set the threshold value of wattage. |
| 92: Set the threshold value of wattage. | Set the threshold value of wattage. |
| 101: Set group 1 reports | To set which reports need to be sent in Report group 1 |
| 102: To set which reports need to be sent in Report group 2. | To set which reports need to be sent in Report group 2. |
| 103: To set which reports need to be sent in Report group 3 | To set which reports need to be sent in Report group 3. |
| 111: Set the interval of automatic report for Report group 1. | Set the interval of automatic report for Report group 1. |
| 112: Set the interval of automatic report for Report group 2 | Set the interval of automatic report for Report group 2. |
| 113: Set the interval of automatic report for Report group 2. | Set the interval of automatic report for Report group 2. |
| 120: Configure the external switch mode for S1 | Configure the external switch mode for S1 |
| 121: Configure the external switch mode for S2. | Configure the external switch mode for S2. |
| 122: Set the control destination for external switch | Set the control destination for external switch |
| 252: Lock/unlock configuration parameters | Lock/unlock configuration parameters |
| 255: Reset the Dual Nano Switch | Reset the Dual Nano Switch |
| 100: Set parameter 101-103 to default value | Reset the parameter 101-103 |
| 110: Set parameter 111-113 to default value. | Set parameter 111-113 to default value. |
| 1: Lifeline | When the load state of Dual Nano Switch (turn on/off the load) is changed, the Hail CC and... |
| 2: Forward the Basic Set | Switch All, Scene Activation Set to associated nodes in Group 2 when the Dual Nano Switch ... |
| 3: Send Basic Set | (configured by parameter 0x51 ) to the associated nodes in Group 3 when the external switc... |
| 4: Send Basic Set | Send Basic Set (configured by parameter 0x52) to the associated nodes in Group 4 when the ... |
#### 3: Current Overload Protection.
Current Overload Protection.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_3_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 1 |
| Options | Disable (0) |
| | Enable (1) |
#### 4: Overheat protection
Overheat protection
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_4_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 0 |
| Options | Disable (0) |
| | Enable (1) |
#### 20: Configure the output status after re-power on it.
Configure the output status after re-power on it.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_20_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 0 |
| Options | Last status (0) |
| | Always on (1) |
| | Always off (2) |
#### 80: Group 1 notifications
To set which notification would be sent to the associated devices (Group 1)
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_80_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 0 |
| Options | Send Nothing (0) |
| | Send Hail CC (1) |
| | Send Basic CC report (2) |
| | Send Hail CC when using the manual switch (3) |
#### 81: Group 3 notifications
To set which notification would be sent to association group 3
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_81_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 1 |
| Options | Send Nothing (0) |
| | Send Basic Set CC (1) |
#### 82: Group 4 notifications
To set which notification would be sent to association group 4
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_82_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 1 |
| Options | Send Nothing (0) |
| | Send Basic Set CC (1) |
#### 90: Enables/disables parameter 91 and 92 below:
Enables/disables parameter 91 and 92 below:
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_90_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 0 |
| Options | Disable (0) |
| | Enable (1) |
#### 91: Set the threshold value of wattage.
Set the threshold value of wattage.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_91_2 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 60000 |
| Default Value | 25 |
#### 92: Set the threshold value of wattage.
Set the threshold value of wattage.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_92_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 100 |
| Default Value | 5 |
#### 101: Set group 1 reports
To set which reports need to be sent in Report group 1
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_101_4 |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 0 |
| Options | Send Meter Report of energy (kWh) (1) |
| | Send Meter Report of wattage (W) (2) |
| | Send Meter Report of voltage (V) (4) |
| | Send Meter Report of current (A) (8) |
| | Send Multi Channel Meter Report of wattage (W) on Channel 1 (256) |
| | Send Multi Channel Meter Report of wattage (W) on Channel 2 (512) |
| | Send Multi Channel Meter Report of energy (kWh) on Channel 1 (2048) |
| | Send Multi Channel Meter Report of energy (kWh) on Channel 2 (4096) |
| | Send Multi Channel Meter Report of voltage (V) on Channel 1 (65536) |
| | Send Multi Channel Meter Report of voltage (V) on Channel 2 (131072) |
| | Send Multi Channel Meter Report of current (A) on Channel 1 (524288) |
| | Send Multi Channel Meter Report of current (A) on Channel 2 (1048576) |
#### 102: To set which reports need to be sent in Report group 2.
To set which reports need to be sent in Report group 2.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_102_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 0 |
| Options | Send Meter Report of energy (kWh) (1) |
| | Send Meter Report of wattage (W) (2) |
| | Send Meter Report of voltage (V) (4) |
| | Send Meter Report of current (A) (8) |
| | Send Multi Channel Meter Report of wattage (W) on Channel 1 (256) |
| | Send Multi Channel Meter Report of wattage (W) on Channel 2 (512) |
| | Send Multi Channel Meter Report of energy (kWh) on Channel 1 (2048) |
| | Send Multi Channel Meter Report of energy (kWh) on Channel 2 (4096) |
| | Send Multi Channel Meter Report of voltage (V) on Channel 1 (65536) |
| | Send Multi Channel Meter Report of voltage (V) on Channel 2 (131072) |
| | Send Multi Channel Meter Report of current (A) on Channel 1 (524288) |
| | Send Multi Channel Meter Report of current (A) on Channel 2 (1048576) |
#### 103: To set which reports need to be sent in Report group 3
To set which reports need to be sent in Report group 3.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_103_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 0 |
| Options | Send Meter Report of voltage (V) (1) |
| | Send Meter Report of current (A) (2) |
| | Send Meter Report of wattage (W) (4) |
| | Send Meter Report of energy (kWh) (8) |
| | Send Multi Channel Meter Report of wattage (W) on Channel 1 (256) |
| | Send Multi Channel Meter Report of wattage (W) on Channel 2 (512) |
| | Send Multi Channel Meter Report of energy (kWh) on Channel 1 (2048) |
| | Send Multi Channel Meter Report of energy (kWh) on Channel 2 (4096) |
| | Send Multi Channel Meter Report of voltage (V) on Channel 1 (65536) |
| | Send Multi Channel Meter Report of voltage (V) on Channel 2 (131072) |
| | Send Multi Channel Meter Report of current (A) on Channel 1 (524288) |
| | Send Multi Channel Meter Report of current (A) on Channel 2 (1048576) |
#### 111: Set the interval of automatic report for Report group 1.
Set the interval of automatic report for Report group 1.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_111_4 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 1 to 2147483647 |
| Default Value | 10 |
#### 112: Set the interval of automatic report for Report group 2
Set the interval of automatic report for Report group 2.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_112_4 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 1 to 2147483647 |
| Default Value | 600 |
#### 113: Set the interval of automatic report for Report group 2.
Set the interval of automatic report for Report group 2.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_113_4 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 1 to 2147483647 |
| Default Value | 600 |
#### 120: Configure the external switch mode for S1
Configure the external switch mode for S1
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_120_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 0 |
| Options | Enter automatic identification mode (0) |
| | 2-state switch mode (1) |
| | 3 way switch mode (2) |
| | Momentary push button mode (3) |
#### 121: Configure the external switch mode for S2.
Configure the external switch mode for S2.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_121_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 0 |
| Options | Enter automatic identification mode (0) |
| | 2-state switch mode (1) |
| | 3 way switch mode (2) |
| | Momentary push button mode (3) |
#### 122: Set the control destination for external switch
Set the control destination for external switch
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_122_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 3 |
| Options | control the output loads of itself. (1) |
| | control the other nodes (2) |
| | control the output loads of itself and other nodes. (3) |
#### 252: Lock/unlock configuration parameters
Lock/unlock configuration parameters
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_252_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 0 |
| Options | Unlock (0) |
| | Lock (1) |
#### 255: Reset the Dual Nano Switch
Reset the Dual Nano Switch
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_255_4 |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 0 |
| Options | (Default) Reset all configuration parameters (0) |
#### 100: Set parameter 101-103 to default value
Reset the parameter 101-103
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_100_1_wo |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | to |
| Default Value | 0 |
#### 110: Set parameter 111-113 to default value.
Set parameter 111-113 to default value.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_110_1_wo |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | to |
| Default Value | 0 |
#### 1: Lifeline
When the load state of Dual Nano Switch (turn on/off the load) is changed, the Hail CC and Basic Report (configured by parameter 80) can be sent to the associated nodes in this group.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | group_1 |
| Data Type | TEXT |
| Range | to |
#### 2: Forward the Basic Set
Switch All, Scene Activation Set to associated nodes in Group 2 when the Dual Nano Switch receives the Basic Set, Switch All, Scene Activation Set commands from main controller. (E.g. Send/forward Basic Set to control the other nodes in association Group
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | group_2 |
| Data Type | TEXT |
| Range | to |
#### 3: Send Basic Set
(configured by parameter 0x51 ) to the associated nodes in Group 3 when the external switch S1 is operated. Note: The Switch Mode of external switch S1 should be identified successfully, which means that the value of Configuration parameter 0x78 should be
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | group_3 |
| Data Type | TEXT |
| Range | to |
#### 4: Send Basic Set
Send Basic Set (configured by parameter 0x52) to the associated nodes in Group 4 when the external switch S2 is operated. Note: The Switch Mode of external switch S2 should be identified successfully, which means that the value of Configuration parameter
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | group_4 |
| Data Type | TEXT |
| Range | to |
---
Did you spot an error in the above definition or want to improve the content?
You can edit the database [here](http://www.cd-jackson.com/index.php/zwave/zwave-device-database/zwave-device-list/devicesummary/724).

373
_addons_bindings/zwave/doc/aeon_zw139_00_000.md Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,373 @@
---
layout: documentation
title: ZW139 - ZWave
---
{% include base.html %}
# ZW139 Nano Switch Gen5 (without meter)
This describes the Z-Wave device *ZW139*, manufactured by *AEON Labs* with the thing type UID of ```aeon_zw139_00_000```.
Nano Switch Gen5 (without meter)
## Overview
Once installed behind a switch or socket, Nano Switch offers unparalleled wireless control via Z-Wave Plus. It lets you control, automate, and monitor
## Channels
The following table summarises the channels available for the ZW139 Nano Switch Gen5 (without meter).
| Channel | Channel Id | Channel Type UID | Category | Item Type |
|---------|------------|------------------|----------|-----------|
| Switch | switch_binary | switch_binary | Switch | Switch |
| Scene Number | scene_number | scene_number | | Number |
| Alarm (heat) | alarm_heat | alarm_heat | | Switch |
| Clock Time Offset | time_offset | time_offset | Temperature | Number |
### Clock Time Offset
#### Automatic Update Offset
The number of seconds difference in the time before it is reset
Setting this will automatically update the devices clock when the time difference between the device, and the computer exceeds this number of seconds.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_offset |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 10 to 600 || Default Value | 60 |
| Options | Disable Auto Update (0) |
### Device Configuration
The following table provides a summary of the configuration parameters available in the ZW139 Nano Switch Gen5 (without meter).
Detailed information on each parameter can be found below.
| Parameter | Description |
|-------------|-------------|
| 4: Overheat protection | Overheat protection |
| 20: Output status after re-power | Configure the output status after re-power on it |
| 80: Group 1 notifications | Group 1 notifications when the state of Nano Switch's load is changed |
| 81: Group 3 notifications | Notification to sent for Group 3 when using the external switch 1 |
| 82: Group 4 notifications | Notification to sent for Group 4 when using the external switch 2 |
| 83: Configure the state of LED | Configure the state of LED when it is in 3 modes |
| 84: Night light mode LED state | Set the ON/OFF time of the LED when it is in Night light mode |
| 86: Set appointment 1 | Set the ON time of output load. |
| 87: Set appointment 2 | Set the OFF time of output load |
| 120: External switch mode for S1 | Configure the external switch mode for S1 |
| 121: External switch mode for S2 | Configure the external switch mode for S2 |
| 122: Control destination of external switch | Set the control destination for external switch |
| 252: Lock/unlock configuration parameters | Lock/unlock configuration parameters |
| 255: Reset the Nano Switch | |
| 1: Z-Wave Plus Lifeline | |
| 2: Forward Group 2 | |
| 3: Send Basic Set to Group 3 | |
| 4: Send Basic Set to Group 4 | |
#### 4: Overheat protection
Overheat protection
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_4_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 0 |
| Options | (Default) Disable (0) |
| | Enable (1) |
#### 20: Output status after re-power
Configure the output status after re-power on it
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_20_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 0 |
| Options | Last status (0) |
| | Always on (1) |
| | Always off (2) |
#### 80: Group 1 notifications
Group 1 notifications when the state of Nano Switch's load is changed
##### Overview
To set which notification would be sent to the associated devices (Group 1) when the state of Nano Switch's load is changed.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_80_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 3 |
| Options | Send Nothing (0) |
| | Send Hail CC (1) |
| | Send Basic Report CC (2) |
| | Send Hail CC when using the manual switch to change the load (3) |
#### 81: Group 3 notifications
Notification to sent for Group 3 when using the external switch 1
##### Overview
To set which notification would be sent to the associated nodes in association Group 3 when using the external switch 1 to switch the loads.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_81_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 1 |
| Options | Send Nothing (0) |
| | Send Basic Set CC (1) |
#### 82: Group 4 notifications
Notification to sent for Group 4 when using the external switch 2
##### Overview
To set which notification would be sent to the associated nodes in association Group 4 when using the external switch 2 to switch the loads.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_82_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 1 |
| Options | Send Nothing (0) |
| | Send Basic Set CC (1) |
#### 83: Configure the state of LED
Configure the state of LED when it is in 3 modes
##### Overview
Configure the state of LED when it is in 3 modes (Energy mode, Momentary indicate mode, Night light mode)
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_83_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 0 |
| Options | Energy mode. The LED will follow the status (on/off) (0) |
| | Momentary indicate mode (1) |
| | Night light mode. The LED will remain ON state (2) |
#### 84: Night light mode LED state
Set the ON/OFF time of the LED when it is in Night light mode
##### Overview
0 to 60 The minute time of OFF 256 to 316 The hour time of OFF 65536 to 65596 The minute time of ON 16777216 to 16777276 The hour time of ON
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_84_4 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 16777276 |
| Default Value | 301991936 |
#### 86: Set appointment 1
Set the ON time of output load.
##### Overview
65536 to 65543 The day value (Mon to Sun) 16777216 Enable the setting. 256 to 316 The hour value of ON time 16777215 Disable the setting. 0 to 60 The minute value of ON time
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_86_4 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 4294967295 |
| Default Value | 8327680 |
#### 87: Set appointment 2
Set the OFF time of output load
##### Overview
256 to 316 The hour value of ON time 65536 to 65543 The day value (Mon to Sun) 16777215 Disable the setting. 0 to 60 The minute value of ON time 16777216 Enable the setting.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_87_4 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 16777216 |
| Default Value | 8327680 |
#### 120: External switch mode for S1
Configure the external switch mode for S1
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_120_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 0 |
| Options | Enter automatic identification mode (0) |
| | 2-state switch mode (1) |
| | 3 way switch mode (2) |
| | Momentary push button mode (3) |
#### 121: External switch mode for S2
Configure the external switch mode for S2
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_121_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 0 |
| Options | Enter automatic identification mode (0) |
| | 2-state switch mode (1) |
| | 3 way switch mode (2) |
| | Momentary push button mode (3) |
#### 122: Control destination of external switch
Set the control destination for external switch
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_122_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 3 |
| Options | control the output loads of itself (1) |
| | control the other nodes (2) |
| | control the output loads of itself and other nodes (3) |
#### 252: Lock/unlock configuration parameters
Lock/unlock configuration parameters
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_252_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 0 |
| Options | Unlock (0) |
| | Lock (1) |
#### 255: Reset the Nano Switch
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_255_4 |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 0 |
| Options | (Default) Reset all configuration parameters (0) |
| | Reset and remove from network (1431655765) |
#### 1: Z-Wave Plus Lifeline
##### Overview
When the load state of Nano Switch (turn on/off the load) is changed, the Hail CC and Basic Report (configured by parameter 80) can be sent to the associated nodes in this group.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | group_1 |
| Data Type | TEXT |
| Range | to |
#### 2: Forward Group 2
##### Overview
Forward the Basic Set, Switch All, Scene Activation Set to associated nodes in Group 2 when the Dual Nano Switch receives the Basic Set, Switch All, Scene Activation Set commands from main controller.
(E.g. Send/forward Basic Set to control the other nodes in association Group 2)
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | group_2 |
| Data Type | TEXT |
| Range | to |
#### 3: Send Basic Set to Group 3
##### Overview
Send Basic Set (configured by parameter 0x51 ) to the associated nodes in Group 3 when the external switch S1 is operated.
Note: The Switch Mode of external switch S1 should be identified successfully, which means that the value of Configuration parameter 0x78 should be non-zero, then the Basic Set can be sent to the associated nodes in Group 3 via triggering the S1 switch.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | group_3 |
| Data Type | TEXT |
| Range | to |
#### 4: Send Basic Set to Group 4
##### Overview
Send Basic Set (enabled by Configuration parameter 0x52) to the associated nodes in Group 4 when the external switch S2 is operated.
Note: The Switch Mode of external switch S2 should be identified successfully, which means that the value of Configuration
parameter 0x79 should be non-zero, then the Basic Set can be sent to the associated nodes in Group 3 via triggering the S2 switch.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | group_4 |
| Data Type | TEXT |
| Range | to |
---
Did you spot an error in the above definition or want to improve the content?
You can edit the database [here](http://www.cd-jackson.com/index.php/zwave/zwave-device-database/zwave-device-list/devicesummary/648).

49
_addons_bindings/zwave/doc/amc_zdsud10_00_000.md Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,49 @@
---
layout: documentation
title: ZDS-UD10 - ZWave
---
{% include base.html %}
# ZDS-UD10 Dimming Switch Module
This describes the Z-Wave device *ZDS-UD10*, manufactured by *Airline Mechanical Co., Ltd.* with the thing type UID of ```amc_zdsud10_00_000```.
Dimming Switch Module
## Channels
The following table summarises the channels available for the ZDS-UD10 Dimming Switch Module.
| Channel | Channel Id | Channel Type UID | Category | Item Type |
|---------|------------|------------------|----------|-----------|
| Dimmer | switch_dimmer | switch_dimmer | DimmableLight | Dimmer |
### Dimmer
#### Restore Last Value
Restore Last Dimming level on ON.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_restoreLastValue |
| Data Type | BOOLEAN || Default Value | true |
| Options | Restore Last Value (true) |
| | Restore Full Brightness (false) |
### Device Configuration
The following table provides a summary of the configuration parameters available in the ZDS-UD10 Dimming Switch Module.
Detailed information on each parameter can be found below.
| Parameter | Description |
|-------------|-------------|
---
Did you spot an error in the above definition or want to improve the content?
You can edit the database [here](http://www.cd-jackson.com/index.php/zwave/zwave-device-database/zwave-device-list/devicesummary/184).

72
_addons_bindings/zwave/doc/august_asl03_00_000.md Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,72 @@
---
layout: documentation
title: ASL-03 - ZWave
---
{% include base.html %}
# ASL-03 August Smart Lock Pro 3rd Gen
This describes the Z-Wave device *ASL-03*, manufactured by *August Smart Locks* with the thing type UID of ```august_asl03_00_000```.
August Smart Lock Pro 3rd Gen
## Channels
The following table summarises the channels available for the ASL-03 August Smart Lock Pro 3rd Gen.
| Channel | Channel Id | Channel Type UID | Category | Item Type |
|---------|------------|------------------|----------|-----------|
| Door Lock | lock_door | lock_door | Door | Switch |
| Alarm (access) | alarm_entry | alarm_entry | Door | Switch |
| | battery-level | system.battery-level | | |
### Device Configuration
The following table provides a summary of the configuration parameters available in the ASL-03 August Smart Lock Pro 3rd Gen.
Detailed information on each parameter can be found below.
| Parameter | Description |
|-------------|-------------|
| 1: report1 | battery status, door lock operation status, and device reset locally |
| 2: report2 | door lock operation status |
#### 1: report1
battery status, door lock operation status, and device reset locally
##### Overview
The Lifeline group on this lock is used to report battery status, door lock operation status, and device reset locally notifications to nodes on the group list.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | group_1 |
| Data Type | TEXT |
| Range | to |
#### 2: report2
door lock operation status
##### Overview
The Doorlock Op group on this lock is used to report door lock operation status to nodes on the group list.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | group_2 |
| Data Type | TEXT |
| Range | to |
---
Did you spot an error in the above definition or want to improve the content?
You can edit the database [here](http://www.cd-jackson.com/index.php/zwave/zwave-device-database/zwave-device-list/devicesummary/743).

335
_addons_bindings/zwave/doc/benext_alarmsound_00_000.md Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,335 @@
---
layout: documentation
title: Alarm Sound - ZWave
---
{% include base.html %}
# Alarm Sound Alarm sound
This describes the Z-Wave device *Alarm Sound*, manufactured by *BeNext* with the thing type UID of ```benext_alarmsound_00_000```.
Alarm sound
## Channels
The following table summarises the channels available for the Alarm Sound Alarm sound.
| Channel | Channel Id | Channel Type UID | Category | Item Type |
|---------|------------|------------------|----------|-----------|
| Switch | switch_binary | switch_binary | Switch | Switch |
| Alarm | alarm_general | alarm_general | Door | Switch |
### Device Configuration
The following table provides a summary of the configuration parameters available in the Alarm Sound Alarm sound.
Detailed information on each parameter can be found below.
| Parameter | Description |
|-------------|-------------|
| 1: Set to Default | Set all configuration values to default values (factory settings) |
| 2: Destination routine on/off | Test connection by sending a periodic test. if the device doesn't react the user will be n... |
| 3: Desitnation routine succes time | Time it takes to send a new frame after the last frame has succesfully send |
| 4: Destination routine failed time | Time elapsed between failing to end a frame and sending a new frame. |
| 7: Select index sound/light mode | The index of the sound mode when a switch binary/basic set frame been received |
| 8: power offline sound/light mode | The sound and light mode that will be used when the device gets unplugged. |
| 10: sound/light index 1 | Sound/light that will be played when index 1 has been selected |
| 28: sound/light index 2 | Sound/light that will be played when index 2 has been selected |
| 46: sound/light index 3 | Sound/light that will be played when index 3 has been selected |
| 64: sound/light index 4 | Sound/light that will be played when index 4 has been selected |
| 82: sound/light index 5 | Sound/light that will be played when index 5 has been selected |
| 100: sound/light index 6 | Sound/light that will be played when index 6 has been selected |
| 1: Association group 1 | Changes the LED on the device |
| 2: Association group 2 | The alarm sound reports it status to the associated devices |
#### 1: Set to Default
Set all configuration values to default values (factory settings)
##### Overview
If value is set to 255 reset to default settings.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_1_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 1 to 255 |
| Default Value | 1 |
#### 2: Destination routine on/off
Test connection by sending a periodic test. if the device doesn't react the user will be notified by a sound.
##### Overview
0 this is turned off. 1-255 turn it on.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_2_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 255 |
| Default Value | 255 |
#### 3: Desitnation routine succes time
Time it takes to send a new frame after the last frame has succesfully send
##### Overview
t(s) = param1 \* 6 \*60
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_3_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 60 |
| Default Value | 60 |
#### 4: Destination routine failed time
Time elapsed between failing to end a frame and sending a new frame.
##### Overview
t(s) = param1 \*60
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_4_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 240 |
| Default Value | 240 |
#### 7: Select index sound/light mode
The index of the sound mode when a switch binary/basic set frame been received
##### Overview
0 to switch off, 1-6 to select light/sound mode.
If value is put higher then 5 the application will read this as 1.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_7_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 6 |
| Default Value | 1 |
#### 8: power offline sound/light mode
The sound and light mode that will be used when the device gets unplugged.
##### Overview
0 to switch off, 1-6 to select light/sound mode.
If value is put higher then 5 the application will read this as 1.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_8_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 6 |
| Default Value | 6 |
#### 10: sound/light index 1
Sound/light that will be played when index 1 has been selected
##### Overview
Params 10-27 are the values to set the sound/light (this will be set when index 1)
When the configuration is not this size the frame will be ignored.
For the configuration of the light/sound mode i would like to refer to the manual.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_10_18 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 4294967295 |
| Default Value | 0 |
#### 28: sound/light index 2
Sound/light that will be played when index 2 has been selected
##### Overview
Params 28-45 are the values to set the sound/light (this will be set when index 2)
When the configuration is not this size the frame will be ignored.
For the configuration of the light/sound mode i would like to refer to the manual.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_28_18 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 4294967295 |
| Default Value | 0 |
#### 46: sound/light index 3
Sound/light that will be played when index 3 has been selected
##### Overview
Params 45-63 are the values to set the sound/light (this will be set when index 3)
When the configuration is not this size the frame will be ignored.
For the configuration of the light/sound mode i would like to refer to the manual.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_46_18 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 4294967295 |
| Default Value | 0 |
#### 64: sound/light index 4
Sound/light that will be played when index 4 has been selected
##### Overview
Params 64-81 are the values to set the sound/light (this will be set when index 4)
When the configuration is not this size the frame will be ignored.
For the configuration of the light/sound mode i would like to refer to the manual.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_64_18 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 4294967295 |
| Default Value | 0 |
#### 82: sound/light index 5
Sound/light that will be played when index 5 has been selected
##### Overview
Params 82-99 are the values to set the sound/light (this will be set when index 5)
When the configuration is not this size the frame will be ignored.
For the configuration of the light/sound mode i would like to refer to the manual.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_82_18 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 4294967295 |
| Default Value | 0 |
#### 100: sound/light index 6
Sound/light that will be played when index 6 has been selected
##### Overview
Params 100-117 are the values to set the sound/light (this will be set when index 6)
When the configuration is not this size the frame will be ignored.
For the configuration of the light/sound mode i would like to refer to the manual.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_100_18 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 4294967295 |
| Default Value | 0 |
#### 1: Association group 1
Changes the LED on the device
##### Overview
When the device receives an binary switch/ basic report, this will update the LED
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | group_1 |
| Data Type | TEXT |
| Range | to |
#### 2: Association group 2
The alarm sound reports it status to the associated devices
##### Overview
\- In case the device gets unplugged this shall send Alarm report (code 3, Triggered).
\- When the device is connected to the power, this shall send an Alarm report (code 3, off).
\- When the device is truned of by clicking on the button, this shall send a Switch binary (off).
\- When the device gets unplugged the standard "power offline" sound is on, the device will send a Switch binary report (on).
When the Device is connected to a powersupply, the device will say it has connection to the associated devices in group 2. when the connection is succesful the led will be on for 1 second. If the device cannot make a connection the led will blink 6 times. If the led doesn't go on there is no device in this association group.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | group_2 |
| Data Type | TEXT |
| Range | to |
---
Did you spot an error in the above definition or want to improve the content?
You can edit the database [here](http://www.cd-jackson.com/index.php/zwave/zwave-device-database/zwave-device-list/devicesummary/443).

267
_addons_bindings/zwave/doc/benext_builtindimmer_00_000.md Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,267 @@
---
layout: documentation
title: builtInDimmer - ZWave
---
{% include base.html %}
# builtInDimmer Built-in Dimmer
This describes the Z-Wave device *builtInDimmer*, manufactured by *BeNext* with the thing type UID of ```benext_builtindimmer_00_000```.
Built-in Dimmer
## Channels
The following table summarises the channels available for the builtInDimmer Built-in Dimmer.
| Channel | Channel Id | Channel Type UID | Category | Item Type |
|---------|------------|------------------|----------|-----------|
| Dimmer | switch_dimmer | switch_dimmer | DimmableLight | Dimmer |
| Electric meter (kWh) | meter_kwh | meter_kwh | Energy | Number |
| Electric meter (watts) | meter_watts | meter_watts | Energy | Number |
### Dimmer
#### Restore Last Value
Restore Last Dimming level on ON.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_restoreLastValue |
| Data Type | BOOLEAN || Default Value | true |
| Options | Restore Last Value (true) |
| | Restore Full Brightness (false) |
### Device Configuration
The following table provides a summary of the configuration parameters available in the builtInDimmer Built-in Dimmer.
Detailed information on each parameter can be found below.
| Parameter | Description |
|-------------|-------------|
| 1: Reset to factory settings | Set all configuration values to default values (factory settings). |
| 2: The way how the button reacts when press/released | The way how the button reacts when press/released |
| 3: The way the Built-in Dimmer reacts when light is turned on/off with button | The way the Built-in Dimmer reacts when light is turned on/off with button |
| 4: Enable dimming | This parameter is used to enable the dimming option of the product. When disabled the dimm... |
| 6: Maximum load | The maximum powerload in watts when light is turned on, when measured higher then this val... |
| 7: Dimming speed | The speed of dimming when activated (manual and RF). Dim speed is 1% per value (\* 10 ms) |
| 8: Fading up speed | The speed of fading when activated (manual and RF). Fade speed is 1% per value (\* 10 ms) |
| 9: Toggle time | The time window to repress button to start dimming. Toggle time is value (\* 10ms) |
| 11: Auto meter report: percentage | A percentage that an energy value must be different compared to a previous sent value befo... |
| 12: Auto meter report: watt | A watt value that an energy value must be different compared to a previous sent value befo... |
| 13: Auto meter report: time | A time value that has to be passed compared to a previous sent value before a unsolicited ... |
| 14: Last known status | What to do with lamp status when power applied. If 0x00: Always switch light off when powe... |
| 15: Fading down speed | The speed of fading when activated (manual and RF). Fade speed is 1% per value (\* 10 ms) |
| 1: Group 1 | |
| 2: Group 2 | |
| 3: Group 3 | |
#### 1: Reset to factory settings
Set all configuration values to default values (factory settings).
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_1_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 255 |
| Default Value | 0 |
#### 2: The way how the button reacts when press/released
The way how the button reacts when press/released
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_2_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 0 |
| Options | Toggle light when button is pressed, no action when button is released (0) |
| | Toggle light when button is released, Start dimming when button presse (1) |
| | Toggle light when button is pressed and when button is Released, start (2) |
#### 3: The way the Built-in Dimmer reacts when light is turned on/off with button
The way the Built-in Dimmer reacts when light is turned on/off with button
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_3_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 0 |
| Options | Switch own light on and send a Z-Wave message to all associated nodes (0) |
| | Don.t switch own light on but only send a Z-Wave message to associated (1) |
#### 4: Enable dimming
This parameter is used to enable the dimming option of the product. When disabled the dimming and fading routine are disabled.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_4_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 0 |
| Options | Disable (0) |
| | Enable (1) |
#### 6: Maximum load
The maximum powerload in watts when light is turned on, when measured higher then this value the Inline Dimmer is automatically turned off.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_6_2 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 65535 |
| Default Value | 200 |
#### 7: Dimming speed
The speed of dimming when activated (manual and RF). Dim speed is 1% per value (\* 10 ms)
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_7_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 255 |
| Default Value | 3 |
#### 8: Fading up speed
The speed of fading when activated (manual and RF). Fade speed is 1% per value (\* 10 ms)
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_8_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 255 |
| Default Value | 3 |
#### 9: Toggle time
The time window to repress button to start dimming. Toggle time is value (\* 10ms)
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_9_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 255 |
| Default Value | 50 |
#### 11: Auto meter report: percentage
A percentage that an energy value must be different compared to a previous sent value before an unsolicited meter report is sent. Minimum value = 10% Maximum value = 100%
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_11_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 255 |
| Default Value | 20 |
#### 12: Auto meter report: watt
A watt value that an energy value must be different compared to a previous sent value before an unsolicited meter report is sent. Minimum value = 5 watt Maximum value = 255 watt
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_12_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 255 |
| Default Value | 10 |
#### 13: Auto meter report: time
A time value that has to be passed compared to a previous sent value before a unsolicited meter report is sent. Minimum value = 10 seconds Maximum value = 255 seconds
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_13_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 255 |
| Default Value | 10 |
#### 14: Last known status
What to do with lamp status when power applied. If 0x00: Always switch light off when power applied. If > 0x00: Switch lamp on/off depending on last known lampstatus before power was disconnected.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_14_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 255 |
| Default Value | 0 |
#### 15: Fading down speed
The speed of fading when activated (manual and RF). Fade speed is 1% per value (\* 10 ms)
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_15_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 255 |
| Default Value | 1 |
#### 1: Group 1
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | group_1 |
| Data Type | TEXT |
| Range | to |
#### 2: Group 2
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | group_2 |
| Data Type | TEXT |
| Range | to |
#### 3: Group 3
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | group_3 |
| Data Type | TEXT |
| Range | to |
---
Did you spot an error in the above definition or want to improve the content?
You can edit the database [here](http://www.cd-jackson.com/index.php/zwave/zwave-device-database/zwave-device-list/devicesummary/225).

131
_addons_bindings/zwave/doc/benext_doorsensor_00_000.md Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,131 @@
---
layout: documentation
title: doorSensor - ZWave
---
{% include base.html %}
# doorSensor Door Sensor
This describes the Z-Wave device *doorSensor*, manufactured by *BeNext* with the thing type UID of ```benext_doorsensor_00_000```.
Door Sensor
## Channels
The following table summarises the channels available for the doorSensor Door Sensor.
| Channel | Channel Id | Channel Type UID | Category | Item Type |
|---------|------------|------------------|----------|-----------|
| Door Sensor | sensor_door | sensor_door | Door | Contact |
| Sensor (temperature) | sensor_temperature | sensor_temperature | Temperature | Number |
| Alarm (CO) | alarm_co | alarm_co | Door | Switch |
| | battery-level | system.battery-level | | |
### Sensor (temperature)
#### Scale
Select the scale for temperature readings
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_scale |
| Data Type | TEXT || Default Value | 0 |
| Options | Celsius (0) |
| | Fahrenheit (1) |
### Device Configuration
The following table provides a summary of the configuration parameters available in the doorSensor Door Sensor.
Detailed information on each parameter can be found below.
| Parameter | Description |
|-------------|-------------|
| 1: Reset to factory settings | Set all configuration values to default values (factory settings). |
| 2: External contact behavior | Configure what the external contact sends when triggered. |
| 5: Operating mode. | The main operating mode for the device. |
| 6: Temperature offset | An offset for the temperature. |
| 1: Send frame to every node in this group (internal contact) | |
| 2: Send frame to every node in this group (external contact) | |
#### 1: Reset to factory settings
Set all configuration values to default values (factory settings).
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_1_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 255 |
| Default Value | 0 |
#### 2: External contact behavior
Configure what the external contact sends when triggered.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_2_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 0 |
| Options | Send alarm (0) |
| | Send basic frame (1) |
#### 5: Operating mode.
The main operating mode for the device.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_5_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 1 |
| Options | Normal (1) |
| | Mode 1 report (2) |
| | Always-on (3) |
#### 6: Temperature offset
An offset for the temperature.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_6_2 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | -32768 to 32767 |
| Default Value | 0 |
#### 1: Send frame to every node in this group (internal contact)
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | group_1 |
| Data Type | TEXT |
| Range | to |
#### 2: Send frame to every node in this group (external contact)
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | group_2 |
| Data Type | TEXT |
| Range | to |
---
Did you spot an error in the above definition or want to improve the content?
You can edit the database [here](http://www.cd-jackson.com/index.php/zwave/zwave-device-database/zwave-device-list/devicesummary/223).

188
_addons_bindings/zwave/doc/benext_energyswitch_00_000.md Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,188 @@
---
layout: documentation
title: Energy Switch + - ZWave
---
{% include base.html %}
# Energy Switch + Energy Switch +
This describes the Z-Wave device *Energy Switch +*, manufactured by *BeNext* with the thing type UID of ```benext_energyswitch_00_000```.
Energy Switch +
## Channels
The following table summarises the channels available for the Energy Switch + Energy Switch +.
| Channel | Channel Id | Channel Type UID | Category | Item Type |
|---------|------------|------------------|----------|-----------|
| Switch | switch_binary | switch_binary | Switch | Switch |
| Electric meter (kWh) | meter_kwh | meter_kwh | Energy | Number |
| Electric meter (watts) | meter_watts | meter_watts | Energy | Number |
### Device Configuration
The following table provides a summary of the configuration parameters available in the Energy Switch + Energy Switch +.
Detailed information on each parameter can be found below.
| Parameter | Description |
|-------------|-------------|
| 1: Set to Default | If value is set to 0XFF (255), device set to default |
| 2: Amount of decimals | If value is set to 1 the info shall be presented with 1 decimal |
| 3: Power Limit | The device will shut down when it reaches an amount higher then defined (W) |
| 4: Start up with last known socket status | If 0 then the device will always be off, when 1-255 it will emain the last known state |
| 6: Auto report % | The value will change when the % is changed. |
| 7: Auto report Watt | The value will change when the Watt is changed. |
| 8: Auto report time | The time between 2 of the meter rerport |
| 9: Relais delay time | The time that needs to pass before the next state change |
| 10: Led indicator | The state of the Led compared to the relais state |
#### 1: Set to Default
If value is set to 0XFF (255), device set to default
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_1_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 255 |
| Default Value | 0 |
#### 2: Amount of decimals
If value is set to 1 the info shall be presented with 1 decimal
##### Overview
0,1,2,3 amount of decimals. Every Amount higher then 3 shall be printed as 3 decimals.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_2_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 3 |
| Default Value | 0 |
#### 3: Power Limit
The device will shut down when it reaches an amount higher then defined (W)
##### Overview
0 = no power limit.
1-4500 are acceptable values and can be used, everything above the 4500 shall be changed to 4500.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_3_2 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 4500 |
| Default Value | 4500 |
#### 4: Start up with last known socket status
If 0 then the device will always be off, when 1-255 it will emain the last known state
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_4_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 255 |
| Default Value | 0 |
#### 6: Auto report %
The value will change when the % is changed.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_6_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 10 to 100 |
| Default Value | 20 |
#### 7: Auto report Watt
The value will change when the Watt is changed.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_7_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 5 to 255 |
| Default Value | 10 |
#### 8: Auto report time
The time between 2 of the meter rerport
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_8_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 10 to 255 |
| Default Value | 20 |
#### 9: Relais delay time
The time that needs to pass before the next state change
##### Overview
Value \* 10 miliseconds
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_9_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 255 |
| Default Value | 50 |
#### 10: Led indicator
The state of the Led compared to the relais state
##### Overview
0 = Indication Led never off
1 = led ON when relais ON
2 = led On when relais OFF
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_10_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 2 |
| Default Value | 0 |
---
Did you spot an error in the above definition or want to improve the content?
You can edit the database [here](http://www.cd-jackson.com/index.php/zwave/zwave-device-database/zwave-device-list/devicesummary/445).

298
_addons_bindings/zwave/doc/benext_heatingcontrol_00_000.md Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,298 @@
---
layout: documentation
title: Heating Control - ZWave
---
{% include base.html %}
# Heating Control Thermostat for controlling the opentherm protocol
This describes the Z-Wave device *Heating Control*, manufactured by *BeNext* with the thing type UID of ```benext_heatingcontrol_00_000```.
Thermostat for controlling the opentherm protocol
## Overview
The Heating Control is the central point of your climate environment. You can overwrite the temperature setpoint of your thermostat, and this product also reports information about your thermostat or boiler. For example the room temperature, boiler pressure, modulation level or water temperature.
This product can be simply placed between your thermostat and boiler. The current setup is not changed and therefore you can still use the device as you normally would do. You don’t have to replace your current thermostat.
Note: This product only works if the current communication between your thermostat and boiler uses the standardized modulating protocol Open Therm. If you are not sure whether your thermostat/boiler uses Open Therm, you may find that in the manual of your thermostat/boiler. You can also find it on the internet. You can search for example on ‘Honeywell round clock open therm’.
## Channels
The following table summarises the channels available for the Heating Control Thermostat for controlling the opentherm protocol.
| Channel | Channel Id | Channel Type UID | Category | Item Type |
|---------|------------|------------------|----------|-----------|
| Room temperature | sensor_temperature | sensor_temperature | Temperature | Number |
| Outside temperature | sensor_temperature | sensor_temperature | Temperature | Number |
| Thermostat mode | thermostat_mode | benext_heatingcontrol_00_000_thermostat_mode | Temperature | Number |
| Heating setpoint | thermostat_setpoint_1 | thermostat_setpoint | Temperature | Number |
| Energy save setpoint | thermostat_setpoint_11 | thermostat_setpoint | Temperature | Number |
### Room temperature
#### Scale
Select the scale for temperature readings
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_scale |
| Data Type | TEXT || Default Value | 0 |
| Options | Celsius (0) |
| | Fahrenheit (1) |
### Outside temperature
#### Scale
Select the scale for temperature readings
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_scale |
| Data Type | TEXT || Default Value | 0 |
| Options | Celsius (0) |
| | Fahrenheit (1) |
### Heating setpoint
#### Scale
Select the scale to use for setpoints.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_scale |
| Data Type | TEXT || Default Value | 0 |
| Options | Celsius (0) |
| | Fahrenheit (1) |
### Energy save setpoint
#### Scale
Select the scale to use for setpoints.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_scale |
| Data Type | TEXT || Default Value | 0 |
| Options | Celsius (0) |
| | Fahrenheit (1) |
### Device Configuration
The following table provides a summary of the configuration parameters available in the Heating Control Thermostat for controlling the opentherm protocol.
Detailed information on each parameter can be found below.
| Parameter | Description |
|-------------|-------------|
| 1: Set to default | Set all configuration values to default values (factory settings) |
| 2: Data request interval | Interval of updating data from thermostat and boiler |
| 3: T room update difference | Difference of temperature before new update |
| 4: T setpoint update difference | Difference in setpoint before new update |
| 5: Unsolicited CRC | CRC-16 encapulation |
| 6: Type of &#x27;special&#x27; thermostat | Type of 'special' thermostat if applicable |
| 7: Status auto report | Status auto report boiler/thermostat report. |
| 9: Enable/Disable thermostat schedule | Enable/Disable thermostat schedule inside the controller |
| 11: Readout manual setpoint thermostat | Readout manual setpoint thermostat |
| 1: Group 1 | Unsolicited reports |
#### 1: Set to default
Set all configuration values to default values (factory settings)
##### Overview
If 0xFF (255) then set to default
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_1_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 0 |
| Options | Reset (255) |
#### 2: Data request interval
Interval of updating data from thermostat and boiler
##### Overview
The interval in seconds that data is requested (and therefore updated) from the thermostat and boiler. 
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_2_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 1 to 255 |
| Default Value | 14 |
#### 3: T room update difference
Difference of temperature before new update
##### Overview
The value that the room temperature must differ (compared to his previous send value) before an unsolicited room temperature report is send to the associated node. 
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_3_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 1 to 255 |
| Default Value | 1 |
#### 4: T setpoint update difference
Difference in setpoint before new update
##### Overview
The value that the temperature setpoint must differ (compared to his previous send value) before an unsolicited temperature setpoint report is send to the associated node. 
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_4_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 1 to 255 |
| Default Value | 5 |
#### 5: Unsolicited CRC
CRC-16 encapulation
##### Overview
Configure if the unsolicited reports are send with the CRC-16 encapsulation. Not that the receiving node should support this encapsulation to parse the Z-Wave frame! 
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_5_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 0 |
| Options | Off (0) |
| | On (255) |
#### 6: Type of &#x27;special&#x27; thermostat
Type of 'special' thermostat if applicable
##### Overview
Type of 'special' thermostat. NOTE: when remeha Celcia 20 support is set than any other thermostat cannot be set (!) NOTE2: when Remeha Celcia 20 gives 'Fout 203' send cfg value again 
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_6_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 0 |
| Options | No special (0) |
| | Remeha Celcia 20 (1) |
| | Honeywell (rounded temperatures) (2) |
#### 7: Status auto report
Status auto report boiler/thermostat report.
##### Overview
Status auto report boiler/thermostat report.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_7_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 0 |
| Options | Disable boiler/thermostat status messages auto report (0) |
| | Enable boiler/thermostat status messages auto report (255) |
#### 9: Enable/Disable thermostat schedule
Enable/Disable thermostat schedule inside the controller
##### Overview
Enable/Disable thermostat schedule inside the heatingcontroller
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_9_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 0 |
| Options | Disable thermostat schedule (0) |
| | Enable thermostat schedule (255) |
#### 11: Readout manual setpoint thermostat
Readout manual setpoint thermostat
##### Overview
This parameter is used to set the possible manual readout of the setpoint on the thermostat. If the thermostat is manually set to a different mode it is then possible to readout this value if enabled.
(NB. This setting is not in the manual but verified through contacting the service department of BeNext).
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_11_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 0 |
| Options | Readout OFF (0) |
| | Readout ON (255) |
#### 1: Group 1
Unsolicited reports
##### Overview
Every unsolicited report will be sent to the nodes in this group. 
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | group_1 |
| Data Type | TEXT |
| Range | to |
---
Did you spot an error in the above definition or want to improve the content?
You can edit the database [here](http://www.cd-jackson.com/index.php/zwave/zwave-device-database/zwave-device-list/devicesummary/473).

289
_addons_bindings/zwave/doc/benext_molite_00_000.md Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,289 @@
---
layout: documentation
title: Molite - ZWave
---
{% include base.html %}
# Molite Movement sensor with temperature and light sensor
This describes the Z-Wave device *Molite*, manufactured by *BeNext* with the thing type UID of ```benext_molite_00_000```.
Movement sensor with temperature and light sensor
## Channels
The following table summarises the channels available for the Molite Movement sensor with temperature and light sensor.
| Channel | Channel Id | Channel Type UID | Category | Item Type |
|---------|------------|------------------|----------|-----------|
| Binary Sensor | sensor_binary | sensor_binary | Door | Switch |
| Sensor (luminance) | sensor_luminance | sensor_luminance | Temperature | Number |
| Sensor (temperature) | sensor_temperature | sensor_temperature | Temperature | Number |
| Alarm | alarm_general | alarm_general | Door | Switch |
| | battery-level | system.battery-level | | |
### Sensor (temperature)
#### Scale
Select the scale for temperature readings
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_scale |
| Data Type | TEXT || Default Value | 0 |
| Options | Celsius (0) |
| | Fahrenheit (1) |
### Device Configuration
The following table provides a summary of the configuration parameters available in the Molite Movement sensor with temperature and light sensor.
Detailed information on each parameter can be found below.
| Parameter | Description |
|-------------|-------------|
| 1: Reset to factory settings | Set all configuration values to default values (factory settings). |
| 2: Mode timeout | The time used in mode 2 to turn the sensor off. This time will start running as soon as de... |
| 3: Switch off time | The switch off time will start running as soon as mode timeout is done. The Motion sensor ... |
| 4: sensitivity | the sensitivity of the motion circuit |
| 5: The mode | The mode that is entered after detection |
| 6: The temperature offset | An offset for the temperature. |
| 7: Light table 100 % | If a LDR resistance measured lower then this value the returned light percentage is 100%. ... |
| 8: Light table 90 % | If a LDR resistance measured lower then this value the returned light percentage is 90%. S... |
| 9: Light table 80 % | If a LDR resistance measured lower then this value the returned light percentage is 80%. S... |
| 10: Light table 70 % | If a LDR resistance measured lower then this value the returned light percentage is 70%. S... |
| 11: Light table 60 % | If a LDR resistance measured lower then this value the returned light percentage is 60%. S... |
| 12: Light table 50 % | If a LDR resistance measured lower then this value the returned light percentage is 50%. S... |
| 13: Light table 40 % | If a LDR resistance measured lower then this value the returned light percentage is 40%. S... |
| 14: Light table 30 % | If a LDR resistance measured lower then this value the returned light percentage is 30%. S... |
| 15: Light table 20 % | If a LDR resistance measured lower then this value the returned light percentage is 20%. S... |
| 16: Light table 10 % | If a LDR resistance measured lower then this value the returned light percentage is 10%. S... |
| 1: Devices to be switched on when motion detected and off after on time | |
#### 1: Reset to factory settings
Set all configuration values to default values (factory settings).
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_1_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 255 |
| Default Value | 0 |
#### 2: Mode timeout
The time used in mode 2 to turn the sensor off. This time will start running as soon as detection is seen.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_2_2 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 900 |
| Default Value | 900 |
#### 3: Switch off time
The switch off time will start running as soon as mode timeout is done. The Motion sensor is turned on and when movement is detected again. The mode timeout (cfg param 1) will start running all over again. When switch off time is done a basic off message
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_3_2 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 2700 |
| Default Value | 2700 |
#### 4: sensitivity
the sensitivity of the motion circuit
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_4_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 127 |
| Default Value | 80 |
#### 5: The mode
The mode that is entered after detection
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_5_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 2 |
| Options | Mode 1: no detection possible. Battery save mode. (1) |
| | Mode 2: normal operation mode: send on after detection and off after g (2) |
| | Mode 3: Z-Wave chip is always on to request e.g. version or manufactur (3) |
#### 6: The temperature offset
An offset for the temperature.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_6_2 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 65535 |
| Default Value | 0 |
#### 7: Light table 100 %
If a LDR resistance measured lower then this value the returned light percentage is 100%. See chapter light table for more information.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_7_2 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 17 |
| Default Value | 17 |
#### 8: Light table 90 %
If a LDR resistance measured lower then this value the returned light percentage is 90%. See chapter light table for more information.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_8_2 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 38 |
| Default Value | 38 |
#### 9: Light table 80 %
If a LDR resistance measured lower then this value the returned light percentage is 80%. See chapter light table for more information.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_9_2 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 85 |
| Default Value | 85 |
#### 10: Light table 70 %
If a LDR resistance measured lower then this value the returned light percentage is 70%. See chapter light table for more information.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_10_2 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 186 |
| Default Value | 186 |
#### 11: Light table 60 %
If a LDR resistance measured lower then this value the returned light percentage is 60%. See chapter light table for more information.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_11_2 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 407 |
| Default Value | 407 |
#### 12: Light table 50 %
If a LDR resistance measured lower then this value the returned light percentage is 50%. See chapter light table for more information.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_12_2 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 891 |
| Default Value | 891 |
#### 13: Light table 40 %
If a LDR resistance measured lower then this value the returned light percentage is 40%. See chapter light table for more information.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_13_2 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 1949 |
| Default Value | 1949 |
#### 14: Light table 30 %
If a LDR resistance measured lower then this value the returned light percentage is 30%. See chapter light table for more information.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_14_2 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 4265 |
| Default Value | 4265 |
#### 15: Light table 20 %
If a LDR resistance measured lower then this value the returned light percentage is 20%. See chapter light table for more information.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_15_2 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 9332 |
| Default Value | 9332 |
#### 16: Light table 10 %
If a LDR resistance measured lower then this value the returned light percentage is 10%. See chapter light table for more information.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_16_2 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 20417 |
| Default Value | 20417 |
#### 1: Devices to be switched on when motion detected and off after on time
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | group_1 |
| Data Type | TEXT |
| Range | to |
---
Did you spot an error in the above definition or want to improve the content?
You can edit the database [here](http://www.cd-jackson.com/index.php/zwave/zwave-device-database/zwave-device-list/devicesummary/374).

95
_addons_bindings/zwave/doc/benext_p1dongle_00_000.md Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,95 @@
---
layout: documentation
title: P1-dongle - ZWave
---
{% include base.html %}
# P1-dongle P1-dongle
This describes the Z-Wave device *P1-dongle*, manufactured by *BeNext* with the thing type UID of ```benext_p1dongle_00_000```.
P1-dongle
## Overview
The P1-dongle sends smart meter data wirelessly to your controller, helping you get insight of your consumption and things like the overall yield of your solar panels. The P1-dongle can connect to smart meters that support DSMR (Dutch Smart Meter Reader Protocol) eg. all smart meters with a P1-connector.
LED Status Information
* Ready to install: LED pulse once per second
* Including: LED pulse twice per second
* Excluding: LED pulse three times per 1.5 second
* Include Successful: LED on for one second
* Ready and operating in a Z-Wave network: LED continuously on
* No ready and not included in a Z-Wave network: LED pulse once per second
### Inclusion Information
* Put you controller in inclusion mode
* Connect the P1 Dongle to your Smart Meter (use a power source when needed)
* The P1 Dongle will switch to Network Wide Inclusion automatically
Use the button to switch the P1 Dongle to Inclusion (LED pulse twice per second) or Exclusion / Reset (LED pulse three times per 1.5 second) mode
### Exclusion Information
* Put your controller and the P1 Dongle in exclusion mode (LED pulse three times per 1.5 second)
* The dongle will exclude from it's former network and reset to node ID zero 
* If the P1 Dongle wasn't included in a network before, this procedure will act as a node reset
Use the button to switch the P1 Dongle to Inclusion (LED pulse twice per second) or Exclusion / Reset (LED pulse three times per 1.5 second) mode
## Channels
The following table summarises the channels available for the P1-dongle P1-dongle.
| Channel | Channel Id | Channel Type UID | Category | Item Type |
|---------|------------|------------------|----------|-----------|
| Electric meter (kWh) | meter_kwh | meter_kwh | Energy | Number |
| Electric meter (watts) | meter_watts | meter_watts | Energy | Number |
| Electric meter (kWh) 1 | meter_kwh1 | meter_kwh | Energy | Number |
| Electric meter (watts) 1 | meter_watts1 | meter_watts | Energy | Number |
| Electric meter (kWh) 2 | meter_kwh2 | meter_kwh | Energy | Number |
| Electric meter (watts) 2 | meter_watts2 | meter_watts | Energy | Number |
| Gas meter (G_Cubic_Meters) 3 | meter_gas_cubic_meters3 | meter_gas_cubic_meters | Energy | Number |
### Device Configuration
The following table provides a summary of the configuration parameters available in the P1-dongle P1-dongle.
Detailed information on each parameter can be found below.
| Parameter | Description |
|-------------|-------------|
| 4: Baud Rate | Baud rate: the rate the device sends data between the smart meter and z-wave |
#### 4: Baud Rate
Baud rate: the rate the device sends data between the smart meter and z-wave
##### Overview
Set BAUD rate value \* 100.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_4_2 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 40000 |
| Default Value | 1152 |
---
Did you spot an error in the above definition or want to improve the content?
You can edit the database [here](http://www.cd-jackson.com/index.php/zwave/zwave-device-database/zwave-device-list/devicesummary/340).

217
_addons_bindings/zwave/doc/benext_plugindimmer_00_000.md Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,217 @@
---
layout: documentation
title: plugInDimmer - ZWave
---
{% include base.html %}
# plugInDimmer Plug-in Dimmer
This describes the Z-Wave device *plugInDimmer*, manufactured by *BeNext* with the thing type UID of ```benext_plugindimmer_00_000```.
Plug-in Dimmer
## Channels
The following table summarises the channels available for the plugInDimmer Plug-in Dimmer.
| Channel | Channel Id | Channel Type UID | Category | Item Type |
|---------|------------|------------------|----------|-----------|
| Dimmer | switch_dimmer | switch_dimmer | DimmableLight | Dimmer |
| Electric meter (kWh) | meter_kwh | meter_kwh | Energy | Number |
| Electric meter (watts) | meter_watts | meter_watts | Energy | Number |
### Dimmer
#### Restore Last Value
Restore Last Dimming level on ON.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_restoreLastValue |
| Data Type | BOOLEAN || Default Value | true |
| Options | Restore Last Value (true) |
| | Restore Full Brightness (false) |
### Device Configuration
The following table provides a summary of the configuration parameters available in the plugInDimmer Plug-in Dimmer.
Detailed information on each parameter can be found below.
| Parameter | Description |
|-------------|-------------|
| 1: Reset to factory settings | Set all configuration values to default values (factory settings). |
| 4: Enable dimming | This parameter is used to enable the dimming option of the product. When disabled the dimm... |
| 6: Maximum powerload | The maximum powerload in watts when light is turned on, when measured higher then this val... |
| 7: Dimming speed | The speed of dimming when activated (manual and RF). Dim speed is 1% per value (\* 10 ms) |
| 8: Fading up speed | The speed of fading up when activated (manual and RF). Fade speed is 1% per value (\* 10 m... |
| 11: Auto meter report: percentage | A percentage that an energy value must be different compared to a previous sent value befo... |
| 12: Auto meter report: watt | A watt value that an energy value must be different compared to a previous sent value befo... |
| 13: Auto meter report: time | A time value that has to be passed compared to a previous sent value before a unsolicited ... |
| 14: Last known status | What to do with lamp status when power applied. If 0x00: Always switch light off when powe... |
| 15: Fading down speed | The speed of fading down when activated (manual and RF). Fade speed is 1% per value (\* 10... |
| 1: Group 1 | Receives BASIC SET commands |
| 2: Group 2 | Receives METER and MULTILEVEL\_SWITCH commands |
#### 1: Reset to factory settings
Set all configuration values to default values (factory settings).
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_1_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 255 |
| Default Value | 0 |
#### 4: Enable dimming
This parameter is used to enable the dimming option of the product. When disabled the dimming and fading routine are disabled.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_4_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 0 |
| Options | Disable (0) |
| | Enable (1) |
#### 6: Maximum powerload
The maximum powerload in watts when light is turned on, when measured higher then this value the Plugin Dimmer is automatically stops with dimming or is turned off.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_6_2 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 25 to 150 |
| Default Value | 125 |
#### 7: Dimming speed
The speed of dimming when activated (manual and RF). Dim speed is 1% per value (\* 10 ms)
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_7_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 255 |
| Default Value | 3 |
#### 8: Fading up speed
The speed of fading up when activated (manual and RF). Fade speed is 1% per value (\* 10 ms)
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_8_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 255 |
| Default Value | 1 |
#### 11: Auto meter report: percentage
A percentage that an energy value must be different compared to a previous sent value before an unsolicited meter report is sent. Minimum value = 1% Maximum value = 100%
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_11_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 255 |
| Default Value | 1 |
#### 12: Auto meter report: watt
A watt value that an energy value must be different compared to a previous sent value before an unsolicited meter report is sent. Minimum value = 5 watt Maximum value = 255 watt
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_12_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 255 |
| Default Value | 5 |
#### 13: Auto meter report: time
A time value that has to be passed compared to a previous sent value before a unsolicited meter report is sent. Minimum value = 10 seconds Maximum value = 255 seconds
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_13_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 255 |
| Default Value | 10 |
#### 14: Last known status
What to do with lamp status when power applied. If 0x00: Always switch light off when power applied. If > 0x00: Switch lamp on/off depending on last known lampstatus before power was disconnected.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_14_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 255 |
| Default Value | 0 |
#### 15: Fading down speed
The speed of fading down when activated (manual and RF). Fade speed is 1% per value (\* 10 ms)
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_15_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 255 |
| Default Value | 1 |
#### 1: Group 1
Receives BASIC SET commands
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | group_1 |
| Data Type | TEXT |
| Range | to |
#### 2: Group 2
Receives METER and MULTILEVEL\_SWITCH commands
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | group_2 |
| Data Type | TEXT |
| Range | to |
---
Did you spot an error in the above definition or want to improve the content?
You can edit the database [here](http://www.cd-jackson.com/index.php/zwave/zwave-device-database/zwave-device-list/devicesummary/226).

121
_addons_bindings/zwave/doc/benext_powerswitch_00_000.md Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,121 @@
---
layout: documentation
title: powerSwitch - ZWave
---
{% include base.html %}
# powerSwitch Power Switch EU
This describes the Z-Wave device *powerSwitch*, manufactured by *BeNext* with the thing type UID of ```benext_powerswitch_00_000```.
Power Switch EU
## Channels
The following table summarises the channels available for the powerSwitch Power Switch EU.
| Channel | Channel Id | Channel Type UID | Category | Item Type |
|---------|------------|------------------|----------|-----------|
| Switch | switch_binary | switch_binary | Switch | Switch |
### Device Configuration
The following table provides a summary of the configuration parameters available in the powerSwitch Power Switch EU.
Detailed information on each parameter can be found below.
| Parameter | Description |
|-------------|-------------|
| 1: Set to Default | Set all configuration values to default values (factory settings) |
| 4: Start up with last known socket status | state in what the switch is when power is supplied |
| 9: Relay delay time | When the relay is switched it can't be switched again until the configured time has passed |
| 10: Led indicator | Show the led compared to the relay state |
| 1: Group 1 | |
#### 1: Set to Default
Set all configuration values to default values (factory settings)
##### Overview
All values (0x00 – 0xFF) except for 0x55 can be used to default all the configuration params .
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_1_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 255 |
| Default Value | 0 |
#### 4: Start up with last known socket status
state in what the switch is when power is supplied
##### Overview
If 0x01–0xFF: When power applied socket is the state before power was disconnected
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_4_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 255 |
| Default Value | 0 |
#### 9: Relay delay time
When the relay is switched it can't be switched again until the configured time has passed
##### Overview
Value \* 10 milliseconds
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_9_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 255 |
| Default Value | 0 |
#### 10: Led indicator
Show the led compared to the relay state
##### Overview
If value is 0: the indicator led is never switched on If value is 1: the indicator led is switched on when relay is switched on If value is 2: the indicator led is switched on when relay is switched off
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_10_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 2 |
| Default Value | 1 |
#### 1: Group 1
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | group_1 |
| Data Type | TEXT |
| Range | to |
---
Did you spot an error in the above definition or want to improve the content?
You can edit the database [here](http://www.cd-jackson.com/index.php/zwave/zwave-device-database/zwave-device-list/devicesummary/224).

179
_addons_bindings/zwave/doc/benext_tagreader_00_000.md Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,179 @@
---
layout: documentation
title: Tag Reader - ZWave
---
{% include base.html %}
# Tag Reader Tag Reader
This describes the Z-Wave device *Tag Reader*, manufactured by *BeNext* with the thing type UID of ```benext_tagreader_00_000```.
Tag Reader
## Channels
The following table summarises the channels available for the Tag Reader Tag Reader.
| Channel | Channel Id | Channel Type UID | Category | Item Type |
|---------|------------|------------------|----------|-----------|
| Switch | switch_binary | switch_binary | Switch | Switch |
| Alarm (burglar) | alarm_burglar | alarm_burglar | Door | Switch |
| Alarm (access) | notification_access_control | notification_access_control | | Number |
| | battery-level | system.battery-level | | |
### Device Configuration
The following table provides a summary of the configuration parameters available in the Tag Reader Tag Reader.
Detailed information on each parameter can be found below.
| Parameter | Description |
|-------------|-------------|
| 1: Set to Default | Set all configuration values to default values (factory settings) |
| 2: Feedback time | the time the beep goes to off |
| 3: Feedback time-out | waiting for the wake-up-no-more command |
| 4: feedback beeps per second | Amount of beeps a second |
| 5: Mode | To configure mode |
| 6: RFID circuit start-up time | The time the RFID will be started after pressing "home" or "away" |
| 1: Association group 1 | Link devices to the tag reader |
#### 1: Set to Default
Set all configuration values to default values (factory settings)
##### Overview
If the Value is set to 0xFF (255) this device will return to factory settings.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_1_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 255 |
| Default Value | 0 |
#### 2: Feedback time
the time the beep goes to off
##### Overview
0x00 = Off, 0xFF = endless
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_2_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 255 |
| Default Value | 15 |
#### 3: Feedback time-out
waiting for the wake-up-no-more command
##### Overview
Too configure the time-out, waiting on the wakeup\_no\_more\_information command before the error sound starts automatically. The error sound is set to 8 short beeps.
0x00 = off
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_3_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 255 |
| Default Value | 0 |
#### 4: feedback beeps per second
Amount of beeps a second
##### Overview
To set the amount of beeps per second, every beep is around 10ms.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_4_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 5 |
| Default Value | 2 |
#### 5: Mode
To configure mode
##### Overview
Mode 1 =  normal working mode
Mode 3 = z-wave chip is always on to be asked for information, for example version or manufacturer ID.
Any other value will be reported after a GET, but will be seen as a mode 1.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_5_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 255 |
| Default Value | 1 |
#### 6: RFID circuit start-up time
The time the RFID will be started after pressing "home" or "away"
##### Overview
0x64 (100 \* 10 ms = 1 s)
The time (\*10 ms) the RFID circuit waits to start after "home" or "away" has been pressed.
the time \*10 miliseconds, minimum = 0 seconds, max = 2,55 seconds. If the value is not in the allowed size the frame will be ignored.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_6_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 255 |
| Default Value | 100 |
#### 1: Association group 1
Link devices to the tag reader
##### Overview
This class can be used to link other devices to the tag reader. These devices also get the burglar frame send to them.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | group_1 |
| Data Type | TEXT |
| Range | to |
---
Did you spot an error in the above definition or want to improve the content?
You can edit the database [here](http://www.cd-jackson.com/index.php/zwave/zwave-device-database/zwave-device-list/devicesummary/444).

130
_addons_bindings/zwave/doc/bonig_pope005206_00_000.md Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,130 @@
---
layout: documentation
title: POPE005206 - ZWave
---
{% include base.html %}
# POPE005206 Z Weather
This describes the Z-Wave device *POPE005206*, manufactured by *Bönig und Kallenbach oHG* with the thing type UID of ```bonig_pope005206_00_000```.
Z Weather
## Channels
The following table summarises the channels available for the POPE005206 Z Weather.
| Channel | Channel Id | Channel Type UID | Category | Item Type |
|---------|------------|------------------|----------|-----------|
| Binary Sensor | sensor_binary | sensor_binary | Door | Switch |
| Sensor (dew point) | sensor_dewpoint | sensor_dewpoint | Temperature | Number |
| Sensor (temperature) | sensor_temperature | sensor_temperature | Temperature | Number |
| Sensor (relative humidity) | sensor_relhumidity | sensor_relhumidity | Humidity | Number |
| Sensor (velocity) | sensor_velocity | sensor_velocity | | Number |
| Sensor (luminance) | sensor_luminance | sensor_luminance | Temperature | Number |
| Sensor (barometric pressure) | sensor_barpressure | sensor_barpressure | Temperature | Number |
| Electric meter (kWh) | meter_kwh | meter_kwh | Energy | Number |
| Electric meter (pulses) | meter_pulse | meter_pulse | Energy | Number |
| | battery-level | system.battery-level | | |
### Sensor (temperature)
#### Scale
Select the scale for temperature readings
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_scale |
| Data Type | TEXT || Default Value | 0 |
| Options | Celsius (0) |
| | Fahrenheit (1) |
### Device Configuration
The following table provides a summary of the configuration parameters available in the POPE005206 Z Weather.
Detailed information on each parameter can be found below.
| Parameter | Description |
|-------------|-------------|
| 1: Wind Speed Action Threshold | Available Parameters: 0 - Off 1 - 30 in milliseconds Default = 6 m/s |
| 2: Twilight Action Threshold | Set from 0 - 100 % Default = 37% (street lighting) |
| 1: Life Line | |
| 2: Wind Speed | |
| 3: End of Dawn | |
| 4: End of Dusk | |
#### 1: Wind Speed Action Threshold
Available Parameters: 0 - Off 1 - 30 in milliseconds Default = 6 m/s
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_1_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 30 |
| Default Value | 6 |
#### 2: Twilight Action Threshold
Set from 0 - 100 % Default = 37% (street lighting)
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_2_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 100 |
| Default Value | 37 |
#### 1: Life Line
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | group_1 |
| Data Type | TEXT |
| Range | to |
#### 2: Wind Speed
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | group_2 |
| Data Type | TEXT |
| Range | to |
#### 3: End of Dawn
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | group_3 |
| Data Type | TEXT |
| Range | to |
#### 4: End of Dusk
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | group_4 |
| Data Type | TEXT |
| Range | to |
---
Did you spot an error in the above definition or want to improve the content?
You can edit the database [here](http://www.cd-jackson.com/index.php/zwave/zwave-device-database/zwave-device-list/devicesummary/234).

61
_addons_bindings/zwave/doc/brk_zcombo_00_000.md Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,61 @@
---
layout: documentation
title: ZCOMBO - ZWave
---
{% include base.html %}
# ZCOMBO Smoke and Carbon Monoxide Alarm
This describes the Z-Wave device *ZCOMBO*, manufactured by *BRK Brands, Inc.* with the thing type UID of ```brk_zcombo_00_000```.
Smoke and Carbon Monoxide Alarm
## Channels
The following table summarises the channels available for the ZCOMBO Smoke and Carbon Monoxide Alarm.
| Channel | Channel Id | Channel Type UID | Category | Item Type |
|---------|------------|------------------|----------|-----------|
| Heartbeat | alarm_general | alarm_general | Door | Switch |
| Smoke | alarm_smoke | alarm_smoke | Door | Switch |
| | battery-level | system.battery-level | | |
### Device Configuration
The following table provides a summary of the configuration parameters available in the ZCOMBO Smoke and Carbon Monoxide Alarm.
Detailed information on each parameter can be found below.
| Parameter | Description |
|-------------|-------------|
| 1: Send double alarms | Causes the device to send double alarm messages |
| 1: Group 1 | |
#### 1: Send double alarms
Causes the device to send double alarm messages
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_1_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 0 |
| Options | Single Alarm (0) |
| | Double Alarm (1) |
#### 1: Group 1
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | group_1 |
| Data Type | TEXT |
| Range | to |
---
Did you spot an error in the above definition or want to improve the content?
You can edit the database [here](http://www.cd-jackson.com/index.php/zwave/zwave-device-database/zwave-device-list/devicesummary/238).

60
_addons_bindings/zwave/doc/brk_zsmoke_00_000.md Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,60 @@
---
layout: documentation
title: ZSMOKE - ZWave
---
{% include base.html %}
# ZSMOKE Smoke Alarm
This describes the Z-Wave device *ZSMOKE*, manufactured by *BRK Brands, Inc.* with the thing type UID of ```brk_zsmoke_00_000```.
Smoke Alarm
## Channels
The following table summarises the channels available for the ZSMOKE Smoke Alarm.
| Channel | Channel Id | Channel Type UID | Category | Item Type |
|---------|------------|------------------|----------|-----------|
| Alarm | alarm_general | alarm_general | Door | Switch |
| | battery-level | system.battery-level | | |
### Device Configuration
The following table provides a summary of the configuration parameters available in the ZSMOKE Smoke Alarm.
Detailed information on each parameter can be found below.
| Parameter | Description |
|-------------|-------------|
| 1: Send double alarms | Causes the device to send double alarm messages |
| 1: Group 1 | |
#### 1: Send double alarms
Causes the device to send double alarm messages
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_1_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 0 |
| Options | Single Alarm (0) |
| | Double Alarm (1) |
#### 1: Group 1
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | group_1 |
| Data Type | TEXT |
| Range | to |
---
Did you spot an error in the above definition or want to improve the content?
You can edit the database [here](http://www.cd-jackson.com/index.php/zwave/zwave-device-database/zwave-device-list/devicesummary/239).

70
_addons_bindings/zwave/doc/cbcc_swzcs1_00_000.md Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,70 @@
---
layout: documentation
title: SW-ZCS-1 - ZWave
---
{% include base.html %}
# SW-ZCS-1 Cord Switch
This describes the Z-Wave device *SW-ZCS-1*, manufactured by *CBCC Domotique SAS* with the thing type UID of ```cbcc_swzcs1_00_000```.
Cord Switch
## Channels
The following table summarises the channels available for the SW-ZCS-1 Cord Switch.
| Channel | Channel Id | Channel Type UID | Category | Item Type |
|---------|------------|------------------|----------|-----------|
| Switch | switch_binary | switch_binary | Switch | Switch |
### Device Configuration
The following table provides a summary of the configuration parameters available in the SW-ZCS-1 Cord Switch.
Detailed information on each parameter can be found below.
| Parameter | Description |
|-------------|-------------|
| 1: Switch All | |
| 1: Group 1 | |
| 2: Group 2 | |
#### 1: Switch All
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_1_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 255 |
| Options | Disabled (0) |
| | Switch on only (1) |
| | Switch off only (2) |
| | Fully enabled (Default) (255) |
#### 1: Group 1
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | group_1 |
| Data Type | TEXT |
| Range | to |
#### 2: Group 2
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | group_2 |
| Data Type | TEXT |
| Range | to |
---
Did you spot an error in the above definition or want to improve the content?
You can edit the database [here](http://www.cd-jackson.com/index.php/zwave/zwave-device-database/zwave-device-list/devicesummary/236).

86
_addons_bindings/zwave/doc/chromagic_hsm02_00_000.md Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,86 @@
---
layout: documentation
title: HSM02 - ZWave
---
{% include base.html %}
# HSM02 Door Window Sensor
This describes the Z-Wave device *HSM02*, manufactured by *Chromagic Technologies Corporation* with the thing type UID of ```chromagic_hsm02_00_000```.
Door Window Sensor
## Channels
The following table summarises the channels available for the HSM02 Door Window Sensor.
| Channel | Channel Id | Channel Type UID | Category | Item Type |
|---------|------------|------------------|----------|-----------|
| Binary Sensor | sensor_binary | sensor_binary | Door | Switch |
| Alarm | alarm_general | alarm_general | Door | Switch |
| | battery-level | system.battery-level | | |
### Device Configuration
The following table provides a summary of the configuration parameters available in the HSM02 Door Window Sensor.
Detailed information on each parameter can be found below.
| Parameter | Description |
|-------------|-------------|
| 1: Basic Set Level | Value to be sent with a BASIC SET command |
| 2: Configuring the OFF Delay | OFF Delay in seconds |
| 1: Target for reports | |
| 2: Target nodes who receive BASIC_SET command | |
#### 1: Basic Set Level
Value to be sent with a BASIC SET command
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_1_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 99 |
| Default Value | 99 |
#### 2: Configuring the OFF Delay
OFF Delay in seconds
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_2_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 127 |
| Default Value | 0 |
#### 1: Target for reports
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | group_1 |
| Data Type | TEXT |
| Range | to |
#### 2: Target nodes who receive BASIC_SET command
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | group_2 |
| Data Type | TEXT |
| Range | to |
---
Did you spot an error in the above definition or want to improve the content?
You can edit the database [here](http://www.cd-jackson.com/index.php/zwave/zwave-device-database/zwave-device-list/devicesummary/342).

86
_addons_bindings/zwave/doc/chromagic_sm103_00_000.md Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,86 @@
---
layout: documentation
title: SM103 - ZWave
---
{% include base.html %}
# SM103 Door/Window Contact
This describes the Z-Wave device *SM103*, manufactured by *Chromagic Technologies Corporation* with the thing type UID of ```chromagic_sm103_00_000```.
Door/Window Contact
## Channels
The following table summarises the channels available for the SM103 Door/Window Contact.
| Channel | Channel Id | Channel Type UID | Category | Item Type |
|---------|------------|------------------|----------|-----------|
| Binary Sensor | sensor_binary | sensor_binary | Door | Switch |
| Alarm | alarm_general | alarm_general | Door | Switch |
| | battery-level | system.battery-level | | |
### Device Configuration
The following table provides a summary of the configuration parameters available in the SM103 Door/Window Contact.
Detailed information on each parameter can be found below.
| Parameter | Description |
|-------------|-------------|
| 1: Basic Set Level | Value to be sent with a BASIC SET command |
| 2: Configuring the OFF Delay | OFF Delay in seconds |
| 1: Tamper Event Report (Alarm Report) | |
| 2: Control other Z-Wave Devices | |
#### 1: Basic Set Level
Value to be sent with a BASIC SET command
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_1_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 99 |
| Default Value | 99 |
#### 2: Configuring the OFF Delay
OFF Delay in seconds
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_2_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 127 |
| Default Value | 1 |
#### 1: Tamper Event Report (Alarm Report)
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | group_1 |
| Data Type | TEXT |
| Range | to |
#### 2: Control other Z-Wave Devices
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | group_2 |
| Data Type | TEXT |
| Range | to |
---
Did you spot an error in the above definition or want to improve the content?
You can edit the database [here](http://www.cd-jackson.com/index.php/zwave/zwave-device-database/zwave-device-list/devicesummary/428).

249
_addons_bindings/zwave/doc/cloud_a803n_00_000.md Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,249 @@
---
layout: documentation
title: A803N - ZWave
---
{% include base.html %}
# A803N Motion Sensor
This describes the Z-Wave device *A803N*, manufactured by *Cloud Media* with the thing type UID of ```cloud_a803n_00_000```.
Motion Sensor
## Channels
The following table summarises the channels available for the A803N Motion Sensor.
| Channel | Channel Id | Channel Type UID | Category | Item Type |
|---------|------------|------------------|----------|-----------|
| Binary Sensor | sensor_binary | sensor_binary | Door | Switch |
| Sensor (luminance) | sensor_luminance | sensor_luminance | Temperature | Number |
| Alarm (general) | alarm_general | alarm_general | Door | Switch |
| | battery-level | system.battery-level | | |
### Device Configuration
The following table provides a summary of the configuration parameters available in the A803N Motion Sensor.
Detailed information on each parameter can be found below.
| Parameter | Description |
|-------------|-------------|
| 1: Param 1 | Param 1 |
| 2: Param 2 | Param 2 |
| 3: Param 3 | Param 3 |
| 4: Param 4 | Param 4 |
| 5: Param 5 | Param 5 |
| 6: Param 6 | Param 6 |
| 7: Param 7 | Param 7 |
| 8: Param 8 | Param 8 |
| 9: Param 9 | Param 9 |
| 10: Param 10 | Param 10 |
| 11: Param 11 | Param 11 |
| 12: Param 12 | Param 12 |
| 1: Group 1 | |
| 2: Group 2 | |
| 3: Group 3 | |
| 4: Group 4 | |
#### 1: Param 1
Param 1
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_1_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 255 |
| Default Value | 12 |
#### 2: Param 2
Param 2
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_2_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 255 |
| Default Value | 3 |
#### 3: Param 3
Param 3
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_3_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 255 |
| Default Value | 0 |
#### 4: Param 4
Param 4
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_4_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 255 |
| Default Value | 15 |
#### 5: Param 5
Param 5
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_5_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 255 |
| Default Value | 1 |
#### 6: Param 6
Param 6
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_6_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 255 |
| Default Value | 1 |
#### 7: Param 7
Param 7
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_7_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 255 |
| Default Value | 0 |
#### 8: Param 8
Param 8
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_8_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 255 |
| Default Value | 255 |
#### 9: Param 9
Param 9
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_9_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 255 |
| Default Value | 0 |
#### 10: Param 10
Param 10
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_10_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 255 |
| Default Value | 50 |
#### 11: Param 11
Param 11
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_11_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 255 |
| Default Value | 100 |
#### 12: Param 12
Param 12
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_12_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 255 |
| Default Value | 3 |
#### 1: Group 1
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | group_1 |
| Data Type | TEXT |
| Range | to |
#### 2: Group 2
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | group_2 |
| Data Type | TEXT |
| Range | to |
#### 3: Group 3
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | group_3 |
| Data Type | TEXT |
| Range | to |
#### 4: Group 4
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | group_4 |
| Data Type | TEXT |
| Range | to |
---
Did you spot an error in the above definition or want to improve the content?
You can edit the database [here](http://www.cd-jackson.com/index.php/zwave/zwave-device-database/zwave-device-list/devicesummary/521).

117
_addons_bindings/zwave/doc/connecthome_ch201_00_000.md Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,117 @@
---
layout: documentation
title: CH-201 - ZWave
---
{% include base.html %}
# CH-201 CH-201 Thermostat
This describes the Z-Wave device *CH-201*, manufactured by *ConnectHome* with the thing type UID of ```connecthome_ch201_00_000```.
CH-201 Thermostat
## Channels
The following table summarises the channels available for the CH-201 CH-201 Thermostat.
| Channel | Channel Id | Channel Type UID | Category | Item Type |
|---------|------------|------------------|----------|-----------|
| Sensor (temperature) | sensor_temperature | sensor_temperature | Temperature | Number |
| Thermostat mode | thermostat_mode | connecthome_ch201_00_000_thermostat_mode | Temperature | Number |
| Thermostat Operating State | thermostat_state | thermostat_state | Temperature | Number |
| Setpoint (heating) | thermostat_setpoint_heating | thermostat_setpoint | Temperature | Number |
| Sensor (temperature) 1 | sensor_temperature1 | sensor_temperature | Temperature | Number |
| Thermostat mode 1 | thermostat_mode1 | connecthome_ch201_00_000_thermostat_mode | Temperature | Number |
| Thermostat Operating State 1 | thermostat_state1 | thermostat_state | Temperature | Number |
| Setpoint (heating) 1 | thermostat_setpoint_heating1 | thermostat_setpoint | Temperature | Number |
| Sensor (temperature) 2 | sensor_temperature2 | sensor_temperature | Temperature | Number |
### Sensor (temperature)
#### Scale
Select the scale for temperature readings
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_scale |
| Data Type | TEXT || Default Value | 0 |
| Options | Celsius (0) |
| | Fahrenheit (1) |
### Setpoint (heating)
#### Scale
Select the scale to use for setpoints.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_scale |
| Data Type | TEXT || Default Value | 0 |
| Options | Celsius (0) |
| | Fahrenheit (1) |
### Sensor (temperature) 1
#### Scale
Select the scale for temperature readings
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_scale |
| Data Type | TEXT || Default Value | 0 |
| Options | Celsius (0) |
| | Fahrenheit (1) |
### Setpoint (heating) 1
#### Scale
Select the scale to use for setpoints.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_scale |
| Data Type | TEXT || Default Value | 0 |
| Options | Celsius (0) |
| | Fahrenheit (1) |
### Sensor (temperature) 2
#### Scale
Select the scale for temperature readings
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_scale |
| Data Type | TEXT || Default Value | 0 |
| Options | Celsius (0) |
| | Fahrenheit (1) |
### Device Configuration
The following table provides a summary of the configuration parameters available in the CH-201 CH-201 Thermostat.
Detailed information on each parameter can be found below.
| Parameter | Description |
|-------------|-------------|
---
Did you spot an error in the above definition or want to improve the content?
You can edit the database [here](http://www.cd-jackson.com/index.php/zwave/zwave-device-database/zwave-device-list/devicesummary/582).

60
_addons_bindings/zwave/doc/cooper_rf9500_00_000.md Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,60 @@
---
layout: documentation
title: RF9500 - ZWave
---
{% include base.html %}
# RF9500 Battery Switch
This describes the Z-Wave device *RF9500*, manufactured by *Cooper Wiring Devices* with the thing type UID of ```cooper_rf9500_00_000```.
Battery Switch
## Channels
The following table summarises the channels available for the RF9500 Battery Switch.
| Channel | Channel Id | Channel Type UID | Category | Item Type |
|---------|------------|------------------|----------|-----------|
| Brightness | switch_dimmer | switch_dimmer | DimmableLight | Dimmer |
### Brightness
#### Restore Last Value
Restore Last Dimming level on ON.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_restoreLastValue |
| Data Type | BOOLEAN || Default Value | true |
| Options | Restore Last Value (true) |
| | Restore Full Brightness (false) |
### Device Configuration
The following table provides a summary of the configuration parameters available in the RF9500 Battery Switch.
Detailed information on each parameter can be found below.
| Parameter | Description |
|-------------|-------------|
| 1: Group 1 | |
#### 1: Group 1
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | group_1 |
| Data Type | TEXT |
| Range | to |
---
Did you spot an error in the above definition or want to improve the content?
You can edit the database [here](http://www.cd-jackson.com/index.php/zwave/zwave-device-database/zwave-device-list/devicesummary/14).

132
_addons_bindings/zwave/doc/cooper_rf9501_00_000.md Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,132 @@
---
layout: documentation
title: RF9501 - ZWave
---
{% include base.html %}
# RF9501 15A Light Switch
This describes the Z-Wave device *RF9501*, manufactured by *Cooper Wiring Devices* with the thing type UID of ```cooper_rf9501_00_000```.
15A Light Switch
## Channels
The following table summarises the channels available for the RF9501 15A Light Switch.
| Channel | Channel Id | Channel Type UID | Category | Item Type |
|---------|------------|------------------|----------|-----------|
| Switch | switch_binary | switch_binary | Switch | Switch |
| Scene Number | scene_number | scene_number | | Number |
| Alarm | alarm_general | alarm_general | Door | Switch |
### Device Configuration
The following table provides a summary of the configuration parameters available in the RF9501 15A Light Switch.
Detailed information on each parameter can be found below.
| Parameter | Description |
|-------------|-------------|
| 1: Delayed OFF time | The time in seconds the switch will delay when trigger the delayed off feature |
| 2: Panic ON time | The time in seconds the switch will turn on for when panic mode is triggered |
| 3: Panic OFF time | The time in seconds the switch will turn off for when panic mode is triggered |
| 4: Basic Set Value | Setting this to anything other than 0 will cause the value to be transmitted to devices in... |
| 5: Power Up State | Power Up State of the switch |
| 6: Panic mode enable | Enables this switch to participate in panic mode |
| 1: Group 1 | |
#### 1: Delayed OFF time
The time in seconds the switch will delay when trigger the delayed off feature
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_1_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 255 |
| Default Value | 0 |
#### 2: Panic ON time
The time in seconds the switch will turn on for when panic mode is triggered
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_2_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 255 |
| Default Value | 0 |
#### 3: Panic OFF time
The time in seconds the switch will turn off for when panic mode is triggered
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_3_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 255 |
| Default Value | 0 |
#### 4: Basic Set Value
Setting this to anything other than 0 will cause the value to be transmitted to devices in the association group when the switch is triggered. A setting other than 0 will likely result in undesired operation
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_4_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 255 |
| Default Value | 0 |
#### 5: Power Up State
Power Up State of the switch
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_5_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 1 |
| Options | OFF (1) |
| | ON (2) |
| | Last State (3) |
#### 6: Panic mode enable
Enables this switch to participate in panic mode
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_6_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 1 |
| Options | OFF (1) |
| | ON (2) |
#### 1: Group 1
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | group_1 |
| Data Type | TEXT |
| Range | to |
---
Did you spot an error in the above definition or want to improve the content?
You can edit the database [here](http://www.cd-jackson.com/index.php/zwave/zwave-device-database/zwave-device-list/devicesummary/18).

90
_addons_bindings/zwave/doc/cooper_rf9517_00_000.md Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,90 @@
---
layout: documentation
title: RF9517 - ZWave
---
{% include base.html %}
# RF9517 Accessory Switch
This describes the Z-Wave device *RF9517*, manufactured by *Cooper Wiring Devices* with the thing type UID of ```cooper_rf9517_00_000```.
Accessory Switch
## Overview
Aspire RF Accessory Switch Compatible with Aspire RF switch (RF9501, RF9518) for wireless 3-way control eliminating the need for traditional 3-way wiring (up to 5 locations)
### Inclusion Information
switch will have blinking blue LED when first powered on initiate inclusion mode on controller device press the RF9517 button once RF9517 blue LED should turn solid indicating inclusion.
### Exclusion Information
initiate exclusion mode on controller device press the RF9517 button once RF9517 blue LED should begin blinking indicating inclusion.
## Channels
The following table summarises the channels available for the RF9517 Accessory Switch.
| Channel | Channel Id | Channel Type UID | Category | Item Type |
|---------|------------|------------------|----------|-----------|
| Switch | switch_binary | switch_binary | Switch | Switch |
| Scene Number | scene_number | scene_number | | Number |
### Device Configuration
The following table provides a summary of the configuration parameters available in the RF9517 Accessory Switch.
Detailed information on each parameter can be found below.
| Parameter | Description |
|-------------|-------------|
| 1: Delayed OFF time | The time in seconds the switch will delay when trigger the delayed off feature |
| 1: Group 1 | |
| 127: Group 255 | |
#### 1: Delayed OFF time
The time in seconds the switch will delay when trigger the delayed off feature
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_1_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 255 |
| Default Value | 0 |
#### 1: Group 1
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | group_1 |
| Data Type | TEXT |
| Range | to |
#### 127: Group 255
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | group_127 |
| Data Type | TEXT |
| Range | to |
---
Did you spot an error in the above definition or want to improve the content?
You can edit the database [here](http://www.cd-jackson.com/index.php/zwave/zwave-device-database/zwave-device-list/devicesummary/317).

51
_addons_bindings/zwave/doc/cooper_rf9534ws_00_000.md Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,51 @@
---
layout: documentation
title: RF9534WS - ZWave
---
{% include base.html %}
# RF9534WS Smart Dimmer
This describes the Z-Wave device *RF9534WS*, manufactured by *Cooper Wiring Devices* with the thing type UID of ```cooper_rf9534ws_00_000```.
Smart Dimmer
## Channels
The following table summarises the channels available for the RF9534WS Smart Dimmer.
| Channel | Channel Id | Channel Type UID | Category | Item Type |
|---------|------------|------------------|----------|-----------|
| Dimmer | switch_dimmer | switch_dimmer | DimmableLight | Dimmer |
| Scene Number | scene_number | scene_number | | Number |
| Alarm | alarm_general | alarm_general | Door | Switch |
### Dimmer
#### Restore Last Value
Restore Last Dimming level on ON.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_restoreLastValue |
| Data Type | BOOLEAN || Default Value | true |
| Options | Restore Last Value (true) |
| | Restore Full Brightness (false) |
### Device Configuration
The following table provides a summary of the configuration parameters available in the RF9534WS Smart Dimmer.
Detailed information on each parameter can be found below.
| Parameter | Description |
|-------------|-------------|
---
Did you spot an error in the above definition or want to improve the content?
You can edit the database [here](http://www.cd-jackson.com/index.php/zwave/zwave-device-database/zwave-device-list/devicesummary/467).

252
_addons_bindings/zwave/doc/cooper_rf9536n_00_000.md Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,252 @@
---
layout: documentation
title: RF9536-N - ZWave
---
{% include base.html %}
# RF9536-N 1000W Dimmer Light Switch
This describes the Z-Wave device *RF9536-N*, manufactured by *Cooper Wiring Devices* with the thing type UID of ```cooper_rf9536n_00_000```.
1000W Dimmer Light Switch
## Channels
The following table summarises the channels available for the RF9536-N 1000W Dimmer Light Switch.
| Channel | Channel Id | Channel Type UID | Category | Item Type |
|---------|------------|------------------|----------|-----------|
| Dimmer | switch_dimmer | switch_dimmer | DimmableLight | Dimmer |
| Scene Number | scene_number | scene_number | | Number |
| Dimmer Ramp Time | config_decimal_param7 | config_decimal | | Decimal |
| Alarm | alarm_general | alarm_general | Door | Switch |
### Dimmer
#### Restore Last Value
Restore Last Dimming level on ON.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_restoreLastValue |
| Data Type | BOOLEAN || Default Value | true |
| Options | Restore Last Value (true) |
| | Restore Full Brightness (false) |
### Device Configuration
The following table provides a summary of the configuration parameters available in the RF9536-N 1000W Dimmer Light Switch.
Detailed information on each parameter can be found below.
| Parameter | Description |
|-------------|-------------|
| 1: Delayed OFF time | time in seconds to delay OFF |
| 2: Panic ON time | Time in seconds for panic mode ON |
| 3: Panic OFF time | time in seconds for OFF in panic mode |
| 4: Basic Set Value | Send value to association group on trigger |
| 5: Power Up State | Power Up State of the switch |
| 6: Panic mode enable | Enables this switch to participate in panic mode |
| 7: Dimmer Ramp Time | Time in seconds to reach desired level |
| 8: Kickstart / Rapid Start | Turn on or off rapid start feature |
| 11: Minimum Dimmer Level | The minimum dim level the switch will allow |
| 12: Maximum Dimmer Level | The maximum dim level the switch will allow |
| 1: Group 1 | |
| 255: Group 255 | |
#### 1: Delayed OFF time
time in seconds to delay OFF
##### Overview
The amount of time in seconds the switch will delay when trigger the delayed off feature
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_1_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 255 |
| Default Value | 0 |
#### 2: Panic ON time
Time in seconds for panic mode ON
##### Overview
The amount of time in seconds the switch will turn on for when panic mode is triggered
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_2_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 255 |
| Default Value | 0 |
#### 3: Panic OFF time
time in seconds for OFF in panic mode
##### Overview
The amount of time in seconds the switch will turn off for when panic mode is triggered
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_3_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 255 |
| Default Value | 0 |
#### 4: Basic Set Value
Send value to association group on trigger
##### Overview
Setting this to anything other than 0 will cause the value to be transmitted to devices in the association group when the switch is triggered. A setting other than 0 will likely result in undesired operation
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_4_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 255 |
| Default Value | 0 |
#### 5: Power Up State
Power Up State of the switch
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_5_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 1 |
| Options | OFF (1) |
| | ON (2) |
| | Last State (3) |
#### 6: Panic mode enable
Enables this switch to participate in panic mode
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_6_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 1 |
| Options | OFF (1) |
| | ON (2) |
#### 7: Dimmer Ramp Time
Time in seconds to reach desired level
##### Overview
The amount of time in seconds the switch will take to reach the desired dim level
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_7_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 255 |
| Default Value | 0 |
#### 8: Kickstart / Rapid Start
Turn on or off rapid start feature
##### Overview
Ensures that LED / CFL bulbs turn on when the preset dim level is low.  Enabling this feature may cause the lights brightness to momentarily be bright when the switch is turned on before reducing in brightness to desired level
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_8_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 1 |
| Options | OFF (1) |
| | ON (2) |
#### 11: Minimum Dimmer Level
The minimum dim level the switch will allow
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_11_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 4 to 99 |
| Default Value | 4 |
#### 12: Maximum Dimmer Level
The maximum dim level the switch will allow
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_12_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 4 to 99 |
| Default Value | 99 |
#### 1: Group 1
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | group_1 |
| Data Type | TEXT |
| Range | to |
#### 255: Group 255
##### Overview
Life line to the controller
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | group_255 |
| Data Type | TEXT |
| Range | to |
---
Did you spot an error in the above definition or want to improve the content?
You can edit the database [here](http://www.cd-jackson.com/index.php/zwave/zwave-device-database/zwave-device-list/devicesummary/780).

252
_addons_bindings/zwave/doc/cooper_rf9540n_00_000.md Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,252 @@
---
layout: documentation
title: RF9540-N - ZWave
---
{% include base.html %}
# RF9540-N All Load Dimmer Light Switch
This describes the Z-Wave device *RF9540-N*, manufactured by *Cooper Wiring Devices* with the thing type UID of ```cooper_rf9540n_00_000```.
All Load Dimmer Light Switch
## Channels
The following table summarises the channels available for the RF9540-N All Load Dimmer Light Switch.
| Channel | Channel Id | Channel Type UID | Category | Item Type |
|---------|------------|------------------|----------|-----------|
| Dimmer | switch_dimmer | switch_dimmer | DimmableLight | Dimmer |
| Scene Number | scene_number | scene_number | | Number |
| Dimmer Ramp Time | config_decimal_param7 | config_decimal | | Decimal |
| Alarm | alarm_general | alarm_general | Door | Switch |
### Dimmer
#### Restore Last Value
Restore Last Dimming level on ON.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_restoreLastValue |
| Data Type | BOOLEAN || Default Value | true |
| Options | Restore Last Value (true) |
| | Restore Full Brightness (false) |
### Device Configuration
The following table provides a summary of the configuration parameters available in the RF9540-N All Load Dimmer Light Switch.
Detailed information on each parameter can be found below.
| Parameter | Description |
|-------------|-------------|
| 1: Delayed OFF time | time in seconds to delay OFF |
| 2: Panic ON time | Time in seconds for panic mode ON |
| 3: Panic OFF time | time in seconds for OFF in panic mode |
| 4: Basic Set Value | Send value to association group on trigger |
| 5: Power Up State | Power Up State of the switch |
| 6: Panic mode enable | Enables this switch to participate in panic mode |
| 7: Dimmer Ramp Time | Time in seconds to reach desired level |
| 8: Kickstart / Rapid Start | Turn on or off rapid start feature |
| 11: Minimum Dimmer Level | The minimum dim level the switch will allow |
| 12: Maximum Dimmer Level | The maximum dim level the switch will allow |
| 1: Group 1 | |
| 255: Group 255 | |
#### 1: Delayed OFF time
time in seconds to delay OFF
##### Overview
The amount of time in seconds the switch will delay when trigger the delayed off feature
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_1_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 255 |
| Default Value | 0 |
#### 2: Panic ON time
Time in seconds for panic mode ON
##### Overview
The amount of time in seconds the switch will turn on for when panic mode is triggered
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_2_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 255 |
| Default Value | 0 |
#### 3: Panic OFF time
time in seconds for OFF in panic mode
##### Overview
The amount of time in seconds the switch will turn off for when panic mode is triggered
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_3_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 255 |
| Default Value | 0 |
#### 4: Basic Set Value
Send value to association group on trigger
##### Overview
Setting this to anything other than 0 will cause the value to be transmitted to devices in the association group when the switch is triggered. A setting other than 0 will likely result in undesired operation
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_4_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 255 |
| Default Value | 0 |
#### 5: Power Up State
Power Up State of the switch
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_5_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 1 |
| Options | OFF (1) |
| | ON (2) |
| | Last State (3) |
#### 6: Panic mode enable
Enables this switch to participate in panic mode
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_6_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 1 |
| Options | OFF (1) |
| | ON (2) |
#### 7: Dimmer Ramp Time
Time in seconds to reach desired level
##### Overview
The amount of time in seconds the switch will take to reach the desired dim level
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_7_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 255 |
| Default Value | 0 |
#### 8: Kickstart / Rapid Start
Turn on or off rapid start feature
##### Overview
Ensures that LED / CFL bulbs turn on when the preset dim level is low.  Enabling this feature may cause the lights brightness to momentarily be bright when the switch is turned on before reducing in brightness to desired level
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_8_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 1 |
| Options | OFF (1) |
| | ON (2) |
#### 11: Minimum Dimmer Level
The minimum dim level the switch will allow
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_11_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 4 to 99 |
| Default Value | 4 |
#### 12: Maximum Dimmer Level
The maximum dim level the switch will allow
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_12_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 4 to 99 |
| Default Value | 99 |
#### 1: Group 1
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | group_1 |
| Data Type | TEXT |
| Range | to |
#### 255: Group 255
##### Overview
Life line to the controller
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | group_255 |
| Data Type | TEXT |
| Range | to |
---
Did you spot an error in the above definition or want to improve the content?
You can edit the database [here](http://www.cd-jackson.com/index.php/zwave/zwave-device-database/zwave-device-list/devicesummary/16).

187
_addons_bindings/zwave/doc/cooper_rf9542_00_000.md Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,187 @@
---
layout: documentation
title: RF9542 - ZWave
---
{% include base.html %}
# RF9542 Dimmer Accessory Switch
This describes the Z-Wave device *RF9542*, manufactured by *Cooper Wiring Devices* with the thing type UID of ```cooper_rf9542_00_000```.
Dimmer Accessory Switch
## Channels
The following table summarises the channels available for the RF9542 Dimmer Accessory Switch.
| Channel | Channel Id | Channel Type UID | Category | Item Type |
|---------|------------|------------------|----------|-----------|
| Dimmer | switch_dimmer | switch_dimmer | DimmableLight | Dimmer |
| Scene Number | scene_number | scene_number | | Number |
| Dimmer Ramp Time | config_decimal_param7 | config_decimal | | Decimal |
| Alarm | alarm_general | alarm_general | Door | Switch |
### Dimmer
#### Restore Last Value
Restore Last Dimming level on ON.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_restoreLastValue |
| Data Type | BOOLEAN || Default Value | true |
| Options | Restore Last Value (true) |
| | Restore Full Brightness (false) |
### Device Configuration
The following table provides a summary of the configuration parameters available in the RF9542 Dimmer Accessory Switch.
Detailed information on each parameter can be found below.
| Parameter | Description |
|-------------|-------------|
| 1: Delayed OFF time | delay time in seconds |
| 2: Panic ON time | time in seconds for panic mode |
| 3: Panic OFF time | off time in seconds for panic mode |
| 4: Basic Set Value | send this value to associated devices |
| 5: Power Up State | Power Up State of the switch |
| 6: Panic mode enable | Enables this switch to participate in panic mode |
| 7: Dimmer Ramp Time | time in seconds to ramp to desired level |
| 1: Group 1 | |
#### 1: Delayed OFF time
delay time in seconds
##### Overview
The amount of time in seconds the switch will delay when trigger the delayed off feature
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_1_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 255 |
| Default Value | 0 |
#### 2: Panic ON time
time in seconds for panic mode
##### Overview
The amount of time in seconds the switch will turn on for when panic mode is triggered
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_2_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 255 |
| Default Value | 0 |
#### 3: Panic OFF time
off time in seconds for panic mode
##### Overview
The amount of time in seconds the switch will turn off for when panic mode is triggered
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_3_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 255 |
| Default Value | 0 |
#### 4: Basic Set Value
send this value to associated devices
##### Overview
Setting this to anything other than 0 will cause the value to be transmitted to devices in the association group when the switch is triggered. A setting other than 0 will likely result in undesired operation
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_4_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 255 |
| Default Value | 0 |
#### 5: Power Up State
Power Up State of the switch
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_5_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 1 |
| Options | OFF (1) |
| | ON (2) |
| | Last State (3) |
#### 6: Panic mode enable
Enables this switch to participate in panic mode
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_6_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 1 |
| Options | OFF (1) |
| | ON (2) |
#### 7: Dimmer Ramp Time
time in seconds to ramp to desired level
##### Overview
The amount of time in seconds the switch will take to reach the desired dim level
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_7_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 255 |
| Default Value | 0 |
#### 1: Group 1
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | group_1 |
| Data Type | TEXT |
| Range | to |
---
Did you spot an error in the above definition or want to improve the content?
You can edit the database [here](http://www.cd-jackson.com/index.php/zwave/zwave-device-database/zwave-device-list/devicesummary/17).

35
_addons_bindings/zwave/doc/cooper_rftr9505_00_000.md Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
---
layout: documentation
title: RFTR9505 - ZWave
---
{% include base.html %}
# RFTR9505 Duplex receptical
This describes the Z-Wave device *RFTR9505*, manufactured by *Cooper Wiring Devices* with the thing type UID of ```cooper_rftr9505_00_000```.
Duplex receptical
## Channels
The following table summarises the channels available for the RFTR9505 Duplex receptical.
| Channel | Channel Id | Channel Type UID | Category | Item Type |
|---------|------------|------------------|----------|-----------|
| Switch | switch_binary | switch_binary | Switch | Switch |
| Alarm | alarm_general | alarm_general | Door | Switch |
### Device Configuration
The following table provides a summary of the configuration parameters available in the RFTR9505 Duplex receptical.
Detailed information on each parameter can be found below.
| Parameter | Description |
|-------------|-------------|
---
Did you spot an error in the above definition or want to improve the content?
You can edit the database [here](http://www.cd-jackson.com/index.php/zwave/zwave-device-database/zwave-device-list/devicesummary/311).

100
_addons_bindings/zwave/doc/cooper_rfwc5_00_000.md Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,100 @@
---
layout: documentation
title: RFWC5 - ZWave
---
{% include base.html %}
# RFWC5 5-Scene Keypad
This describes the Z-Wave device *RFWC5*, manufactured by *Cooper Wiring Devices* with the thing type UID of ```cooper_rfwc5_00_000```.
5-Scene Keypad
## Channels
The following table summarises the channels available for the RFWC5 5-Scene Keypad.
| Channel | Channel Id | Channel Type UID | Category | Item Type |
|---------|------------|------------------|----------|-----------|
| Scene Number | scene_number | scene_number | | Number |
### Device Configuration
The following table provides a summary of the configuration parameters available in the RFWC5 5-Scene Keypad.
Detailed information on each parameter can be found below.
| Parameter | Description |
|-------------|-------------|
| 1: Group 1 | |
| 2: Group 2 | |
| 3: Group 3 | |
| 4: Group 4 | |
| 5: Group 5 | |
| 127: Group 255 | |
#### 1: Group 1
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | group_1 |
| Data Type | TEXT |
| Range | to |
#### 2: Group 2
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | group_2 |
| Data Type | TEXT |
| Range | to |
#### 3: Group 3
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | group_3 |
| Data Type | TEXT |
| Range | to |
#### 4: Group 4
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | group_4 |
| Data Type | TEXT |
| Range | to |
#### 5: Group 5
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | group_5 |
| Data Type | TEXT |
| Range | to |
#### 127: Group 255
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | group_127 |
| Data Type | TEXT |
| Range | to |
---
Did you spot an error in the above definition or want to improve the content?
You can edit the database [here](http://www.cd-jackson.com/index.php/zwave/zwave-device-database/zwave-device-list/devicesummary/15).

58
_addons_bindings/zwave/doc/coqon_psmz0001_00_000.md Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,58 @@
---
layout: documentation
title: PSMZ0001 - ZWave
---
{% include base.html %}
# PSMZ0001 Plug module
This describes the Z-Wave device *PSMZ0001*, manufactured by *Coqon* with the thing type UID of ```coqon_psmz0001_00_000```.
Plug module
## Channels
The following table summarises the channels available for the PSMZ0001 Plug module.
| Channel | Channel Id | Channel Type UID | Category | Item Type |
|---------|------------|------------------|----------|-----------|
| Switch | switch_binary | switch_binary | Switch | Switch |
| Electric meter (watts) | meter_watts | meter_watts | Energy | Number |
| Electric meter (kWh) | meter_kwh | meter_kwh | Energy | Number |
### Device Configuration
The following table provides a summary of the configuration parameters available in the PSMZ0001 Plug module.
Detailed information on each parameter can be found below.
| Parameter | Description |
|-------------|-------------|
| 1: Lifeline | |
| 2: SwitchInput | |
#### 1: Lifeline
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | group_1 |
| Data Type | TEXT |
| Range | to |
#### 2: SwitchInput
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | group_2 |
| Data Type | TEXT |
| Range | to |
---
Did you spot an error in the above definition or want to improve the content?
You can edit the database [here](http://www.cd-jackson.com/index.php/zwave/zwave-device-database/zwave-device-list/devicesummary/427).

106
_addons_bindings/zwave/doc/danfoss_010101_00_000.md Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,106 @@
---
layout: documentation
title: 010101 - ZWave
---
{% include base.html %}
# 010101 Popp Wireless Thermostatic Valve TRV
This describes the Z-Wave device *010101*, manufactured by *Danfoss* with the thing type UID of ```danfoss_010101_00_000```.
Popp Wireless Thermostatic Valve TRV
### Inclusion Information
Short push middle button
### Wakeup Information
Short push middle button
## Channels
The following table summarises the channels available for the 010101 Popp Wireless Thermostatic Valve TRV.
| Channel | Channel Id | Channel Type UID | Category | Item Type |
|---------|------------|------------------|----------|-----------|
| Sensor (temperature) | sensor_temperature | sensor_temperature | Temperature | Number |
| Setpoint (heating) | thermostat_setpoint_heating | thermostat_setpoint | Temperature | Number |
| | battery-level | system.battery-level | | |
| Clock Time Offset | time_offset | time_offset | Temperature | Number |
### Sensor (temperature)
#### Scale
Select the scale for temperature readings
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_scale |
| Data Type | TEXT || Default Value | 0 |
| Options | Celsius (0) |
| | Fahrenheit (1) |
### Setpoint (heating)
#### Scale
Select the scale to use for setpoints.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_scale |
| Data Type | TEXT || Default Value | 0 |
| Options | Celsius (0) |
| | Fahrenheit (1) |
### Clock Time Offset
#### Automatic Update Offset
The number of seconds difference in the time before it is reset
Setting this will automatically update the devices clock when the time difference between the device, and the computer exceeds this number of seconds.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_offset |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 10 to 600 || Default Value | 60 |
| Options | Disable Auto Update (0) |
### Device Configuration
The following table provides a summary of the configuration parameters available in the 010101 Popp Wireless Thermostatic Valve TRV.
Detailed information on each parameter can be found below.
| Parameter | Description |
|-------------|-------------|
| 1: Target for Wakeup and Override Notifications | |
#### 1: Target for Wakeup and Override Notifications
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | group_1 |
| Data Type | TEXT |
| Range | to |
---
Did you spot an error in the above definition or want to improve the content?
You can edit the database [here](http://www.cd-jackson.com/index.php/zwave/zwave-device-database/zwave-device-list/devicesummary/449).

261
_addons_bindings/zwave/doc/danfoss_014g0160_00_000.md Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,261 @@
---
layout: documentation
title: 014G0160 - ZWave
---
{% include base.html %}
# 014G0160 Z-Wave room sensor
This describes the Z-Wave device *014G0160*, manufactured by *Danfoss* with the thing type UID of ```danfoss_014g0160_00_000```.
Z-Wave room sensor
### Inclusion Information
Push one time LED Button
### Exclusion Information
Push one time LED Button
### Wakeup Information
Any button (LED, Temp+ or Temp-)
## Channels
The following table summarises the channels available for the 014G0160 Z-Wave room sensor.
| Channel | Channel Id | Channel Type UID | Category | Item Type |
|---------|------------|------------------|----------|-----------|
| Sensor (temperature) | sensor_temperature | sensor_temperature | Temperature | Number |
| Setpoint (heating) | thermostat_setpoint_heating | thermostat_setpoint | Temperature | Number |
| Setpoint (cooling) | thermostat_setpoint_cooling | thermostat_setpoint | Temperature | Number |
| | battery-level | system.battery-level | | |
### Sensor (temperature)
#### Scale
Select the scale for temperature readings
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_scale |
| Data Type | TEXT || Default Value | 0 |
| Options | Celsius (0) |
| | Fahrenheit (1) |
### Setpoint (heating)
#### Scale
Select the scale to use for setpoints.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_scale |
| Data Type | TEXT || Default Value | 0 |
| Options | Celsius (0) |
| | Fahrenheit (1) |
### Setpoint (cooling)
#### Scale
Select the scale to use for setpoints.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_scale |
| Data Type | TEXT || Default Value | 0 |
| Options | Celsius (0) |
| | Fahrenheit (1) |
### Device Configuration
The following table provides a summary of the configuration parameters available in the 014G0160 Z-Wave room sensor.
Detailed information on each parameter can be found below.
| Parameter | Description |
|-------------|-------------|
| 1: Temperature Report threshold | Range is from 0.1 to 10°C 1=0.1°C 100=10°C |
| 2: Set-point display resolution | range from 0.1 to 10°C 1=0.1°C 100=10°C |
| 3: Min Set-point and override limit | from min 0°C to max setpoint override limit 0=0°C 40=40°C |
| 4: Max Set-point and override limit | from min setpoint override limit to max 40°C 0=0°C 40=40°C |
| 5: LED Flash period | 0 to 65535 seconds |
| 6: Set-point control function | 0=Disabled 1=Enabled |
| 7: Temporarily override scheduler | 0=Disabled 1=Enabled |
| 8: Set-point type in Thermostat_Setpoint_Reports | 1=Heating 2=Cooling 10=Auto Changeover |
| 9: LED on time | 1=100ms 5=500ms |
| 10: Number of LED flashes (duration) | 0 to 255 |
| 11: LED color | 1=Green 2=Red |
#### 1: Temperature Report threshold
Range is from 0.1 to 10°C 1=0.1°C 100=10°C
##### Overview
Default value 5 = 0.5 °C
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_1_2 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 1 to 100 |
| Default Value | 5 |
#### 2: Set-point display resolution
range from 0.1 to 10°C 1=0.1°C 100=10°C
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_2_2 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 1 to 100 |
| Default Value | 5 |
#### 3: Min Set-point and override limit
from min 0°C to max setpoint override limit 0=0°C 40=40°C
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_3_2 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 40 |
| Default Value | 12 |
#### 4: Max Set-point and override limit
from min setpoint override limit to max 40°C 0=0°C 40=40°C
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_4_2 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 40 |
| Default Value | 28 |
#### 5: LED Flash period
0 to 65535 seconds
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_5_4 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 65535 |
| Default Value | 1 |
#### 6: Set-point control function
0=Disabled 1=Enabled
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_6_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 1 |
| Options | disabled (0) |
| | enabled (1) |
#### 7: Temporarily override scheduler
0=Disabled 1=Enabled
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_7_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 1 |
| Options | disabled (0) |
| | enabled (1) |
#### 8: Set-point type in Thermostat_Setpoint_Reports
1=Heating 2=Cooling 10=Auto Changeover
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_8_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 1 |
| Options | Heating (1) |
| | Cooling (2) |
| | Auto-Changeover (10) |
#### 9: LED on time
1=100ms 5=500ms
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_9_2 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 1 to 5 |
| Default Value | 1 |
#### 10: Number of LED flashes (duration)
0 to 255
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_10_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 255 |
| Default Value | 5 |
#### 11: LED color
1=Green 2=Red
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_11_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 1 |
| Options | Green (1) |
| | Red (2) |
---
Did you spot an error in the above definition or want to improve the content?
You can edit the database [here](http://www.cd-jackson.com/index.php/zwave/zwave-device-database/zwave-device-list/devicesummary/359).

243
_addons_bindings/zwave/doc/danfoss_dthermz5_00_000.md Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,243 @@
---
layout: documentation
title: DTHERMZ5 - ZWave
---
{% include base.html %}
# DTHERMZ5 Z-Wave room sensor
This describes the Z-Wave device *DTHERMZ5*, manufactured by *Danfoss* with the thing type UID of ```danfoss_dthermz5_00_000```.
Z-Wave room sensor
## Channels
The following table summarises the channels available for the DTHERMZ5 Z-Wave room sensor.
| Channel | Channel Id | Channel Type UID | Category | Item Type |
|---------|------------|------------------|----------|-----------|
| Sensor (temperature) | sensor_temperature | sensor_temperature | Temperature | Number |
| Setpoint (cooling) | thermostat_setpoint_cooling | thermostat_setpoint | Temperature | Number |
| Setpoint (heating) | thermostat_setpoint_heating | thermostat_setpoint | Temperature | Number |
| Scene Number | scene_number | scene_number | | Number |
| | battery-level | system.battery-level | | |
### Sensor (temperature)
#### Scale
Select the scale for temperature readings
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_scale |
| Data Type | TEXT || Default Value | 0 |
| Options | Celsius (0) |
| | Fahrenheit (1) |
### Setpoint (cooling)
#### Scale
Select the scale to use for setpoints.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_scale |
| Data Type | TEXT || Default Value | 0 |
| Options | Celsius (0) |
| | Fahrenheit (1) |
### Setpoint (heating)
#### Scale
Select the scale to use for setpoints.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_scale |
| Data Type | TEXT || Default Value | 0 |
| Options | Celsius (0) |
| | Fahrenheit (1) |
### Device Configuration
The following table provides a summary of the configuration parameters available in the DTHERMZ5 Z-Wave room sensor.
Detailed information on each parameter can be found below.
| Parameter | Description |
|-------------|-------------|
| 1: Temperature Report threshold | Range is from 0.1 to 10°C 1=0.1°C 100=10°C |
| 2: Set-point display resolution | range from 0.1 to 10°C 1=0.1°C 100=10°C |
| 3: Min Set-point and override limit | from min 0°C to max setpoint override limit 0=0°C 40=40°C |
| 4: Max Set-point and override limit | from min setpoint override limit to max 40°C 0=0°C 40=40°C |
| 5: LED Flash period | 0 to 65535 seconds |
| 6: Set-point control function | 0=Disabled 1=Enabled |
| 7: Temporarily override scheduler | 0=Disabled 1=Enabled |
| 8: Set-point type in Thermostat_Setpoint_Reports | 1=Heating 2=Cooling 10=Auto Changeover |
| 9: LED on time | 1=100ms 5=500ms |
| 10: Number of LED flashes (duration) | 0 to 255 |
| 11: LED color | 1=Green 2=Red |
#### 1: Temperature Report threshold
Range is from 0.1 to 10°C 1=0.1°C 100=10°C
##### Overview
Default value 5 = 0.5 °C
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_1_2 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 1 to 100 |
| Default Value | 5 |
#### 2: Set-point display resolution
range from 0.1 to 10°C 1=0.1°C 100=10°C
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_2_2 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 1 to 100 |
| Default Value | 5 |
#### 3: Min Set-point and override limit
from min 0°C to max setpoint override limit 0=0°C 40=40°C
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_3_2 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 40 |
| Default Value | 12 |
#### 4: Max Set-point and override limit
from min setpoint override limit to max 40°C 0=0°C 40=40°C
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_4_2 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 40 |
| Default Value | 28 |
#### 5: LED Flash period
0 to 65535 seconds
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_5_4 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 65535 |
| Default Value | 1 |
#### 6: Set-point control function
0=Disabled 1=Enabled
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_6_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 1 |
| Options | disabled (0) |
| | enabled (1) |
#### 7: Temporarily override scheduler
0=Disabled 1=Enabled
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_7_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 1 |
| Options | disabled (0) |
| | enabled (1) |
#### 8: Set-point type in Thermostat_Setpoint_Reports
1=Heating 2=Cooling 10=Auto Changeover
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_8_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 1 |
| Options | Heating (1) |
| | Cooling (2) |
| | Auto-Changeover (10) |
#### 9: LED on time
1=100ms 5=500ms
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_9_2 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 1 to 5 |
| Default Value | 1 |
#### 10: Number of LED flashes (duration)
0 to 255
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_10_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 0 to 255 |
| Default Value | 5 |
#### 11: LED color
1=Green 2=Red
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_11_1 |
| Data Type | INTEGER || Default Value | 1 |
| Options | Green (1) |
| | Red (2) |
---
Did you spot an error in the above definition or want to improve the content?
You can edit the database [here](http://www.cd-jackson.com/index.php/zwave/zwave-device-database/zwave-device-list/devicesummary/501).

94
_addons_bindings/zwave/doc/danfoss_dthermz6_00_000.md Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,94 @@
---
layout: documentation
title: DTHERMZ6 - ZWave
---
{% include base.html %}
# DTHERMZ6 Living Connect Z Thermostat
This describes the Z-Wave device *DTHERMZ6*, manufactured by *Danfoss* with the thing type UID of ```danfoss_dthermz6_00_000```.
Living Connect Z Thermostat
## Channels
The following table summarises the channels available for the DTHERMZ6 Living Connect Z Thermostat.
| Channel | Channel Id | Channel Type UID | Category | Item Type |
|---------|------------|------------------|----------|-----------|
| Sensor (temperature) | sensor_temperature | sensor_temperature | Temperature | Number |
| Setpoint (heating) | thermostat_setpoint_heating | thermostat_setpoint | Temperature | Number |
| | battery-level | system.battery-level | | |
| Clock Time Offset | time_offset | time_offset | Temperature | Number |
### Sensor (temperature)
#### Scale
Select the scale for temperature readings
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_scale |
| Data Type | TEXT || Default Value | 0 |
| Options | Celsius (0) |
| | Fahrenheit (1) |
### Setpoint (heating)
#### Scale
Select the scale to use for setpoints.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_scale |
| Data Type | TEXT || Default Value | 0 |
| Options | Celsius (0) |
| | Fahrenheit (1) |
### Clock Time Offset
#### Automatic Update Offset
The number of seconds difference in the time before it is reset
Setting this will automatically update the devices clock when the time difference between the device, and the computer exceeds this number of seconds.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_offset |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 10 to 600 || Default Value | 60 |
| Options | Disable Auto Update (0) |
### Device Configuration
The following table provides a summary of the configuration parameters available in the DTHERMZ6 Living Connect Z Thermostat.
Detailed information on each parameter can be found below.
| Parameter | Description |
|-------------|-------------|
| 1: Target for Wakeup and Override Notifications | |
#### 1: Target for Wakeup and Override Notifications
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | group_1 |
| Data Type | TEXT |
| Range | to |
---
Did you spot an error in the above definition or want to improve the content?
You can edit the database [here](http://www.cd-jackson.com/index.php/zwave/zwave-device-database/zwave-device-list/devicesummary/502).

33
_addons_bindings/zwave/doc/danfoss_hrvccm_00_000.md Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
---
layout: documentation
title: HRVCCM - ZWave
---
{% include base.html %}
# HRVCCM Air CCM
This describes the Z-Wave device *HRVCCM*, manufactured by *Danfoss* with the thing type UID of ```danfoss_hrvccm_00_000```.
Air CCM
## Channels
The following table summarises the channels available for the HRVCCM Air CCM.
| Channel | Channel Id | Channel Type UID | Category | Item Type |
|---------|------------|------------------|----------|-----------|
### Device Configuration
The following table provides a summary of the configuration parameters available in the HRVCCM Air CCM.
Detailed information on each parameter can be found below.
| Parameter | Description |
|-------------|-------------|
---
Did you spot an error in the above definition or want to improve the content?
You can edit the database [here](http://www.cd-jackson.com/index.php/zwave/zwave-device-database/zwave-device-list/devicesummary/166).

98
_addons_bindings/zwave/doc/danfoss_lc13_00_000.md Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,98 @@
---
layout: documentation
title: LC-13 - ZWave
---
{% include base.html %}
# LC-13 Living Connect Z Thermostat
This describes the Z-Wave device *LC-13*, manufactured by *Danfoss* with the thing type UID of ```danfoss_lc13_00_000```.
Living Connect Z Thermostat
## Overview
Radiator Thermostat
### Inclusion Information
Short push middle button
### Wakeup Information
Short push middle button
## Channels
The following table summarises the channels available for the LC-13 Living Connect Z Thermostat.
| Channel | Channel Id | Channel Type UID | Category | Item Type |
|---------|------------|------------------|----------|-----------|
| Setpoint (heating) | thermostat_setpoint_heating | thermostat_setpoint | Temperature | Number |
| | battery-level | system.battery-level | | |
| Clock Time Offset | time_offset | time_offset | Temperature | Number |
| Alarm (general) | alarm_general | alarm_general | Door | Switch |
### Setpoint (heating)
#### Scale
Select the scale to use for setpoints.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_scale |
| Data Type | TEXT || Default Value | 0 |
| Options | Celsius (0) |
| | Fahrenheit (1) |
### Clock Time Offset
#### Automatic Update Offset
The number of seconds difference in the time before it is reset
Setting this will automatically update the devices clock when the time difference between the device, and the computer exceeds this number of seconds.
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | config_offset |
| Data Type | INTEGER |
| Range | 10 to 600 || Default Value | 60 |
| Options | Disable Auto Update (0) |
### Device Configuration
The following table provides a summary of the configuration parameters available in the LC-13 Living Connect Z Thermostat.
Detailed information on each parameter can be found below.
| Parameter | Description |
|-------------|-------------|
| 1: Target for Wakeup and Override Notifications | |
#### 1: Target for Wakeup and Override Notifications
| Property | Value |
|------------------|----------|
| Configuration ID | group_1 |
| Data Type | TEXT |
| Range | to |
---
Did you spot an error in the above definition or want to improve the content?
You can edit the database [here](http://www.cd-jackson.com/index.php/zwave/zwave-device-database/zwave-device-list/devicesummary/165).

Some files were not shown because too many files have changed in this diff Show More